123 164359 004

NWD-164359-004
MS5000
Unified NMS for Transport Network
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NEC Corporation 7-1, Shiba 5-Chome, Minato-Ku, Tokyo 108-8001, Japan
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
The information in this document was intended to be complete

and accurate at the time of printing.
However, information is subject to change.
This document contains proprietary information of NEC Corporation,

and is not to be disclosed or used except in accordance with applicable
agreements. Please contact NEC Corporation or the project contractor.
1st Edition October 2013

2nd Edition December 2013
3rd Edition February 2014
4th Edition July 2014
Copyright © 2013, 2014 by NEC Corporation

All rights reserved.
Printed in Japan
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Organization of This Manual
DIVISION CONTENT
A This division provides a general description.

This division provides an overview of system configurations, a relationship with software, a
relationship between system configuration variation and installation work, and an overview of
required hardware specifications.
B This division describes procedures.

This division provides a detailed description of the procedures for installing the OS (Red Hat
Enterprise Linux), MS5000 application, and related software in a redundant aggregation
system configuration.
C This division describes procedures.

This division provides a detailed description of the procedures for installing the OS (Red Hat
Enterprise Linux), MS5000 application, and related software in a redundant distributed
configuration.
D This division describes work flows.

This division explains the works for installing the OS (Red Hat Enterprise Linux), MS5000
application, and related software in a single (non-redundant) aggregation system configuration
in comparison with the redundant aggregation system configuration discussed in Division B.
E This division describes work flows.

This division explains the works for installing the OS (Red Hat Enterprise Linux), MS5000
application, and related software in a single (non-redundant) distributed system configuration in
comparison with the redundant distributed system configuration discussed in Division C.
F This division provides a supplementary description.

This division describes license agreements, supplementary information about installation, work
procedures, etc.
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Required Documents Other than This Document

For other information about installation, refer to the following documents concerning
the MS5000 Unified NMS for Transport Network:
• General Information (NWD-120316-xxx)
• Hardware and Network Requirements (NWD-152560-xxx)
• Common Operation (NWD-120318-xxx)
• Upgrade Manual (NWD-164362-xxx)
 Intended Readers
The installation work is allowed only to the workers who have practical experience
related to network.
• The worker must have basic knowledge about network.
• The worker must have basic knowledge of how to operate MS5000.
 Expression/Notation Used in This Manual

In this manual, the following notation is used:
• "Upgrade" and "Update"
"Upgrade" refers to replacement of a major version with a higher one (e.g.,

replacing 5.5 with 6.2), and "update" refers to replacement of a minor version to a
higher one (e.g., replacing 5.3 with 5.5).
2
E
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
MS5000 Unified NMS for Transport Network
Contents
DIVISION A
Installation Overview
1 System Configurations and Corresponding Installation Procedures ...... A-3

1.1 MS5000 System Software Architecture and System Patterns ................... A-3
1.1.1 MS5000 System Software Architecture..................................................... A-3
1.1.2 Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System .......................................... A-8
1.1.3 Redundant Aggregation System ............................................................... A-9
1.1.4 Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System .......................................... A-10
1.1.5 Redundant Distributed System................................................................ A-11
1.1.6 Radio2000S/3000S Configuration........................................................... A-12
1.2 System Configurations and Corresponding Software............................... A-13

1.2.1 Overview of Software to Install................................................................ A-13
1.2.2 Difference in Software Between
Aggregation System and Distributed System.......................................... A-14
1.2.3 Difference in Software Between
Single (Non-Redundant) System and Redundant System ...................... A-14
1.2.4 Relationship Between
System Configuration Types and Software Types .................................. A-15
1.2.5 Installation File Components ................................................................... A-18
1.2.6 Parameters.............................................................................................. A-19
1.3 MS5000 System Hardware Architecture .................................................. A-20

1.3.1 Rack Server............................................................................................. A-20
1.3.2 Blade Server............................................................................................ A-20
1.4 Work Patterns for Different System Configurations .................................. A-24
2 Hardware Requirements ............................................................................. A-25

2.1 Required Server Specifications ................................................................ A-25
2.2 Required Client PC Specifications............................................................ A-26
Contents
-i-
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.3 Required CMIP GW Server Specifications ............................................... A-27
3 Licensing ...................................................................................................... A-28
4 Glossary ....................................................................................................... A-28
DIVISION B
Software Installation in
Redundant Aggregation System Configuration
1 Software Installation in
Redundant Aggregation System Configuration ......................................... B-3
1.1 Overview..................................................................................................... B-3
1.2 Example of Redundant Aggregation Configuration .................................... B-4
1.3 Work Flow of Software Installation in
Redundant Aggregation System Configuration .......................................... B-6
2 Phase 1:
Creation of System Configuration Setting File ........................................... B-9
2.1 Work Overview ........................................................................................... B-9
2.1.1 Variations of Redundant Aggregation Configuration ............................... B-10
2.2 [Step 1]: Make Preparations for Offline Tool

(Set MACRO Security Level).................................................................... B-12
2.3 [Step 2]: Design System Configuration..................................................... B-13
2.4 [Step 3]: Check and Correct Setting Data ................................................ B-19
2.4.1 <Step 3-1>: Check Setting Data Using Output Sheet ............................. B-19
2.4.2 <Step 3-2>: Customize IP Address ......................................................... B-24
2.4.3 <Step 3-3>: Customize Host Name......................................................... B-25
2.5 [Step 4]: Save as sysconf.info File ........................................................... B-27
Contents
- ii -
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3 Phase 2:
Preparation of Files ..................................................................................... B-28
3.1 Overview of Preparation ........................................................................... B-28
3.2 [Step 1]: Download Middleware for Server ............................................... B-29
3.3 [Step 2]: Download Middleware for Client ................................................ B-36
3.4 [Step 3]: Download Update Kernel File for OS (RHEL) ............................ B-38
3.5 [Step 4]: Download SPP File (Option) ...................................................... B-39
3.6 [Step 5]: Download HP SIM File (Option) ................................................. B-41
3.7 [Step 6]: Download Middleware for CMIP GW Server
(Only for Radio2000S/3000S) .................................................................. B-42
3.8 [Step 7]:Get clp.conf File Ready............................................................... B-44
3.9 [Step 8]: Copy Downloaded Files to CD/DVD .......................................... B-44
3.10 [Step 9]: Prepare Media............................................................................ B-45
4 Phase 3:
Server Installation ....................................................................................... B-46
4.1 Overview of Aggregation Server Installation ............................................ B-46
4.2 [Step 1]: Set RAID .................................................................................... B-47
4.2.1 <Step 1-A>:Set RAID 0 (Gen7 or Earlier) ............................................... B-47
4.2.2 <Step 1-B>:Set RAID 1+0 (Gen7 or Earlier) ........................................... B-48
4.2.3 <Step 1-C>:Set RAID 0 (Gen8)............................................................... B-50
4.2.4 <Step 1-D>: Set RAID 1+0 (Gen8).......................................................... B-53
4.3 [Step 2]: Load Driver (Only for Gen8)....................................................... B-56

4.4 [Step 3]: Install OS.................................................................................... B-61
4.4.1 <Step 3-A>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5)...................... B-61
4.4.2 <Step 3-B>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x) ...................... B-68
4.5 [Step 4]: Configure OS Setting ................................................................. B-75

4.6 [Step 5]:Copy Downloaded Files to Server............................................... B-77
4.7 [Step 6]: Update Kernel Version (Only for RHEL6.x)................................ B-78
4.8 [Step 7]: Install Middleware ...................................................................... B-81
4.9 [Step 8]: Configure Network Setting ......................................................... B-83
Contents
- iii -
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.10 [Step 9]: Install SPP (Option).................................................................... B-86

4.11 [Step 10]: Install HP SIM (Option) ............................................................ B-89
4.12 [Step 11]: Configure SNMP Setting (Option) ............................................ B-95
4.13 [Step 12]:Set Mirroring.............................................................................. B-99
4.14 [Step 13]: Specify Mount Point ............................................................... B-104
4.15 [Step 14]: Install ExpressCluster ............................................................ B-105
4.16 [Step 15]: Set CPU License for ExpressCluster ..................................... B-107
4.17 [Step 16]: Set Node License for ExpressCluster .................................... B-109
4.18 [Step 17]: Reboot OS ............................................................................. B-111
4.19 [Step 18]: Set Configuration File............................................................. B-112
4.20 [Step 19]: Install MS5000 ....................................................................... B-117
4.21 [Step 20]: Set NTP (Option).................................................................... B-123
4.22 [Step 21]: Save Server NIC Information (Only for Optical NE system)... B-126
4.22.1 <Step 21-A>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5..................... B-126
4.22.2 <Step 21-B>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x ..................... B-127
4.23 [Step 22]: Install Marben OSI (Option) (Only for Optical NE system) ..... B-127
4.24 [Step 23]: Check the Latest Update Information..................................... B-129
5 Phase 4:
Installing of Software in CMIP GW Server
(Only for Radio2000S/3000S) .................................................................... B-130
5.1 Overview................................................................................................. B-130
5.2 [Step 1]: Select Settings for OS Installation............................................ B-131
5.3 [Step 2]: Configure OS Setting ............................................................... B-133
5.4 [Step 3]: Select Settings for Oracle Solaris Studio 12.3 ......................... B-135
5.5 [Step 4]: Set Middleware ........................................................................ B-137
5.6 [Step 5]: Configure Network Setting ....................................................... B-139
5.7 [Step 6]: Install Software for CMIP GW .................................................. B-142
5.8 [Step 7]: Set License and NSAP Address .............................................. B-145
Contents
- iv -
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6 Phase 5:
Installation of Software in Client .............................................................. B-148
6.1 Overview of Installation of Software for Client ........................................ B-148
6.1.1 Routing Setting for launching PNMTj .................................................... B-148
6.1.2 Overview of Remote Client Proxy Server Setting.................................. B-150
6.2 [Step 1]: Install Java ............................................................................... B-152

6.3 [Step 2]: Configure Java Setting............................................................. B-152
6.4 [Step 3]: Set Remote Client Proxy Server .............................................. B-154
6.5 [Step 4]: Reserve Client Port .................................................................. B-156
6.5.1 <Step 4-A>: Reserve Client Port for Windows Vista ............................. B-157
6.5.2 <Step 4-B>: Reserve Client Port for Windows 7 ................................... B-162
6.6 [Step 5]: Install Flash Player ................................................................... B-165

6.7 [Step 6]: Install MSXML 4.0 Service Pack 2 ........................................... B-166
6.8 [Step 7]: Apply Windows Patch .............................................................. B-169
6.9 [Step 8]: Set CMIP GW Server (Only for Radio2000S/3000S) ............... B-170
6.9.1 <Step 8-1>: Cluster Manager Installation for Local PC ......................... B-170
6.9.2 <Step 8-2>: Launch Cluster Explorer .................................................... B-170
6.9.3 <Step 8-3>: Register Service Group ..................................................... B-172
6.9.4 <Step 8-4>: Register Network Interface Card (NIC).............................. B-173
6.9.5 <Step 8-5>: Register VCS Virtual IP ..................................................... B-175
6.9.6 <Step 8-6>: Register VCS Web ............................................................ B-177
6.9.7 <Step 8-7>: Apply Registration ............................................................. B-178
6.9.8 <Step 8-8>: Set Resource Dependent Relation .................................... B-180
6.9.9 <Step 8-9>: Set Resource Restart ........................................................ B-181
6.9.10 <Step 8-10>: Resource Online.............................................................. B-182
6.10 [Step 9]: Set Windows Internet Explorer Options for L2 Screen............. B-183
6.11 [Step 10]: Set Windows Internet Explorer Options for CID of DW7000 .. B-186
6.12 [Step 11]: Install Adobe Reader.............................................................. B-187
7 Phase 6:
Connection and Synchronization of System .......................................... B-188
7.1 Work Overview ....................................................................................... B-188
7.2 [Step 1]: Connect System....................................................................... B-189
Contents
-v-
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.3 [Step 2]: Synchronize Database ............................................................. B-190

7.4 [Step 3]: Install MS5000 ......................................................................... B-192
7.5 [Step 4]: HP SIM Additional Settings (Option) ........................................ B-193
7.5.1 <Step 4-1>: Settings for HP SIM and MS5000 to be cooperated.......... B-193
7.5.2 <Step 4-2>:Additional HP SIM Port Settings (Option)........................... B-193
7.5.3 <Step 4-3-A>:For Aggregation Configuration:
Servers with Single System and General Configuration ....................... B-195
7.5.4 <Step 4-3-B>:For Aggregation Configuration:
Servers with Redundant System and Simple Configuration.................. B-197
7.5.5 <Step 4-3-C>:For Aggregation Configuration:
Servers with Redundant System and General Configuration................ B-198
7.6 [Step 5]: Check Connection from Client to Each Server......................... B-199
7.7 [Step 6]: Conduct Server Start................................................................ B-199
7.8 [Step 7]: Switch System Test.................................................................. B-200
7.9 [Step 8]: Check CMIP GW Server (Only for Radio2000S/3000S) .......... B-200
7.9.1 <Step 8-1>: Server Switching................................................................ B-200
7.9.2 <Step 8-2>: Check Virtual IP Operation ................................................ B-201
7.9.3 <Step 8-3>: Check Virtual IP Operation ................................................ B-203
7.9.4 <Step 8-4>: Check Failover Operation.................................................. B-204
DIVISION C
Redundant Distributed System Configuration
1 Overview of Software Installation in

Redundant Distributed System Configuration ........................................... C-3
1.1 Overview..................................................................................................... C-3
1.2 Example of Redundant Distributed System Configuration ......................... C-4
1.3 Workflow of Software Installation in
Redundant Distributed System Configuration ............................................ C-6
2 Phase 1:
Creation of System Configuration Setting File ......................................... C-10
Contents
- vi -
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.1 Work Overview ......................................................................................... C-10

2.1.1 Variations of Redundant Distributed System Configurations ................. C-11
2.2 [Step 1]: Make Preparations for Offline Tool

(Set MACRO Security Level).................................................................... C-13
2.3 [Step 2]: Design System Configuration..................................................... C-13
2.4 [Step 3]: Check and Correct Setting Data ................................................ C-19
2.4.1 <Step 3-1>: Check Setting Data Using Output Sheet ............................ C-19
2.4.2 <Step 3-2>: Customize IP Address ........................................................ C-24
2.4.3 <Step 3-3>: Customize Host Name........................................................ C-25
2.5 [Step 4]: Save as sysconf.info File ........................................................... C-27
3 Phase 2: Preparation of Files ..................................................................... C-28

3.1 Overview of Preparation ........................................................................... C-28
3.2 [Step 1]: Download Middleware for Server ............................................... C-29
3.3 [Step 2]: Download Middleware for Client ................................................ C-36
3.4 [Step 3]: Download Update Kernel File for OS (RHEL) ............................ C-38
3.5 [Step 4]: Download SPP (Option) ............................................................. C-39
3.6 [Step 5]: Download HP SIM File (Option) ................................................. C-41
3.7 [Step 6]: Download Middleware for CMIP GW Server
(Only for Radio2000S/3000S) .................................................................. C-42
3.8 [Step 7]: Get clp.conf File Ready.............................................................. C-44
3.9 [Step 8]: Copy Downloaded Files to CD/DVD .......................................... C-44
3.10 [Step 9]: Check Media .............................................................................. C-45
4 Phase 3:
Server Installation ....................................................................................... C-46
4.1 Overview of Server Installation ................................................................. C-46
4.1.1 Comparison of Work Performed on Different Servers............................ C-46
4.1.2 Main Server Software Installation Workflow........................................... C-48
4.1.3 Northbound Interface Server Software Installation Workflow................. C-49
4.1.4 Communication Server Software Installation Workflow.......................... C-51
4.1.5 Front Server Software Installation Workflow .......................................... C-52
Contents
- vii -
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.1.6 Notes on Server Software Installation .................................................... C-53
4.2 [Step 1]: Set RAID .................................................................................... C-54

4.2.1 <Step 1-A>: Set RAID 0 (Gen7 or Earlier) ............................................. C-55
4.2.2 <Step 1-B>: Set RAID 1+0 (Gen 7 or Earlier) ........................................ C-56
4.2.3 <Step 1-C>: Set RAID 0 (Gen 8)............................................................ C-58
4.2.4 <Step 1-D>: Set RAID 1+0 (Gen 8)........................................................ C-60
4.3 [Step 2]: Load Driver (Only for Gen 8)...................................................... C-63
4.4 [Step 3]: Install OS.................................................................................... C-68
4.4.1 <Step 3-A>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5)..................... C-69
4.4.2 <Step 3-B>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x) ..................... C-77
4.5 [Step 4]: Configure OS Setting ................................................................. C-85

4.6 [Step 5]: Copy Downloaded Files to Server.............................................. C-87
4.7 [Step 6]: Update Kernel Version (Only for RHEL6.x)................................ C-87
4.8 [Step 7]: Install Middleware ...................................................................... C-91
4.9 [Step 8]: Configure Network Setting ......................................................... C-93
4.10 [Step 9]: Install SPP (Option).................................................................... C-96
4.11 [Step 10]: Install HP SIM (Option) ............................................................ C-99
4.12 [Step 11]: Configure SNMP Setting (Option) .......................................... C-106
4.13 [Step 12]: Set Mirroring........................................................................... C-110
4.14 [Step 13]: Specify Mount Point ............................................................... C-115
4.15 [Step 14]: Install ExpressCluster ............................................................ C-116
4.16 [Step 15]: Set CPU License for ExpressCluster ..................................... C-118
4.17 [Step 16]: Set Node License for ExpressCluster .................................... C-120
4.18 [Step 17]: Reboot OS ............................................................................. C-122
4.19 [Step 18]: Set Configuration File............................................................. C-123
4.20 [Step 19]: Install MS5000 ....................................................................... C-128
4.21 [Step 20]: Set NTP (Option).................................................................... C-134
4.22 [Step 21]: Save Server NIC Information (Option)
(Only for Optical NE Systems)................................................................ C-137
4.22.1 <Step 21-A>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5.................... C-137
Contents
- viii -
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.22.2 <Step 21-B>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x .................... C-138
4.23 [Step 22]: Install Marben OSI (Option) (Only for Optical NE Systems) .. C-138
4.24 [Step 23]: Check the Latest Update Information..................................... C-140
5 Phase 4:
Installation of Software in CMIP GW Server
(Only for Radio2000S/3000S) .................................................................... C-141
5.1 Overview................................................................................................. C-141
5.2 [Step 1]: Select Settings for OS Installation............................................ C-142
5.3 [Step 2]: Configure OS Setting ............................................................... C-144
5.4 [Step 3]: Select Settings for Oracle Solaris Studio 12.3 ......................... C-146
5.5 [Step 4]: Set Middleware ........................................................................ C-148
5.6 [Step 5]: Configure Network Setting ....................................................... C-150
5.7 [Step 6]: Install CMIP GW....................................................................... C-152
5.8 [Step 7]: Set License and NSAP Address .............................................. C-156
6 Phase 5:
Installation of Software in Client .............................................................. C-159
6.1 Overview of Software Installation of Client ............................................. C-159
6.1.1 Routing Setting for launching PNMTj ................................................... C-160
6.1.2 Overview of Remote Client Proxy Server Setting................................. C-162
6.2 [Step 1]: Install Java ............................................................................... C-164

6.3 [Step 2]: Configure Java Setting............................................................. C-164
6.4 [Step 3]: Set Remote Client Proxy Server .............................................. C-166
6.5 [Step 4]: Reserve Client Ports ................................................................ C-168
6.5.1 <Step 4-A>: Reserve Client Ports for Windows Vista .......................... C-169
6.5.2 <Step 4-B>: Reserve Client Ports for Windows 7 ................................ C-173
6.6 [Step 5]: Install Flash Player ................................................................... C-177

6.7 [Step 6]: Install MSXML 4.0 Service Pack 2 ........................................... C-177
6.8 [Step 7]: Apply Windows Patch .............................................................. C-181
Contents
- ix -
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9 [Step 8]: Set CMIP GW Server (Only for Radio2000S/3000S) ............... C-182
6.9.1 <Step 8-1>: Install Cluster Manager for Local PC................................ C-182
6.9.2 <Step 8-2>: Launch Cluster Explorer ................................................... C-183
6.9.3 <Step 8-3>: Register Service Group .................................................... C-184
6.9.4 <Step 8-4>: Register Network Interface Card (NIC)............................. C-186
6.9.5 <Step 8-5>: Register VCS Virtual IP .................................................... C-188
6.9.6 <Step 8-6>: Register VCS Web ........................................................... C-190
6.9.7 <Step 8-7>: Apply Registration ............................................................ C-191
6.9.8 <Step 8-8>: Set Resource Dependent Relationships........................... C-193
6.9.9 <Step 8-9>: Set Resource Restart ....................................................... C-194
6.9.10 <Step 8-10>: Resource Online............................................................. C-195
6.10 [Step 9]: Set Windows Internet Explorer Options for L2 Screen............. C-196
6.11 [Step 10]: Set Windows Internet Explorer Options for CID of DW7000 .. C-199
6.12 [Step 11]: Install Adobe Reader.............................................................. C-200
7 Phase 6:
Connection and Synchronization of System .......................................... C-201
7.1 Work Overview ....................................................................................... C-201
7.2 [Step 1]: Connect System ....................................................................... C-202
7.3 [Step 2]: Synchronize Database ............................................................. C-203
7.4 [Step 3]: Install MS5000 ......................................................................... C-204
7.4.1 Main Server .......................................................................................... C-204
7.4.2 Front Server ......................................................................................... C-205
7.5 [Step 4]: Set NTP (Option)...................................................................... C-205

7.6 [Step 5]: Check the Latest Update Information....................................... C-206
7.7 [Step 6]: HP SIM Additional Settings (Option) ........................................ C-206
7.8 [Step 7]: Check Connection from Client to Each Server......................... C-209
7.9 [Step 8]: Conduct Server Start................................................................ C-209
7.10 [Step 9]: Switch System Test.................................................................. C-209
7.11 [Step 10]: Check CMIP GW Server (Only for Radio2000S/3000S) ........ C-210
7.11.1 <Step 10-1>: Server Switching............................................................. C-210
7.11.2 <Step 10-2>: Check Virtual IP Operation ............................................. C-211
7.11.3 <Step 10-3>: Check Virtual IP Operation ............................................. C-213
Contents
-x-
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.11.4 <Step 10-4>: Check Failover Operation............................................... C-214
DIVISION D
Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System Configuration

Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System Configuration ................... D-3
1.1 Overview..................................................................................................... D-3
1.2 Example of Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System Configuration .. D-4
Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System Configuration ..................... D-5
1.4 System Connection Example ..................................................................... D-9
DIVISION E
Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System Configuration

Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System Configuration ..................... E-3
1.1 Overview..................................................................................................... E-3
1.2 Example of Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System Configuration .... E-4
Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System Configuration ....................... E-5
1.4 System Connection Example ................................................................... E-10
DIVISION F
Appendix
1 Open Source Software License .................................................................... F-3
Contents
- xi -
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2 Adding Servers for Distributed System .................................................... F-14

2.1 Overview................................................................................................... F-14
2.2 Procedure: Update MS5000 Configuration............................................... F-14
3 Routing and Ports for MS5000 ................................................................... F-18
4 clp.conf Modification ................................................................................... F-19

4.1 Overview................................................................................................... F-19
4.2 Procedure ................................................................................................. F-19
5 Optional Settings ......................................................................................... F-22

5.1 Overview................................................................................................... F-22
5.2 Client Banner Setting................................................................................ F-22
5.2.1 Updating the Client Banner ..................................................................... F-23
5.2.2 Removing the Client Banner ................................................................... F-27
5.3 Infobox Minimization Setting..................................................................... F-30

5.3.1 Enabling Infobox Minimization................................................................. F-31
5.3.2 Disabling Infobox Minimization................................................................ F-34
5.3.3 Displaying the Infobox Minimization Setting............................................ F-37
5.4 HTTP/HTTPS Setting ............................................................................... F-40

5.4.1 Switching to HTTP................................................................................... F-40
5.4.2 Switching to HTTPS ................................................................................ F-44
5.5 Database Initialization .............................................................................. F-47

5.6 License File Setting .................................................................................. F-55
5.7 Update FTPS Certificate........................................................................... F-58
5.7.1 Procedure: Update FTPS Certificate File ................................................ F-58
5.8 Update HTTPS Certificate ........................................................................ F-63

5.8.1 Procedure: Update HTTPS Certificate File ............................................. F-63
5.9 Extra Module Setting ................................................................................ F-68

5.9.1 Client Extra Module Registration Change ............................................... F-69
Contents
- xii -
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.9.2 Client Side Extra Module Deletion........................................................... F-75
5.10 Password Rule Setting ............................................................................. F-79

5.10.1 Password Rule Setting ............................................................................ F-80
5.11 Update SSL Certificate ............................................................................. F-84

5.11.1 Procedure: Update SSL Certificate File .................................................. F-85
Contents
- xiii -
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
This page is intentionally left blank.
Contents
- xiv -
E
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Division A
INSTALLATION OVERVIEW
A-1
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Installation Overview
A-2
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS AND

CORRESPONDING INSTALLATION
PROCEDURES
The MS5000 system has different system configurations.
The software to be installed and the installation procedure depend upon the system configuration.
The differences between the system configurations and installation procedures are described
below.
1.1 MS5000 System Software

Architecture and System Patterns
1.1.1 MS5000 System Software Architecture
Fig. A-1 shows the software architecture of MS5000 and Table A-1 lists the functions and
descriptions of each layer.
Installation Overview — System Configurations and Corresponding Installation Procedures

A-3
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Fig. A-1 MS5000 Software Architecture

A-4
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table A-1 Features of Software Architecture
LAYER FUNCTION FEATURES

Front Layer • Client Interface • Load balance for connecting clients:
• Security Management MS5000 provides the Distributed Con-
[As Northbound Interface] figuration to enable the Front Layer
• Upper System Interface function on multiple servers and to bal-
ance the load.
Main Layer • System Management • Implementation of common functions

• Configuration Management and centralized management of data-
• Fault Management base:
• Performance Management MS5000 implements the common func-
• Path Management tions and enables centralized manage-
ment by collecting the database of the
server to the Main Layer.
Communication Layer • Gateway for NE / EMS • Load balance and function distribution
for connecting NEs / EMSs:
MS5000 provides the specific functions
of NE / EMS such as realization of the
NE / EMS interface and also provides
the Distributed Configuration to enable
the Communication Layer function on
multiple servers and to balance the load
and functions.
The MS5000 system allows the functions of each layer to be distributed to multiple servers,
balancing the load according to the scale of the network. In addition, the MS5000 system
may have a redundant configuration to enhance its fault tolerance.
When viewed in terms of load balancing, there are two main types of system configurations.
 Aggregation system
• Functions of all layers are concentrated to one type of Aggregation Server.
• This system is used for a relatively small-scale network.
 Distributed system
• Functions of the Front Layer are distributed to the Front Server (FS) and Northbound
Interface Sever (NIS), functions of the Main Layer are distributed to the Main Server
(MS), and functions of the Communication Layer are distributed to the Communication
Server (CS). These four types of servers are used as dedicated servers.
• This system is used for a relatively large-scale network.

A-5
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTES:
• In a distributed system, multiple FSs and CSs can be set.
• The Front Server (FS) is for the Client, and the Northbound Interface Sever
(NIS) is for the upper NMS.
When viewed in terms of a redundant configuration, there are two main types of system
configurations.
 Single (Non-Redundant) system

• Each type of server comprises only one server.
 Redundant system
• Each type of server comprises a pair of (two) servers, i.e., master and slave servers.
• In case the active server fails, the standby server automatically takes over the network
operation.
NOTES:
• The Front Server (FS) can be accessed from any Client PC. The MS5000
system can be operated via the desired Front Server (FS). Therefore, the
Front Server (FS) does not have a redundant configuration.
• By installing a Master server and Slave server with spacing distance, the
system configuration is a Geographical Redundant configuration. The
Installation procedures of the servers in the configuration are the same as
those of a normal redundant configuration.
There are the following four types of system patterns according to the combination of the
above-described load balancing configuration and redundant configuration. (Fig. A-2)
1. Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System configuration
2. Redundant Aggregation System configuration
3. Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System configuration
4. Redundant Distributed System configuration

A-6
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Fig. A-2 System Patterns

A-7
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.1.2 Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System
Fig. A-3 shows an image when one server supports the MS5000 functions.
For Client
Front Layer function

• Interface for Client
Server
• Security Management
• Northbound Interface
Front Layer
Main Layer function
• System Management
Main Layer • Configuration Management
• Fault Management
Database • Performance Management
• Path Management
Communication Layer Communication Layer function
• Gateway for NE / EMS
Fig. A-3 Server Configuration – Aggregation-Single

A-8
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.1.3 Redundant Aggregation System
Fig. A-4 shows an image when two servers support the MS5000 functions to create a redundant
configuration.
When creating a redundant configuration, the active server must be the Master Server and the
standby server must be the Slave Server. The MS5000 redundant configuration uses cluster
software, and the MS5000 functions are enabled on the Master Server and the MS5000
functions are disabled on the Slave Server.
For Client
Redundant Configuration
Active Standby
Host=Server1 Host=Server2
Master/Slave=Master Master/Slave=Slave
Front Layer Front Layer
Main Layer Main Layer

Database Mirror Partition Database
Communication Layer Communication Layer
Fig. A-4 Server Configuration – Aggregation-Redundant

A-9
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.1.4 Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System
Fig. A-5 shows an image when multiple servers support the MS5000 functions. Multiple
servers can be located as the Front Server and Communication Server.

Host=Server1 Host=Server2 Host=Server3

Front Server Front Server Northbound Interface
Server
Front Layer Front Layer Front Layer
Host=Server4
Main Server
Main Layer
Database
Communication Server Communication Server
Fig. A-5 Server Configuration – Distributed-Single

A-10
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.1.5 Redundant Distributed System
Fig. A-6 shows an image when the MS5000 functions are distributed to multiple servers in a
redundant configuration. Servers other than the Front Server can have a redundant configuration.

• Interface for Client Front Layer function
• Security Management • Northbound Interface
Active Standby
Host=Server1 Host=Server2-1 Host=Server2-2
Front Server
Northbound Interface Server Northbound Interface Server
Active Standby
Host=Server4-1 Host=Server4-2
Main Server Main Server
Active Standby
Fig. A-6 Server Configuration – Distributed-Redundant

A-11
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.1.6 Radio2000S/3000S Configuration
When the NEs of Radio2000S/3000S are managed, a CMIP GW Sever must exist between
the NE and MS5000 system.
Fig. A-7 Application to Radio2000S/3000S

A-12
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.2 System Configurations and

Corresponding Software
1.2.1 Overview of Software to Install
The main applications to be installed are described below.
For details, see Table A-2.
• MS5000 application
This is a main application for the MS5000 system. The latest version is Release 11.0.
Install the MS5000 application in the Aggregation Server (AS), Main Server (MS), Front
Server (FS), Northbound Interface Server (NIS), and Communication Server (CS).
• ExpressCluster application
Install the ExpressCluster application to the Redundant Server. The latest release is 3.2. It
can be redundant for the Aggregation Server (AS), Main Server (MS), Northbound Interface
Server (NIS), and Communication Server (CS).
NOTE:
Since the Front Server does not have a redundant configuration, do not install the
ExpressCluster application in this server.
• OS (RHEL:Red Hat Enterprise Linux)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux is available in 5.5/6.2/6.5. For 6.2, 6.2.23 is required.
Important!
 All servers included in the system must use the same version of OS and
MS5000 Software. In addition, the same version of ExpressCluster must be
installed in the Main Server, Northbound Interface Server, and Communication
Server which have a redundant configuration.
When adding a Server to an existing MS5000 system, install the software in
this Server after upgrading the software of the existing system. If the software
of the existing system is not upgraded, install the same version of software as
that of the existing system in the additional Server.

A-13
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.2.2 Difference in Software Between Aggregation System and

Distributed System
In the Aggregation system, all functions are concentrated in the Aggregation Server (AS).
Therefore, newly install all software in the Aggregation Server (AS).
In contrast, in the Distributed system, different software is installed in different Servers.
Install the following software only in the Front Server (FS).
• HP SIM
NOTE: SPP and HP SIM are hardware management software for HP servers. If the
server used is not a product of HP, these two software applications need not be
installed.
Install the following software only in the Communication Server (CS).
• Marben OSI
1.2.3 Difference in Software Between Single (Non-Redundant)

System and Redundant System
The Single(Non-Redundant) system differs from the Redundant system in that the
ExpressCluster application is installed in the Server which has a redundant configuration in
the Redundant system.

A-14
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.2.4 Relationship Between System Configuration Types and

Software Types
Table A-2 shows the relationship between the Server types and Software types.
The marks and acronyms used in the explanations of the workflow and Steps in the
individual Divisions are described below.
•  mark
This mark indicates a server for which each Step must be performed.
The white  mark indicates that the work will be performed for a server that is currently
operating.
The black  mark indicates that the work will be performed for a server that is currently
stopped.

A-15
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table A-2 System Configuration Types and Software Types (1/2)
NON-
(Radio2000S/3000S)
REDUNDANT
REDUNDANT
CLASSIFICATION
COMMON
AGGREGATION
AGGREGATION
SOFTWARE DISTRIBUTED DISTRIBUTIED REMARKS
CLNT
CMIP
NIS
NIS
MS
MS
AS
CS
AS
CS
FS
FS
Windows 7/Windows Vista 
OS
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5/           *Note 1
6.2/5.5
Solaris 
MS
MS5000 software
           *Note 2
5000
ExpressCluster    
ExpressCluster Replicator    
Veritas Cluster Server 
Marben OSI     *Note 3
Xelas OSI 
HP SIM     Optional
SPP           Optional
Middleware
Java for Windows 

Flash Player 
MS XML4.0 
Windows® Patch 
Java for Linux          
JacORB          
ACE+TAO          
jfreechart          

A-16
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table A-2 System Configuration Types and Software Types (2/2)
NON-
(Radio2000S/3000S)
REDUNDANT
REDUNDANT
CLASSIFICATION
COMMON
AGGREGATION
AGGREGATION
SOFTWARE DISTRIBUTED DISTRIBUTIED REMARKS
CLNT
CMIP
NIS
NIS
MS
MS
AS
CS
AS
CS
FS
FS
javassist          
Apache-Tomcat          
mt-st          
jboss          
Apache HTTP          
Middleware
glibc-devel          
compat-expat1          
UTS-LAN 
FTAM 
ACE+TAO 
Apache-1/-2 
glibc-devel 
NOTES:
1. For RHEL6.2, 6.2.23 is required.
2. Included in the MS5000 installation medium.
3. Only for Optical NE system.

A-17
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.2.5 Installation File Components
Table A-3 lists the file components required for installing the MS5000.
Table A-3 Installation Files for Common Functions
NO. CATEGORY FILE NAME DESCRIPTION

1 Offline Tool MS5000_IPAddress_ Offline Tool for creating the System Config-
YYYYMMDD.xls uration
2 File sysconf.info System Configuration File created using the

Offline Tool
3 Installer preinstall.sh Installation shell for pre-setting
4 mwinstall.sh Installation shell for middleware
5 net_snmp_patch_install.sh Installation shell for OS patch
6 install.sh Installation shell
7 sim_install.sh Installation shell for HP SIM
8 cmip_preinstall.sh Installation shell for pre-setting
9 cmip_mwinstall.sh Installation shell for middleware
10 cmip_install.sh Installation shell

A-18
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.2.6 Parameters
Table A-4 lists the MS5000 configuration parameters and necessity (indicating by 4).
Table A-4 MS5000 Parameters
DISTRIBUTED
CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION
INTERFACE SERVER
AGGREGATE
COMMUNICATION
FRONT SERVER
NORTHBOUND
MAIN SERVER
DEFAULT
SERVER
CATEGORY PARAMETER DESCRIPTION VALUE /
RANGE
Server Host name Host name Arbitrary     

Server IP address IP address Arbitrary     
Server Network Interface Network interface Depends on the     
Card alias card alias environment.
(e.g.: eth0)
Server Disk device Internal hard disk Depends on the     

device name environment.
(e.g.: /dev/cciss/
c0d0)
Server Data partition Equivalent parti- Depends on the  

device tion name (for mir- environment.
ror disk) (e.g.: /dev/cciss/
c0d0p5) For a
redundant con-
figuration (mirror
disk) only.
Server Server Account Server account nems     

name
Server Server Password Server password Arbitrary     

Server Time zone Time zone Adjust the time     
zone according
to the server
locale
Application Operator name Administrator Administrator  

Application Password Administrator Administrator  
password

A-19
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.3 MS5000 System Hardware

Architecture
1.3.1 Rack Server
Prepare the servers that are required for configuration, and then construct the server by using
the procedures shown in the next and following Divisions.
Contact NEC for the available server.
1.3.2 Blade Server
By using Blade server, all the server configurations can be constructed as well as Rack
Server.
Redundant configuration can be constructed in 1 Blade Server, but assigning Master/Slave

Server to 2 Blade Servers operates efficiently. Therefore, when using Blade Server, using 2
Blade Servers is recommended.
Construction procedures are basically same as one for Rack Server, but there are some
differences.
Construct the server with the following cautions.
Following shows an example when using HP Blade System c7000. If using other Blade
Servers, the description may differ.
Important!
 Start up Blade Server
Before constructing the server by using the procedures shown in the next and following
Divisions, install the Insight Display and execute the initial setup wizard to set the IP address
of Blade Server Enclosure and the ID/password for access.
About details, get the HP BladeSystem Onboard Administrator User Guide from the
following URL, and refer to it.
http://h20628.www2.hp.com/km-ext/kmcsdirect/emr_na-c00705292-41.pdf

A-20
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
• Insight Display Installation:
(i) Turn on the Blade server enclosure.
(ii) By following the installation wizard, install the Insight Display.
(iii) When Enclosure Settings window appears, perform the setting of OA1 IP
Address menu.
(iv) Set the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway.
(v) Move the cursor to Accept, and press OK to return to the Enclosure
Settings menu.
(vi) Move the cursor to Accept All, and press OK to accept the current settings.
• Initial Setup Wizard:
(i) Before running the First Time Setup Wizard, complete the following tasks:
 Perform the procedure for Insight Display Installation.
 Install the Onboard Administrator modules.
 Connect the Onboard Administrator modules to the network.
(ii) Open a browser and connect to the active HP BladeSystem Onboard

Administrator using the IP address that was configured during the Insight
Display Installation process.
(iii) Enter the user name and initial administrator password for your HP BladeSystem
Onboard Administrator account found on the tag attached to the Onboard
Administrator. The first time you sign in, the Onboard Administrator
automatically runs the First Time Setup Wizard.
(iv) To change the display language, select a display language from the list, and then
click Apply.
(v) FIPS window appears. Click Skip.
(vi) Enclosure Selection window appears.
Check the enclosure you want to set up, and then click Next.
(vii) Configuration Management window appears. Click Skip.

A-21
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(viii)Rack and Enclosure Settings window appears.
Enter arbitrary character string in the Rack Name field.
Perform the settings in the Date and Time Settings field.
Enter arbitrary character string in the Enclosure Name field.
Click Next.
(ix) Administrator Account Setup window appears.
Enter a Root Password to the Password field.
Retype the entered password to the Password Confirm field.
Click Next.
(x) Skip all the following windows.
(xi) When Finish window appears, click Finish.
 Access to Desktop:
When accessing to desktop on Blade Server, perform the following procedure. Beforehand,
perform the Java installation and its settings.
(i) Input the following URL to access to the Blade Server using Web browser.
(i)
https://<Server IP Address in which the Blade Server is installed.>
(i) Enter the ID/password for access, and then sign in.
NOTES:
1. When a screen is not displayed in Linux, click as follows:
Or you can add an exception...,
Add Exception...,
Get Certificate,
Confirm Security Exception.
2. When a screen is not displayed in Windows, click Continue to this
website (not recommended).

A-22
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(ii) Select the following menu to display the remote console.
(Systems and Devices tree) Enclosure Information 

Device Bays  <Target Server to be accessed>
Virtual Devices tab  Remote Console
 Handling of CD-ROM/DVD-ROM:
Descriptions provided in the next and following Divisions are procedures for Rack Server.
Therefore, when constructing on Blade Server, read them as ones for Blade Server.
• For Rack Server: Insert the medium in the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive.
• For Blade Server:
Insert the medium in the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive on the PC used, mount it by the
following procedure.
(i) Refer to Access to Desktop: to display Remote Console.
(ii) Select the following menu to mount media to the server.
Virtual Devices  CD/DVD 

<Path of CD/DVD drive> (for example, D:)
• For Rack Server: Eject the medium and remove the medium.
• For Blade Server: Unmount the medium by performing the same procedure for
mount to eject the medium from the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive on PC used.
 Disconnect/connect Network:
If disconnecting from network and connecting to network are required in the next and
following Divisions, perform the following procedure to all the modules of Interconnect
Bays that MS5000 server is connected.
(i) Refer to Access to Desktop: to display Remote Console.

A-23
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(ii) Select the following menu to power off (for disconnecting: power on for
connecting) the Interconnect Bays.
(Systems and Devices tree) Enclosure Information 

Interconnect Bays  <Module name of Interconnect Bays>
Virtual Buttons tab  Power Off (for disconnecting: Power On for

connecting)
If the message window appears, click OK button.
1.4 Work Patterns for Different System

Configurations
This manual described the procedures for installing the OS, MS5000 applications, and
related software for each of the following four system configurations.
Install the software based on the Division corresponding to each system configuration.
1. Redundant Aggregation System configuration  Division B
2. Redundant Distributed System configuration  Division C
3. Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System configuration  Division D
4. Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System configuration  Division E

A-24
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
Before starting the work, check whether the system requirements are satisfied.
For details, refer to the MS5000 Unified NMS for Transport Network “Hardware and
Network Requirements (NWD-152560-xxx)”.
2.1 Required Server Specifications
Table A-5 Required Aggregation Server Specifications
ITEM REQUIRED SPECIFICATIONS

Hardware • HP DL380 G8, or equivalent
• CPU Quad Core Xeon E5-2407 clock 2.20 GHz x 2, minimum
Hard Disk Drive • 300 GByte x2, minimum
For a Redundant Configuration

• The hard disk sizes and configurations of the active and standby servers should
be the same.
• The hardware vendor and server model should be the same in a redundant sys-
tem.
• The RAID structure is static (unchangeable).
Memory • 24 GByte RAM (Aggregation Server)
NOTE: In this manual, Gen8 indicates HP DL380 G8.
Installation Overview — Hardware Requirements

A-25
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table A-6 Required Main Server/Communication Server Specifications


be the same.
tem.
Memory • 16 GByte RAM
Table A-7 Required Front Server/Northbound Interface Server Specifications


be the same.
tem.
2.2 Required Client PC Specifications
Table A-8 Required Client PC Specifications (1/2)

CPU • Intel Core2 Duo or later (2.4 GHz, minimum)
Hard Disk Drive • 80 GB, minimum

A-26
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table A-8 Required Client PC Specifications (2/2)

Memory • 2 GByte RAM or 4 GByte, minimum
NOTES:
• 4 GByte RAM is required to use the Real-time PM function.
2.3 Required CMIP GW Server

Specifications
Table A-9 Required CMIP GW Server Specifications

Hardware • Sun Netra T5220 or equivalent
• UltraSparc T2 CPU clock 1.2 GHz, minimum

A-27
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3 LICENSING
The MS5000 uses some open source software subject to Apache License, Version 2.0
according to the conditions submitted by the copyright owner of the respective open source
software.
For details of the license agreements, see the Division F.
4 GLOSSARY
Term Full Spell
AS Aggregation Server
Clnt Client PC
CMIP Common Management Information Protocol
CS Communication Server
FS Front Server
Gen7 HP ProLiant DL380p Generation7
Gen8 HP ProLiant DL380p Generation8
GW Gateway
HP SIM HP System Insight Manager
MS Main Server
NE Network Element
NIS Northbound Interface Server
SMH System Management Home page
SPP HP Service Pack for ProLiant
Installation Overview — Licensing

A-28
E
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Division B
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION IN
REDUNDANT AGGREGATION
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
B-1
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Software Installation in Redundant Aggregation System Configuration

B-2
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION IN
REDUNDANT AGGREGATION
1.1 Overview
Division B describes the procedure installing software in the redundant aggregation system.
For the procedures for installing software in other configurations, refer to the relevant
Division.
NOTES:
1. Redundant Distributed System  See Division C
2. Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System  See Division D
3. Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System  See Division E
Software Installation in Redundant Aggregation System Configuration —

B-3
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.2 Example of Redundant

Aggregation Configuration
Fig. B-1 shows an example of Redundant Aggregation System configuration. The image
shows the MS5000 functions is aggregated in aggregation server that compose the redundant
configuration.
For Client
Active Standby
Front Layer Front Layer

Fig. B-1 Example of Redundant Aggregation Configuration

B-4
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Fig. B-2 shows an image of redundant aggregation configuration. 2 routes of Heartbeat such
as network for Client and network for redundancy must be prepared.
Fig. B-2 Image of Redundant Aggregation Configuration

B-5
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.3 Work Flow of Software Installation

in Redundant Aggregation System
Configuration
All work Steps required for installing the software in a redundant distributed system
configuration are listed in Table B-1.
Perform the work sequentially starting from Step1 of Phase 1.
Table B-1 Workflow (1/3)

WORK AS CMIP Clnt REMARKS
Phase 1: Creation of System Configuration Setting File
Make Preparations for Offline Tool
[Step 1] — — —
(Set MACRO Security Level)
[Step 2] Design System Configuration — — —
[Step 3] Check and Correct Setting Data — — —
[Step 4] Save as sysconf.info File — — —
Phase 2: Preparation of Files
[Step 1] Download Middleware for Server — — —
[Step 2] Download Middleware for Client — — —
Download Update Kernel File for OS
[Step 3] — — —
(RHEL)
[Step 4] Download SPP File (Option) — — — See Note below this table.
[Step 5] Download HP SIM File (Option) — — — HP SIM is an option.
Download Middleware for CMIP GW
[Step 6] — — — Only for Radio2000S/3000S
Server
[Step 7] Get clp.conf File Ready — — —
[Step 8] Copy Downloaded Files to CD/DVD — — —
[Step 9] Prepare Media — — —
Phase 3: Server Installation
[Step 1] Set RAID  — —
[Step 2] Load Driver  — — Only for Gen8

[Step 3] Install OS  — —
[Step 4] Configure OS Setting  — —

B-6
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 5] Copy Downloaded Files to Server  — —
[Step 6] Update Kernel Version  — — Only for RHEL6.x

[Step 7] Install Middleware  — —
[Step 8] Configure Network Setting  — —
[Step 9] Install SPP (Option)  — — See Note below this table.

[Step 10] Install HP SIM (Option)  — — HP SIM is an option.
[Step 11] Configure SNMP Setting (Option)  — — See Note below this table.
[Step 12] Set Mirroring  — —
[Step 13] Specify Mount Point  — —
[Step 14] Install ExpressCluster  — —
[Step 15] Set CPU License for ExpressCluster  — —
[Step 16] Set Node License for ExpressCluster  — —
[Step 17] Reboot OS  — —
[Step 18] Set Configuration File  — —
[Step 19] Install MS5000  — —
[Step 20] Set NTP (Option)  — — NTP setting is an option.

[Step 21] Save Server NIC Information (Option)  — — Only for Optical NE system
[Step 22] Install Marben OSI (Option)  — — Only for Optical NE system
[Step 23] Check the Latest Update Information  — —
Phase 4: Installation of Software in CMIP GW Server (Only for Radio2000S/3000S)

[Step 1] Select Settings for OS Installation —  —
[Step 2] Configure OS Setting —  —
Select Settings for Oracle Solaris

[Step 3] —  —
Studio 12.3
Only for Radio2000S/3000S
[Step 4] Set Middleware —  —
[Step 5] Configure Network Setting —  —
[Step 6] Install Software for CMIP GW —  —
[Step 7] Set License and NSAP Address —  —
Phase 5: Installation of Software in Client

[Step 1] Install Java — — 
[Step 2] Configure Java Setting — — 
[Step 3] Set Remote Client Proxy Server — — 
[Step 4] Reserve Client Port — — 
[Step 5] Install Flash Player — — 
[Step 6] Install MSXML 4.0 Service Pack 2 — — 

B-7
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 7] Apply Windows Patch — — 
[Step 8] Set CMIP GW Server — —  Only for Radio2000S/3000S
Set Windows Internet Explorer
[Step 9] — —  Only for L2 Screen
Options for L2 Screen
Set Windows Internet Explorer
[Step 10] — —  Only for CID Screen of DW7000
Options for CID of DW7000
[Step 11] Install Adobe Reader — — 
Phase 6: Connection and Synchronization of System
[Step 1] Connect System   
[Step 2] Synchronize Database  — —
[Step 3] Install MS5000  — —
[Step 4] HP SIM Additional Settings (Option)  — — HP SIM is an option.

Check Connection from Client to Each
[Step 5] — — 
Server
[Step 6] Conduct Server Start  — —
[Step 7] Switch System Test  — —
[Step 8] Check CMIP GW Server —  — Only for Radio2000S/3000S
NOTE: When HP SIM is installed, SPP and SNMP Settings must be

installed. For a Distributed System, HP SIM is installed in a FS only
but SPP and SNMP Settings must be installed in all the servers so
as to sent information to HP SIM in the FS.

B-8
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2 PHASE 1:
CREATION OF SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION SETTING FILE
2.1 Work Overview
When installing the MS5000 application, a sysconf.info file describing the system
configuration is required. Before starting the field work, create this sysconf.info file using
the Offline Tool provided.
This section describes installation and operation for System Configuration Setting (Offline
Tool.)
The Offline Tool is a Microsoft Excel based software to create System Configuration setting
file (sysconf.info), this is used for convenient setting of IP address, Host Name, and
parameters of other servers to the MS5000 system during installation.
Important!
 This Offline Tool uses MACRO function. Therefore, medium level of the
security is required.

B-9
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.1.1 Variations of Redundant Aggregation Configuration
In the following example, Port 1 is eth0, Port2 is eth1, and Port3 is eth2.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Fig. B-3 Image of System Image Sheet

B-10
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table B-2 Explanations
NO. ITEM CONTENTS REMARKS

Simple Configuration means that
only 1 LAN port is used to serve the
Is the system configuration when the
remote Client, southbound NE, and
(1) Simple Configuration simplest LAN configuration is
upperOSS interface. This configura-
adopted.
tion requires another LAN port for
redundant configuration.
Is the system configuration when the This configuration requires separate

Simple Configuration
simplest LAN configuration with sep- LAN port for upperOSS interface and
(2) (with separate upperOSS
arate upperOSS I/F Port used is another LAN port for redundant con-
I/F Port used)
adopted. figuration.
General Configuration means sepa-

Is the system configuration when the rate LAN port for remote Client and
(3) General Configuration general LAN configuration is southbound NE interface.
adopted. This configuration requires another
LAN port for redundant configuration.
Is the system configuration when the

General Configuration
general LAN configuration with sepa- This configuration requires separate
(4) (with separate upperOSS
rate upperOSS I/F Port used is LAN port for each interface.
I/F Port used)
adopted.

B-11
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.2 [Step 1]: Make Preparations for

Offline Tool (Set MACRO Security
Level)
Perform the following Substeps to configure MACRO Security Level.
1. Log in to a PC to which the Offline Tool will be installed.
2. Start up the Microsoft Excel.
3. Select Tools  Macro  Security from the menu bar of Microsoft Excel.
4. Select Security Level tab in the Security dialog box.
5. Select Medium, then click the OK button.
6. Close the Microsoft Excel.

This Substep ends the Step.

B-12
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.3 [Step 2]: Design System

Configuration
Perform the following Substeps to create the System Configuration file.
1. Log in to a PC in which the Offline Tool will be installed.
2. Insert the MS5000 installation medium in the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive.
3. Double-click the ${OFFLINE TOOL} in Tool directory of MS5000 Installation

Medium.
NOTE:
• ${OFFLINE TOOL} is an application name of the Offline Tool.
4. Select or manually input the parameters in the Input Sheet with referring to Fig. B-3
and Table B-3.

B-13
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(7)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Fig. B-4 Image of Input Sheet

B-14
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table B-3 Explanations (1/4)
NO. ITEM CONTENT REMARKS

Is used to configure items regarding
System Configuration ----------
the whole system.
Is used to select a configuration of Maximum 16 Blade Servers

physical server from the following: (except CMIP GW) can be
Server Type
(a) Blade Server * installed on each site of Server
(b) Rack Server Configuration.
Enabled items of Server Configu-

Is used to select a system configura-
ration and Network Address will
tion from the following:
Redundancy Configura- change depending on this setting.
(a) Non Redundancy *
tion However, CMIP GW cannot
(b) Co-Located Redundancy
accept the Geographical Redun-
(c) Geographical Redundancy
dancy.
(1)
Is used to select a LAN configuration
from the following:
LAN Configuration ----------
(a) Simple Configuration *
(b) General Configuration
Is used to select whether separate

upperOSS I/F Port is enabled or dis-
abled from the following: ----------
(a) Enable
Number of separate
(b) Disable *
upperOSS I/F Port used
This will be enabled only when
Enter the number of separate upper-
Enable is selected for using sepa-
OSS I/F Port.
rate upperOSS I/F Port.
Server Configuration Is used to set a server configuration. ----------
Is used to enter the number of Front Total 7 servers of Site A and Site
Front Server (for Client)
Servers for Client to be installed. B can be set.
Northbound Interface Server can

Front Server Enter 1 when Northbound Interface
be set to Site B only when redun-
(for upperOSS) Server exists.
dancy configuration.
Main Server can be set to Site B

Main Server Enter 1 when Main Server exists. only when redundancy configura-
tion.
(2)
Maximum 8 servers can be set to
each Site A and Site B.
Is used to enter the number of Com-
Communication Server However, Communication Server
munication Servers to be installed.
can be set to Site B only when
redundancy configuration.
Maximum 5 servers can be set to

each ACT and STANDBY.
CMIPGW Is used to enter the number of CMIP
However, CMIP GW can be set to
(Interface Converter) GW Servers to be installed.
STANDBY of Site A only when
redundancy configuration.

B-15
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

This item is optional. The item is
Is used to select whether Marben OSI required when the system moni-
OSI Protocol Stack
Library exists or not. tors optical NEs using the OSI
protocol.
(3)
(a) Yes
MS ----------
(b) No *
(a) Yes
CS-x x: 1 - 8
(b) No *
Interval more than 255.255.255.0

Is used to specify a network address
Network Address should be kept between each net-
of each server.
work address.
Is used to select whether Network

Address setting method is automatic
Setting Type or manual input from the following: ----------
(a) Manual Setting
(4) (b) Automatic Setting *
Is used to specify a network address This will be enabled only when

ACT
of ACT side. Setting Type is Manual Setting.

STANDBY
of STANDBY side. Setting Type is Manual Setting.

Virtual IP
of Virtual IP. Setting Type is Manual Setting.

B-16
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Is used to enter an information of each
Server Information ----------
server.
Displays a user name that is used in

User Name nems (fixed).
MS5000.
Set it more than 4 and within 16

User Password Is used to set a user's password. characters.
This is used as a DB password.
Is used to select whether Host Name

Prefix setting method is automatic or
manual input from the following: ----------
(a) Manual Setting
(b) Automatic Setting *
(5)
characters.
Valid characters are as follows:
• Alpha-numeral (A to Z, a to z, 0
Host Name Prefix to 9, and - (hyphen))
However, there are the following
Is used to set a prefix of Host Name to restrictions:
be set to each server. • Do not enter - (hyphen) for first
or last character of string.
• Do not enter numerals only.
• Do not enter localhost for Host
Name.
Host Name Prefix setting method
is Manual Setting.

B-17
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Option Is used to enter an additional information. ----------
Is used to select whether SSL is Selecting Enable sets HTTPS as

enabled or disabled from the following: HTTP communication between
SSL
(a) Enable * client and server.
(b) Disable Selecting Disable sets HTTP.
On the server that the installation

Is used to select whether FTPS is
with specifying Enable is per-
enabled or disabled from the following:
FTPS formed once, changing to Dis-
(a) Enable *
able is disabled at re-installation/
(b) Disable
migration.
Is used to select whether NTP (for

ACT Server) is enabled or disabled
NTP (for ACT Server) from the following: ----------
(a) Enable
(b) Disable *
Is used to set an IP address of NTP This will be enabled only when

IP Address
server (for ACT Server). NTP (for ACT Server) is Enable.
(6)
Is used to select whether NTP (for
STANDBY Server) is enabled or dis-
NTP (for STANDBY
abled from the following: ----------
Server)
(a) Enable
(b) Disable *

Is used to set an IP address of NTP
IP Address NTP (for STANDBY Server) is
server (for STANDBY Server).
Enable.
Is used to select whether to disperse

Out Of Network symbol from the fol-
Disperse Out of Network
lowing. ----------
Section Symbol
(a) Enable *
(b) Disable
Is used to select whether Long Term

PM Type is DB Mode or FILE Mode
The “PM Type setting” cannot be
Long Term PM Type from the following:
changed after installation.
(a) DB *
(b) CSV
Is used to select whether to connect to

NE from the following when the Serial
No. that was entered by operator
Check “Serial No” to
when registering NE and one that NE Only iPASOLINK EX supports
manage
holds are compared and they do not this function.
(only for iPASO EX)
match.
(a) Enable
(b) Disable *
(7) Save Saves the System Configuration file. ----------
*) Value selected by default.

B-18
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.4 [Step 3]: Check and Correct

Setting Data
2.4.1 <Step 3-1>: Check Setting Data Using Output Sheet
1. Using the Output Sheet, check whether the settings entered in the Input Sheet are
correct.
Fig. B-5 Image of Output Sheet

B-19
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Displays the information of IP address
ACT / STANDBY / Virtual IP
(ACT / STANDBY / Virtual IP Address) Except CMIP GW.
Address
of server to be installed.
(1) Displays the required number of ports

Total Port Number ----------
of each server.
Port number for upper- Displays the required number of ports

----------
OSS for upperOSS.
IP Address / Host Name Displays the information of Port/IP

----------
information Address and Host Name.
x: Port number
Portx(ethy) Displays the port information.
y: Ether number
Network Address Displays the network address. Editable item.
Displays the IP address of Main

Editable item.
Server.
Editable item.
Ports other than Port1 can be left
blank.
(2) Important!
characters.
Main Server • Alpha-numeral (A to Z, a to z, 0
Displays the Host Name of Main to 9, - (hyphen)), and .(dot))
Server. However, there are the following
restrictions:
• Do not enter - (hyphen) and
.(dot) for first or last character
of string.
• Do not enter numerals for first
character of string.
Name.

B-20
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Displays the IP address of Communi-
Editable item.
cation Server.
Editable item.
blank.
Important!
characters.
Communication Server x • Alpha-numeral (A to Z, a to z, 0
Displays the Host Name of Communi- to 9, - (hyphen)), and .(dot))
cation Server. However, there are the following
restrictions:
of string.
Name.
(2)
Displays the IP address of Front
Editable item.
Server (for upperOSS).
Editable item.
blank.
Important!
characters.
Front Server Valid characters are as follows:
(for upperOSS) • Alpha-numeral (A to Z, a to z, 0
Displays the Host Name of Front to 9, - (hyphen)), and .(dot))
Server (for upperOSS). However, there are the following
restrictions:
of string.
Name.

B-21
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Displays the IP address of Front
Editable item.
Server (for Client).
Editable item.
blank.
Important!
characters.
Front Server x • Alpha-numeral (A to Z, a to z, 0
Displays the Host Name of Front to 9, - (hyphen)), and .(dot))
Server (for Client). However, there are the following
restrictions:
(2) • Do not enter - (hyphen) and
of string.
Name.
Editable item.
Gateway Address* Displays the Gateway Address.
This can be left blank.
Editable item.
Broadcast Address Displays the Broadcast Address.
Subnetmask Displays the Subnetmask. Editable item.
IP Address / Host Name Displays the information of Port / IP

----------
information Address and Host Name.
x: Port number
Portx(ethy) Displays the port information.
y: Ether number
Displays the IP address of Main

Editable item.
Server Front Server.
Main Server / Front
(3)
Server (for upperOSS)
Displays the Host Name of Main Editable item.
Server / Front Server. This can be left blank.
Editable item.
Editable item.

B-22
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Displays the information of Port / IP
IP Address information ----------
address of each server.
Portx for CMIP GW Displays the port information. Fixed.
Displays the IP address of CMIP GW

Editable item.
(ACT).
CMIP GW x for ACT
Displays the Host Name of CMIP GW
Editable item.
(ACT).
Displays the IP address of CMIP GW

Editable item.
(STANDBY).
CMIP GW x for
(4)
STANDBY Displays the Host Name of CMIP GW
Editable item.
(STANDBY).
Displays the Virtual IP address of

Editable item.
CMIP GW.
CMIP GW x for Virtual IP
Displays the Host Name of CMIP GW. Editable item.
Editable item.
Editable item.
* Only one Default gateway is valid for all ports.

Input Default gateway for Port 0, and leave blank for Port 1 and later.

B-23
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.4.2 <Step 3-2>: Customize IP Address
The Offline Tool will automatically assign sequential IP Address to the MS5000 Servers.
To assign a different IP address than that created by the Offline Tool, you can customize it
using the Substeps below:
1. Select Manual Setting from the Setting Type pull-down menu in Network
Address field in the Input Sheet. The following figure shows an example.
2. Edit IP Address in the Output Sheet. The following figure shows an example.

B-24
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.4.3 <Step 3-3>: Customize Host Name
The Offline Tool will automatically assign sequential Host Name to the MS5000 Server(s).
To assign a different host name than that created by the Offline Tool, you can customize it
using the Substeps below: Use the following Substeps to customize the host name.
Important!
 Set it more than 1 and within 15 characters.
• Alpha-numeral (A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9, - (hyphen), and .(dot))
However, there are the following restrictions:
• Do not enter - (hyphen) and .(dot) for first or last character of string.
• Do not enter numerals for first character of string.
• Do not enter localhost for Host Name.
1. Select Manual Setting from the Host Name Prefix pull-down menu in Server
Information field in the Input Sheet. The following figure shows an example:

B-25
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2. Edit Host Name in the Output Sheet. The following figure shows an example:

B-26
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.5 [Step 4]: Save as sysconf.info File
Perform the following Substeps to save System Configuration.
1. Click the Save button in the Input Sheet.
2. Select a directory where System Configuration file (sysconf.info) will be stored in

the Save System Configuration dialog box.
3. Click the Save button in the dialog box.


B-27
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3 PHASE 2:
PREPARATION OF FILES
3.1 Overview of Preparation
Download the following files, and then store on a medium. Using a PC which is connected to
the internet and can write files to CD or DVD is recommended.
• Middleware file for Server

• Middleware file for Client
• Update Kernel file for OS (RHEL)
• SPP file
• HP SIM file
• Middleware file for CMIP GW Server

Obtain the following file from NEC and keep saving it in mediums.
• clp.conf (This is a configuration file for ExpressCluster.)
NOTES:
• Since NEC provides the file corresponding to the system configuration that
you would like to install, obtain the file from NEC person in charge in
advance.
• In this phase, using a PC which can access to the internet and can write
CD/DVD is recommended.

B-28
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.2 [Step 1]: Download Middleware for

Server
1. Create a work directory for downloading, and create a Server directory there.
2. Download all the middleware files from each site shown in Table B-5, and store them
in the Server directory.
3. Depending on the environment that file download is executed, downloaded file name
may differ from file name shown in Table B-5. In such case, change the file name to
that shown in Table B-5.
4. Check each file size according to Table B-6. If the size of a file is smaller than that
indicated in Table B-6, downloading may have failed. Retry downloading.

B-29
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table B-5 Middleware Files (1/3)
NO. MIDDLEWARE DOWNLOAD SITE AND STEPS TARGET FILE NAME

NAME
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/ • jdk-7u55-linux-x64.rpm.
javase/downloads/jdk7-downloads-
1880260.html
(1) If you accept the Oracle Binary Code
License Agreement for Java SE, click
the Accept License Agreement for Java
SE Development Kit 7u55 radio button.
(2) Click the jdk-7u55-linux-x64.rpm link.
(3) If a site for single sign-in is displayed,
input the user name and password.
Then, click the sign in button.
(4) Save the file.
1 Java NOTES:
1. Download as instructed on the
screen.
2. If there is no Java SE Development
Kit 7u55 link when accessing the
above url, please try the following.
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/
archive-139210.html
(a) Click the Java SE 7 link.
(b) Click the Java SE Development Kit
7u55 link.
(c) Perform Substep (1) and subse-
quent Substeps shown above.
http://www.jacorb.org/download.html • JacORB-2_2_2-full.tar.gz
(1) Click the Full version with source • JacORB-2.3.0-bin.zip
2 JacORB code.(gzipped tar) link in the JacORB
2.2.2 list, then save the file.
(2) Right-click the Binary version link on the
JacORB 2.3.0 menu, then save the file.
• ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.tar
http://www.theaceorb.com/downloads/1.4a/ • TAO-1.4a_p1_patched_files.tar.tar
index.html • TAO-1.4a_p2_patched_files.tar.tar
(1) Click the tar/gz (19MB) link of the TAO • TAO-1.4a_p3_patched_files.tar.tar
1.4a on the OCI’s Distribution of The • TAO-1.4a_p4_patched_files.tar.tar
ACE ORB (ATO) menu, then save the
file. • TAO-1.4a_p5_patched_files.tar.tar
3 ACE+TAO (2) Click the click here link of the For interme- • TAO-1.4a_p6_patched_files.tar.tar
diate patch releases click here and scroll • TAO-1.4a_p7_patched_files.tar.tar
down to the patch level you need. A site • TAO-1.4a_p8_patched_files.tar.tar
listing the TAO files is displayed.
• TAO-1.4a_p9_patched_files.tar.tar
(3) Click TAO files from TAO-1.4a_p1_-
patched_files.tar.gz to TAO-1.4a_p12_- • TAO1.4a_p10_patched_files.tar.tar
patched_files.tar.gz, then save the files. • TAO1.4a_p11_patched_files.tar.tar
• TAO1.4a_p12_patched_files.tar.tar

B-30
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

NAME
http://sourceforge.net/projects/jfreechart/ • jfreechart-1.0.9.tar.gz
files/
(1) Click the 1. JFreeChart link.
4 jfreechart
(2) Click the 1.0.9 link.
(3) Click the jfreechart-1.0.9.tar.gz link, then
save the file.
http://sourceforge.net/projects/jboss/files/ • javassist-3.4.zip
Javassist/3.4.GA/
5 javassist (1) Click the javassist-3.4.zip of 3.4 GA of
Javassist on the Browse Files for
JBoss.org menu, then save the file.
http://tomcat.apache.org/download-70.cgi • apache-tomcat-7.0.42.zip
(1) Click the Archives on the Quick Naviga-
tion menu. A site listing the archive files
Apache - is displayed.
6
Tomcat (2) Click the v7.0.42 directory.
(3) Click the bin directory.
(4) Right-click the apache-tomcat-7.0.42.zip,
then save the file.
(For RHEL6.x)
Not required because this is installed when
the OS is installed.
(For RHEL5.x)
(For RHEL5.x)
7 mt-st Obtain from the CD-ROM or DVD-ROM sup-
mt-st-0.9b-2.2.2.x86_64.rpm
plied by Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.x
Server AMD64/Intel EM64T.
(DVD root)/Server/
mt-st-0.9b-2.2.2.x86_64.rpm
http://www.jboss.org/jbossas/downloads/ • jboss-eap-6.1.0.Alpha.zip
8 jboss (1) Click the ZIP link to the line containing
EAP 6.1.0 Alpha, then save the file.

B-31
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

NAME
(For RHEL6.x)
• httpd-2.2.15-29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
• httpd-manual-2.2.15-
29.el6_4.noarch.rpm
(For RHEL6.x) • httpd-tools-2.2.15-
https://rhn.redhat.com/rhn/channels/ 29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
PackageListSubmit.do?cid=10486 • mod_ssl-2.2.15-
(For RHEL5.x) 29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
https://rhn.redhat.com/rhn/channels/ (For RHEL6.2)
PackageListSubmit.do?cid=6957 • openssl-1.0.0-
(1) Access the above URL, and open the 27.el6_4.2.x86_64.rpm
Redhat customer portal site. • openssl-devel-1.0.0-
(2) If a login Authentication window is dis- 27.el6_4.2.x86_64.rpm
played, enter the User ID and Password, (For RHEL6.5)
and click the Login button. • openssl-1.0.1e-
Apache (3) If login is successful, the Packages win- 16.el6_5.7.x86_64.rpm
9
HTTP dow is displayed. • openssl-devel-1.0.1e-
(4) Check the package boxes corresponding 16.el6_5.7.x86_64.rpm
to the TARGET FILE NAME column. (For RHEL5.x)
NOTE: For only mod_ssl, check the fol- • httpd-2.2.3-83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm
lowing package: • httpd-manual-2.2.3-
mod_ssl-2.2.15-29.el6_4:1.x86_64.rpm 83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm
(5) Click Download Packages. • mod_ssl-2.2.3-
(6) Confirm the package name, and click 83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm
Download Selected Packages Now!. • openssl-0.9.8e-
When the tar file is downloaded as target 26.el5_9.1.x86_64.rpm
file, untar the tar file after completing the
download. • openssl-devel-0.9.8e-
26.el5_9.1.x86_64.rpm
• openssl-0.9.8e-
26.el5_9.1i686.rpm
• openssl-devel-0.9.8e-
26.el5_9.1i386.rpm
(For RHEL6.x) (For RHEL6.2)

(DVD root)/Packages/ • glibc-devel-2.12-1.47.el6.i686.rpm
10 glibc-devel (For RHEL5.x) (For RHEL6.5)
Not required because this is installed when • glibc-devel-2.12-
the OS is installed. 1.132.el6.i686.rpm

(DVD root)/Packages/
• libstdc++-4.4.6-3.el6.i686.rpm
11 libstdc++ (For RHEL5.x)
(For RHEL6.5)
Not required because this is installed when
the OS is installed. • libstdc++-4.4.7-4.el6.i686.rpm
(For RHEL6.x)
(DVD root)/Packages/ (For RHEL6.x)
12 compat-expat1 (For RHEL5.x) • compat-expat1-1.95.8-
Not required because this is installed when 8.el6.i686.rpm
the OS is installed.

B-32
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table B-6 List of File Size (1/3)
NO. MIDDLEWARE NAME TARGET FILE NAME SIZE (BYTE)

1 Java jdk-7u55-linux-x64.rpm 122656363
2 JacORB JacORB-2_2_2-full.tar.gz 7818023
JacORB-2.3.0-bin.zip 9512356
3 ACE+TAO ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.tar 23965041
TAO-1.4a_p1_patched_files.tar.tar 6217327
4 jfreechart jfreechart-1.0.9.tar.gz 5105044
5 javassist javassist-3.4.zip 1714086
6 Apache - Tomcat apache-tomcat-7.0.42.zip 8463515
7 mt-st (For RHEL5.x) 39948

mt-st-0.9b-2.2.2.x86_64.rpm
8 jboss jboss-eap-6.1.0.Alpha.zip 128612031

B-33
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

9 Apache HTTP (For RHEL6.x) 840472
httpd-2.2.15-29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.x) 802192

httpd-manual-2.2.15-
29.el6_4.noarch.rpm
(For RHEL6.x) 74368

httpd-tools-2.2.15-29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.x) 92484

mod_ssl-2.2.15-29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 1314453

httpd-2.2.3-83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm

httpd-manual-2.2.3-
83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 99995

mod_ssl-2.2.3-83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm
10 openssl (For RHEL6.2) 1429516

openssl-1.0.0-27.el6_4.2.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.2) 1202196

openssl-devel-1.0.0-
27.el6_4.2.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.5) 1578684

openssl-1.0.1e-16.el6_5.7.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.5) 1220084

openssl-devel-1.0.1e-
16.el6_5.7.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 1525306

openssl-0.9.8e-26.el5_9.1.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 1952050

26.el5_9.1.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 1524775

openssl-0.9.8e-26.el5_9.1.i686.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 1968676

26.el5_9.1.i386.rpm
11 glibc-devel (For RHEL6.2) 989352

glibc-devel-2.12-1.47.el6.i686.rpm
(For RHEL6.5) 1001512


B-34
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

12 libstdc++ (For RHEL6.2) 304828
libstdc++-4.4.6-3.el6.i686.rpm
(For RHEL6.5) 307364

13 compat-expat1 (For RHEL6.x) 63164

compat-expat1-1.95.8-8.el6.i686.rpm

B-35
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Client
1. Create a work directory for downloading, and create a Client directory there.
2. Download all the required middleware files by referring to Table B-7, and then store
them in the Client directory.
Table B-7 Middleware Files for Client (1/2)

NAME
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/ • jdk-7u55-windows-i586.exe
javase/downloads/jdk7-downloads-
1880260.html
(1) If you accept the Oracle Binary Code
License Agreement for Java SE, click
the Accept License Agreement for Java
SE Development Kit 7u55 radio button.
(2) Click the jdk-7u55-windows-i586.exe link.
(3) If a site for single sign-in is displayed,
input the user name and password, then
click the sign in button.
(4) Save the file.
1 Java NOTES:
1. Download as instructed on the
screen.
2. If there is no Java SE Development
Kit 7u55 link when accessing the
above url, please try the following.
archive-139210.html
(b) Click the Java SE Development Kit
7u55 link.
(c) Perform Substep (1) and subse-
quent Substeps shown above.
http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/142/
tn_14266.html
Download the latest 12.x archive file from e.g.:
2 Flash Player Flash Player archives. fp_12.x.xxx.xx_archive.zip
(1) Click the latest 12.x Flash Player link.
Save the file.

B-36
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table B-7 Middleware Files for Client (2/2)

NAME
MSXML 4.0
Service Pack 2
(This file is http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/
3 necessary only details.aspx?id=19662 msxml.msi
when managing (1) Save the file.
SpectralWave
UN5000.)
http://support.microsoft.com/kb/2553549/en
NOTE:
• The following Steps are required
for Windows Vista / 7 / Server
2008 R2 SP1 only.
(1) Click the Hotfix Download Available link.
For Windows 7 /Windows Server
(2) Enter the required information.
2008 R2 SP1:
(3) Obtain a self-extracting-format file from Windows6.1-KB2553549-v3-
4 Windows Patch the URL described in e-mail that its x86.msu
address is entered. For Windows Vista:
• Windows 7 / Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows6.0-KB2553549-x86.msu
SP1:
442684_intl_i386_zip
• Windows Vista:
(4) Execute the self-extracting-format file
downloaded at Substep (3), and obtain a
patch file.
http://get.adobe.com/reader/otherversions/
NOTE:
• The following Steps are required
for Windows Vista / 7 / Server
2008 R2 SP1 only.
5 Adobe Reader (1) Select the corresponding Windows ver- Download the file of Adobe Reader
sion from the pull-down menu at Step 9.3 or later.
(1).
(2) Select the corresponding language from
the pull-down menu at Step (2).
(3) Select the latest version from the pull-
down menu at Step (3).
(4) Click Download now button.

B-37
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.4 [Step 3]: Download Update Kernel

File for OS (RHEL)
This Step is used to update the Kernel version for RHEL6.x only.
1. Create a work directory, and then create a RHELUpdate directory.
2. Download the package files, and then store them in the RHELUpdate directory.
(i) Access the following URL, and open the Redhat customer portal site.
https://rhn.redhat.com/rhn/channels/PackageListSubmit.do?cid=10486
(ii) If a login Authentication window is displayed, enter the User ID and Password,
and click the Login button.
(iii) If login is successful, the Packages window is displayed.
(iv) Check the package boxes corresponding to the file names shown below.
(For RHEL6.2)
 kernel-devel-2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64.rpm
 kernel-firmware-2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.noarch.rpm
 kernel-2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.5)
 kernel-2.6.32-431.1.2.el6.x86_64.rpm
(v) Click Download Packages.
(vi) Confirm the package name, and click Download Selected Packages Now!.
When the tar file is downloaded as target file, untar the tar file after completing
the download.

B-38
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.5 [Step 4]: Download SPP File

(Option)
NOTE: When HP SIM is installed, SPP and SNMP Settings must be installed. For a
distributed system, HP SIM is installed in an FS only but SPP and SNMP
Settings must be installed in all the servers so as to send information to HP
SIM in the FS.
SPP is management software for HP servers. If you use HP SIM, SPP is also needed.
1. Create a work directory, and then create a SPP directory.
2. Download all the middleware files from each site shown in Table B-8, and then store
in the SPP directory.
Table B-8 SPP Installation Files (1/2)

NAME
1 HP Service Pack http://h17007.www1.hp.com/us/en/ • HP_Service_Pack_for_Pro-
for ProLiant (SPP) enterprise/servers/products/ liant_2013.02.0-0_725490-001_sp-
service_pack/spp/ p_2013.0 2.0-
SPP2013020B.2013_0628.2.iso
(1) Click Release Archive tab.
(2) Click Previous Versions.
(3) Click View revision history link.
(4) Click Version: 2013.02.0 (B) link.
(5) Click Get the software link. If a
sign-in site appears, enter the
User ID and Password, then click
the Sign-in button.
(6) A site of product specifications
appears.
(7) If you accept the software license
terms, check the checkbox Yes, I
have read and accept the soft-
ware license terms of this order.
(8) Click the Next button. A Down-
load software and license site is
displayed.
(9) Select HP Service Pack for Pro-
liant 2013.02.0-0_725490-001 in
the Electronic downloads list and
click the Download button.
Save the file.

B-39
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table B-8 SPP Installation Files (2/2)

NAME
2 Red Hat Enterprise Obtain from the CD-ROM or DVD-ROM • net-snmp-5.3.2.2-9.el5.x86_64.rpm
Linux 5.5 supplied by Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 • net-snmp-libs-5.3.2.2-9.el5_x86_64.rpm
Packages (Only for Server AMD64/Intel EM64T. • net-snmp-utils-5.3.2.2-9.el5.x86_64.rpm
Red Hat Enterprise (DVD root)/Sever/ • lm_sensors-2.10.7-9.el5.x86_64.rpm
Linux 5.5) • libnl-1.0-0.10.pre5.5.x86_64.rpm
3 Red Hat Enterprise Obtain from the CD-ROM or DVD-ROM • expat-2.0.1-9.1.el6.i686.rpm
Linux 6.2 32bit supplied by Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 • freetype-2.3.11-6.el6_1.7.i686.rpm
Packages (Only for (DVD root)/Packages/. • fontconfig-2.8.0-3.el6.i686.rpm
Red Hat Enterprise • libuuid-2.17.2-12.4.el6.i686.rpm
Linux 6.2) • libICE-1.0.6-1.el6.i686.rpm
• libSM-1.1.0-7.1.el6.i686.rpm
• libX11-1.3-2.el6.i686.rpm
• libXfixes-4.0.4-1.el6.i686.rpm
• libXrender-0.9.5-1.el6.i686.rpm
• libXcursor-1.1.10-2.el6.i686.rpm
• libXext-1.1-3.el6.i686.rpm
• libXi-1.3-3.el6.i686.rpm
• libXrandr-1.3.0-4.el6.i686.rpm
• libXau-1.0.5-1.el6.i686.rpm
• libxcb-1.5-1.el6.i686.rpm
• ncurses-libs-5.7-
3.20090208.el6.i686.rpm
• zlib-1.2.3-27.el6.i686.rpm
NOTE: Check that the file size described in each site for downloading file does not differ
widely from the actual downloaded file size. If the file size differs, download the
target file again or check the network.

B-40
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.6 [Step 5]: Download HP SIM File

(Option)
NOTE: HP SIM is an option.
HP SIM is hardware management software for HP servers.
1. Create a work directory, and then create a HPSIM directory.
2. Download all the middleware files from each site shown in Table B-9, and then store
in the HPSIM directory.
Table B-9 HP SIM Files

NAME
http://h18004.www1.hp.com/products/ • SIM_7.2_Z7550-00979.bin
servers/management/hpsim/dl_linux72.html
(1) Click the HP SIM 7.2 - Linux for x86 link.
A HP SIM site is displayed.
(2) Click the Receive for Free link. A sign-in
site is displayed.
(3) Enter the User ID and Password, then
HP Systems click the Sign-in button. A product specifi-
1 Insight Manager - cations site is displayed.
Linux (HP SIM) (4) If you accept the software license terms,
check the checkbox Yes, I have read and
accept the software license terms for this
order.
(5) Click the Next button. A Download soft-
ware and license site is displayed.
(6) Select SIM 7.2 in the Electronic down-
loads list and click the Download button.
• audit-libs-2.1.3-3.el6.i686.rpm
• cracklib-2.8.16-4.el6.i686.rpm
Red Hat Enterprise
Linux 6.2 32bit Obtain from the CD-ROM or DVD-ROM • db4-4.7.25-16.el6.i686.rpm
2 Packages (Only for supplied by Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2. • libselinux-2.0.94-5.2.el6.i686.rpm
Red Hat Enterprise (DVD root)/Packages/
Linux 6.2)
3.20090208.el6.i686.rpm
• pam-1.1.1-10.el6.i686.rpm

B-41
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTE: Check that the file size described in each site for downloading file
does not differ widely from the actual downloaded file size. If the
file size differs, download the target file again or check the network.

CMIP GW Server
(Only for Radio2000S/3000S)
Perform the installation of Middleware.
1. Create a work directory, and then create a CMIPGW directory.
2. Download all the middleware files from each site shown in Table B-10, and then
store in the CMIPGW directory.
Table B-10 List of Installation Items (1/2)

NAME
UTS-LAN64-4.0.1.3-5.10-pack-
1 UTS-LAN Note1 ----------
age.tar.gz
FTAM8.1.0.0-sun4-SunOS-510-
2 FTAMNote1 ----------
ss11-package.tar.gz
• ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.gz
http://www.theaceorb.com/downloads/1.4a/
index.html • TAO-1.4a_p1_patched_files.tar.gz
• TAO-1.4a_p2_patched_files.tar.gz
(1) Click the tar/gz (19MB) link of the TAO
1.4a on the OCI's Distributed system of • TAO-1.4a_p3_patched_files.tar.gz
The ACE ORB (ATO) menu, then save • TAO-1.4a_p4_patched_files.tar.gz
the file. • TAO-1.4a_p5_patched_files.tar.gz
3 ACE+TAO (2) Click the click here link of the For interme- • TAO-1.4a_p6_patched_files.tar.gz
diate patch releases click here and scroll
down to the patch level you need, then a
site of TAO files list appears. • TAO-1.4a_p8_patched_files.tar.gz
(3) Click TAO files from • TAO-1.4a_p9_patched_files.tar.gz
TAO-1.4a_p1_patched_files.tar.gz • TAO-1.4a_p10_patched_files.tar.gz
to TAO-1.4a_p12_patched_files.tar.gz, then • TAO-1.4a_p11_patched_files.tar.gz
save the files.

B-42
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table B-10 List of Installation Items (2/2)

NAME
http://archive.apache.org/dist/apr/ • apr-1.2.12.tar.gz
(1) Click the apr-1.2.12.tar.gz link, then save • apr-util-1.2.12.tar.gz
4 Apache-1 the file.
(2) Click the apr-util-1.2.12.tar.gz link, then
save the file.
http://logging.apache.org/log4cxx/down-
load.html
(1) Click the apache-log4cxx-0.10.0.tar.gz
5 Apache-2 link in the table displayed on the site, apache-log4cxx-0.10.0.tar.gz
then save the file.
(2) Click a favorite mirror site suggested by
Apache Download Mirrors displayed on
the left side of the site, then save the file.
(1) Contact NEC Corporation and obtain • apr-1.2.2-sol10-sparc-local.gz

the target files. • aprutil-1.2.2-sol10-sparc-local.gz
• db-4.2.52.NC-sol10-sparc-local.gz
6 Others • expat-2.0.1-sol10-sparc-local.gz
• gdbm-1.8.3-sol10-sparc-local.gz
• libgcc-3.4.6-sol10-sparc-local.gz
• libiconv-1.11-sol10-sparc-local.gz
NOTES:
1. Contact NEC Corporation and obtain the UTS-LAN and FTAM files.
2. Depending on the environment that file download is executed,

downloaded file name may differ from file name shown in Table B-10.
In such case, change the file name by performing Substep 3. of [Step
4]: Set Middleware in Phase 4: Installing of Software in CMIP GW
Server (Only for Radio2000S/3000S) to be described.
3. Check that the file size described in each site for downloading file does
not differ widely from the actual downloaded file size. If the file size
differs, download the target file again or check the network.

B-43
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.8 [Step 7]:Get clp.conf File Ready
clp.conf file is a configuration file for ExpressCluster.
1. Get the following file ready.

• clp.conf file
Get from NEC the clp.conf file suitable for the MS5000, OS, and ExpressCluster to be
installed.
3.9 [Step 8]: Copy Downloaded Files

to CD/DVD
1. Copy the folders of the prepared files in Step 1 to Step 8 to a writable CD or DVD.
NOTES:
1. The files copied to the CD/DVD will be copied to each server in order to
be used for upgrade.
2. If the PC does not support a function of writing files to a CD/DVD, files

may be copied using a different method (e.g., use a USB memory or
connect the PC to the server via LAN and transfer files using FTP).
However, it is recommended that files be written to a CD/DVD to keep a
record about the middleware used.
2. Copy the sysconf.info file created in Phase 1: Creation of System

Configuration Setting File to the CD or DVD used in Substep 1.

B-44
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.10 [Step 9]: Prepare Media

1. Confirm that the following media is available before proceeding with the installation.
• MS5000 application medium
• ExpressCluster application medium
• OS (RHEL) medium
• OS (Solaris) medium (Only for Optical NE system)
• Marben OSI Rxx.x medium
• Medium including sysconf.info
• Medium including Middleware
• Medium including clp.conf

B-45
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4 PHASE 3:
SERVER INSTALLATION
Important!
 If you install MS5000 on VMware or KVM, refer to following manuals, in
addition to this server installation procedure.
• Installation for VMware (NWD-165975-xxx)
• Installation for KVM (NWD-165974-xxx)
4.1 Overview of Aggregation Server

Installation
Important!
 There are two Red Hat Enterprise Linux versions to choose from: 6.x, 5.5.
The installation flow of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x differs from ones of other
versions in the OS installation procedure.
NOTE: When shifting to the redundant server configuration from the single
server configuration, performing Steps in this phase is not
required.
 If using Gen8 server, check whether all of the following driver update
conditions are met.
 Using HP Dynamic Smart Array B120i or B320i Controller.

NOTE: You can confirm if use HP Dynamic Smart Array B120i or B320i
Controller by value of the combobox at the HP Array
Configuration Utility (ACU) window.
 The version of Intelligent Provisioning is lower than 1.30.

NOTE: You can confirm the version of Intelligent Provisioning by following
Substeps (1) to (3).
(1) To turn up Intelligent Provisioning, press the F10 key while turning up
the server.
(2) Click the server icon on the upper right of window.

B-46
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(3) The version of Intelligent Provisioning Image is on the center of the

screen, please confirm it.
4.2 [Step 1]: Set RAID
The work differs depending on the Server generation and HDD configuration. Select works
from the following Table B-11 according to the configuration.
Table B-11 Selection of work according to Server Generation and

Raid Configuration
Gen7 OR EARLIER Gen 8

Carry out the work described in Carry out the work described in
RAID 0
4.2.1<Step 1-A>. 4.2.3<Step 1-C>.
Carry out the work described in Carry out the work described in
RAID 1+0
4.2.2<Step 1-B>. 4.2.4<Step 1-D>.
NOTE: RAID is a HDD configuration of Server.
4.2.1 <Step 1-A>:Set RAID 0 (Gen7 or Earlier)
Important!
 Keep the default setting as is if not mentioned in the Substeps below.
 If using blade server, BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) recognizes each hard
disk and requires pressing F8 key twice. Therefore, perform RAID setting for
each hard disk.
1. Turn on the server.
2. Press any key when the following message appears in console.
Press any key to view Option ROM messages
3. Press the F8 key when the following message appears in console while turning on the
server.
Press <F8> to the Option ROM Configuration Arrays Utility

B-47
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4. HP Smart Array Setting window appears. Perform the RAID setting according to
Table B-12.
Table B-12 List of Setting Contents of RAID
SETTING CONTENTS
(1) Select the View Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
(2) Check whether the Logical Drive is created or not.
(3) Press the ESC key to return to the menu.
(4) Select the Delete Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
Delete the Logical Drive.
(5) Press the F8 key to delete the selected available logical Drive.
(6) Press the F3 key to complete the deletion.
(7) Press the Enter key to return the menu.
(8) Repeat Substeps (4) to (7), then delete all of available logical Drives.
(1) Select the Create Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
(2) Select each two lines that apply RAID configurations in the Available
Physical Drives by pressing the Space key.
Example of indication contents is shown below:
Port 1I,Box 1,Bay 1, 300.0GB SAS
(3) Press the Tab key to move the focus to RAID Configurations.
Create the Logical Drive. (4) Check the RAID 0 in the RAID Configurations by pressing the Arrow key.
(5) Press the Tab key to move the focus to Maximum Boot partition.
(6) Check the Enable (8GB maximum) in the Maximum Boot partition by
pressing the Arrow key.
(7) Press the Enter key to create.
(8) Press the F8 key to save the configuration.
5. Press the ESC key to exit the menu.
6. Press the F8 key, and repeat Substep 3. to Substep 5. if the following message
appears again.
4.2.2 <Step 1-B>:Set RAID 1+0 (Gen7 or Earlier)
Important!
 If using blade server, BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) recognizes each hard
disk and requires pressing F8 key twice. Therefore, perform RAID setting for
each hard disk.

B-48
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Performing this step is available only when there are four or more HDDs.
2. Press any key when the following message appears in console.
Press any key to view Option ROM messages
3. Press the F8 key when the following message appears in console while turning on the
server.
4. HP Smart Array Setting window appears. Perform the RAID setting according to
Table B-13.
Table B-13 List of Setting Contents of RAID
SETTING CONTENTS
(1) Select the View Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
(4) Select the Delete Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
Delete the Logical Drive.
(5) Press the F8 key to delete the selected available logical Drive.
(6) Press the F3 key to complete the deletion.
(8) Repeat Substeps (4) to (7), then delete all of available logical Drives.
(1) Select the Create Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
(2) Select each two lines that apply RAID configurations in the Available
Physical Drives by pressing the Space key.
Example of indication contents is shown below:
Create the Logical Drive.
(4) Check the RAID 1+0 in the RAID Configurations by pressing the Arrow
key.
(6) Check the Enable (8GB maximum) in the Maximum Boot partition by
pressing the Arrow key.

B-49
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6. Press the F8 key, and repeat Substep 3. to Substep 5. if the following message
appears again.
4.2.3 <Step 1-C>:Set RAID 0 (Gen8)
Important!
 Keep the default setting as is if not mentioned in the substeps below.
2. Press the F5 key when either of the following messages appears. Then, go to
Substep 3.
(a) Array Configuration Utility Screen
Press <F5> to run the HP Array Configuration Utility (ACU)
(b) Smart Storage Administrator Screen

Press <F5> to run the HP Smart Storage Administrator (HP SSA) or ACU
 If the message does not appear, press the F10 key.
After Intelligent Provisioning start-up, select Performance Maintenance,

and select Array Configuration Utility(ACU/ADU).
3. Perform the following Substeps depending on the appeared screen.
When Array Configuration Utility screen appears, go to Array Configuration

Utility Screen.
When Smart Storage Administrator screen appears, go to Smart Storage

Administrator Screen.

B-50
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Array Configuration Utility Screen
4. Select Dynamic Smart Array B320i RAID in Embedded Slot from the combo
box.
NOTE: Value of the combo box depends on the hardware configuration.
The rest is the same as above.
5. From the tree on the left, select Dynamic Array B320i RAID in Embedded Slot,
then click the Create Array button.
NOTE: If there is not Create Array button, execute the Clear Configuration
(click the Clear Configuration button). After clicking the button, a
warning message will be displayed to remind you that you will lose
all data on the logical drive. Click the OK button.
6. In the Internal Drive Cage at Port 1:Box1 option box, check the Select All, then
click the OK button.
NOTE: Do not modify other settings.
7. From the tree on the left, select SAS Array A - 0 Logical Drive(S), then click the
Create Logical Drive button.
8. Click the RAID 0 radio button, then click the Save button.
9. Click the Exit ACU button on the lower left of window.
10. Insert an OS DVD, then execute the reboot from the POWER mark on the upper right
of window.
 Smart Storage Administrator Screen
4. Click Smart Array P420i in the Array Controller(s) field.

NOTE: The value in the Array Controller(s) field depends on the hardware
configuration.
5. Click the Configure button.
6. Click Unassigned Drives (x) in the Devices field.

NOTE: The value of the x depends on the hardware configuration.

B-51
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7. Click the SAS HDD Bay1 button in the Internal Drive Cage at Port 1 : Box2
field. Then click the Create Array button
NOTE: Bay1 and Port 1 : Box2 are example.
8. Click the Create Logical Drive button.
9. Click the Finish button.
10. Confirm Arrays (x) is displayed in the Devices field.

NOTE: The value of the x depends on the progress.
11. Repeat Substep 7. to Substep 10. and create all of available logical drives.
12. Confirm that no unassigned drives are found. Then, click Arrays (x) in the Devices
field.
13. Confirm all logical drives are created.
14. Click the Exit icon on the top of right.
15. Click the OK button.
16. Click the Power icon on the top of right.
17. Click the Reboot icon.


B-52
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.2.4 <Step 1-D>: Set RAID 1+0 (Gen8)
Important!
 Performing this step is available only when there are 4 or more HDDs.
2. Press the F5 key when either of the following messages appears. Then, go to Substep 3.
(a) Array Configuration Utility Screen
(b) Smart Storage Administrator Screen

 If the message does not appear, press the F10 key.
After Intelligent Provisioning start-up, select Performance Maintenance,

and select Array Configuration Utility(ACU/ADU).

Utility Screen.


B-53
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Array Configuration Utility Screen
box.
NOTE: Value of the combo box depends on the hardware configuration.
NOTE: If there is not Create Array button, execute the Clear Configuration
(click the Clear Configuration button). After clicking the button, a
warning message will be displayed to remind you that you will lose
all data on the logical drive. Click the OK button.
6. In the Internal Drive Cage at Port 1:Box1 option box, check the Select All, then
8. Click the RAID 1+0 radio button, then click the Save button.
9. Click the Exit ACU button on the lower left of window.
10. Insert an OS DVD, then execute the reboot from the POWER mark on the upper right
of window.
 Smart Storage Administrator Screen

configuration.

7. Check the Select All(x) in the Internal Drive Cage at Port 1 : Box2 field. Then
click the Create Array button

B-54
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

The value of the x depends on the hardware configuration.
8. Select the check the RAID1+0, and then click the Create Logical Drive button.
10. Confirm Arrays (1) is displayed in the Devices field.
11. Confirm that no unassigned drives are found. Then, click Arrays (1) in the Devices
field.


B-55
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.3 [Step 2]: Load Driver (Only for

Gen8)
Important!
 Perform this Step only when all of the following driver update conditions are
met, even if OS is re-installed.
 Using HP Dynamic Smart Array B120i or B320i Controller.

NOTE: You can confirm if use HP Dynamic Smart Array B120i or B320i
Controller by value of the combobox at the HP Array Configuration
Utility (ACU) window.

NOTE: You can confirm the version of Intelligent Provisioning by following
Substeps.
(i) [F10] Intelligent Provisioning is displayed on the lower part of the
screen, press the F10 key.
(ii) Click the System Information icon on the upper right of window.
(iii) The version of Intelligent Provisioning Image is on the center of the
screen, please confirm it.
 If there arises a state where a hard disk cannot be selected when installing the
OS as described in [Step 3]: Install OS, execute the following Substeps even
when none of driver update condition is met.
 First, perform the procedure of “Load Driver from VID.” If it does not work,
perform the procedure of “Load Driver from USB Key.”
 Load Driver from VID
1. To access ROM-Based Setup Utility(RBSU), press the F9 key while turning on the
server.
After starting up RBSU, set the following to Enabled.
 Select System Options  HP Dynamic Smart Array B320i RAID

Controller.
NOTE: HP Dynamic Smart Array B320i RAID Controller depends on the
hardware configuration.

B-56
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Select Advanced Option  Advanced System ROM Options  Virtual

Install Disk.
2. After rebooting the server, insert the OS installation medium in the CD-ROM/
DVD-ROM drive.
3. Welcome to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x! will be displayed.

Press the Ctrl + C keys at selection window.
4. Enter the following command, then press the Enter key.
 Using HP Dynamic Smart Array B120i Controller:
linux dd blacklist=ahci
linux dd
5. On the Driver disk window, select the Yes button.
6. sda selection window appears. Select the OK button.
7. On the Driver Disk Source window, select /dev/sda1, then select the OK button.
8. On the Select driver disk image window, select linux/ at the bottom of the window,
then select the OK button.
9. On the Select driver disk image window, select redhat/, then select the OK button.
10. According to the RHEL version, select the following file, then select the OK button.
 RHEL6.2: hpvsa-X.X.X.-X.rhel6u2.x86_64.dd
NOTE: X is according to the hardware configuration.
11. On the More Driver Disks? window, select the No button.

B-57
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Load Driver from USB Key
1. Prepare a USB memory that is recognizable by Linux server, and then create a
diskette driver by following the steps below. Be sure to prepare the USB memory that
there is no problem if the USB memory is formatted.
(i) Access the URL shown below, and then download the driver file
(hpvsa-xx.dd.gz) corresponding to the OS version that you want to install by
following the instructions on the screen.
http://h20565.www2.hp.com/portal/site/hpsc/template.PAGE/public/psi/swdDetails/
?sp4ts.oid=5249571&spf_p.tpst=swdMain&spf_p.prp_swdMain=wsrp-
navigationalState%3Didx%253D1%257CswItem%253DMTX_9aa84c9100f34106874ecf14
57%257CswEnvOID%253D4103%257CitemLocale%253D%257CswLang%253D%257Cm
ode%253D4%257Caction%253DdriverDocument&javax.portlet.begCacheTok=com.vignett
e.cachetoken&javax.portlet.endCacheTok=com.vignette.cachetoken
Hereinafter, this manual describes an example when the hpvsa-1.2.8-

160.rhel6u5.x86_64.dd.gz is downloaded to install RHEL6.5.
Read the file name arbitrarily depending on the OS version that you want to
install.
(ii) Transfer the downloaded driver file to another Linux server.
(iii) Log in to the server as the <Server Account>, and launch a Terminal Screen,
then enter the following command and a password of root to change the <Server
Account> to root.
$ su
Password: <Enter root password.>
#
(iv) Enter the following command to extract gz file.
# cd <Directory where the driver file transferred at Step ii) exists.>

# gunzip hpvsa-1.2.8-160.rhel6u5.x86_64.dd.gz
(v) Connect the USB memory to the server.

B-58
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(vi) Execute the following command to confirm the device that the USB memory is
connected.
Output result is just example. Displayed result differs depending on the
The following example of output result by executing dmesg command indicates
that the USB memory is connected to the /dev/sdg. And, hereinafter, this
manual describes the output result, when the USB memory is connected to the
/dev/sdg, as example.
# dmesg
...omitted
usb 2-1.5: new high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 5
usb 2-1.5: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice
scsi5 : SCSI emulation for USB Mass Storage devices
usb-storage: device found at 5
usb-storage: waiting for device to settle before scanning
Vendor: BUFFALO Model: USB Flash Disk Rev: 3.10
Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 00
SCSI device sdg: 3915776 512-byte hdwr sectors (2005 MB)
(vii) Execute the following command to confirm that the USB memory is not
mounted.
# df -h
If the USB memory is mounted, execute the following command to unmount the
USB memory.
# umount /dev/sdg
(viii)Execute the following command to write the diskette driver image to the USB
memory.
# dd if=hpvsa-1.2.8-160.rhel6u5.x86_64.dd of=/dev/sdg
(ix) Execute the following command to confirm that the data is written.
Hereinafter, this manual describes an example when the USB memory is
temporarily mounted on /mnt.
# mount /dev/sdg /mnt

# ls -lR /mnt

B-59
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(x) Execute the following command to unmount the USB memory.
# umount /mnt
(xi) Remove the USB memory from the server.
server.
After starting up RBSU, set the following to Disabled.

Install Disk.
DVD-ROM drive, and insert the USB memory created.

linux dd
8. If the Insert Driver Disk window appears, select the OK button.
9. On the More Driver Disks? window, select the No button after removing the USB
memory.

B-60
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.4 [Step 3]: Install OS
Prepare the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 Server AMD64/Intel EM64T version for the OS, or
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x.
• See <Step 3-A>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5) when installing
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5.
• See <Step 3-B>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x) when installing
4.4.1 <Step 3-A>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5)
2. Insert the OS installation medium in the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive.
3. Press the Enter key when the following line appears in console:
boot:
4. Perform the OS setting according to Table B-14.
Table B-14 List of Setting Contents for OS Installation (1/7)
NO. SETTING PROCEDURES

1 CD Checking (1) Select Skip by pressing the Tab key, then press the Enter key.
2 Start Installation (1) Click the Next button.
3 Language (1) Select English (English), then click the Next button.
(1) Select the applicable one for each country where the MS5000 is used.
4 Keyboard
(2) Click the Next button.
(1) Select the Installation Number radio box.

(2) Input the Installation number supplied from the Red Hat, Inc. for the user who
bought the subscription license.
(One-byte 16 alphanumeric unique numbers are used.)
5 Installation Number (3) Click the OK button.
(4) Click the Yes button in the warning dialog box.
NOTE: Installation number can be confirmed in the following site:
http://www.redhat.com/apps/support/IN.html

B-61
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(1) Check the cciss/c0d0 checkbox in the Select the drive(s) to use for this
installation menu.
Partition Drive (2) Check the cciss/c0d1 checkbox if the cciss/c0d1 exists in the menu.
(3) Check the cciss/c1d0 checkbox if the cciss/c1d0 exists in the menu.
6 (4) Uncheck the sda, sdb... checkbox in the menu.
Partition Layout (1) Check the checkbox of Review and modify partitioning layout.

------
(1) Select VolGroup00 of the LVM Volume Groups in the table, then click the
Delete button.
(2) Click the Delete button in the Confirm Delete dialog box.
(3) Select the /dev/cciss/c0d0p2, then click the Edit button. Edit Partition dialog
box appears.
(4) Change the Size (MB): to 140000.
(5) Select Fixed size radio button, then click the OK button.
(6) Click LVM button, then Make LVM Volume Group dialog box appears.
(7) Click the Add button, then make Logical Volume of LogVol00 with following,
then click the OK button.
(a) Mount Point: -
(b) File System Type: swap
(c) Logical Volume Name: LogVol00
(d) Size (MB): 16032
Modify partition layout. then click the OK button.
(Use rack server on (a) Mount Point: /
7-1 Aggregation Server)
(b) File System Type: ext3
(d) Size (MB): <Not Changed>
(9) Click the OK button.
(10) Confirm that the partition configuration is such as the following:
LVM Volume Groups
VolGroup00
LogVol00 swap 16032[MB]
LogVol01 / ext3 <All of remaining[MB]>
Hard Drives
/dev/cciss/c0d0
/dev/cciss/c0d0p1 /boot ext3 101
/dev/cciss/c0d0p2 VolGroup00 LVM PV 139996
Free Free space 145965
NOTE:
• /dev/cciss/c0d1 may be displayed according to the configuration.
----- (1) Click the Next button.

B-62
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(1) Select VolGroup00 of the LVM Volume Groups in the table, then click the
Delete button.
(3) Select the /dev/cciss/c0d0p1, then click the Edit button. Edit Partition dialog
box appears.
NOTE:
• If /dev/cciss/c0d0p1 is /boot, select the /dev/cciss/c0d0p2.
(6) Click LVM button, then Make LVM Volume Group dialog box appears.
(a) Mount Point: -
(d) Size (MB): 16032
(a) Mount Point: /
Modify partition layout. (c) Logical Volume Name: LogVol01
(Use blade server on (d) Size (MB): <Not changed>
7-2 Aggregation Server) (9) Click the OK button.
[When /dev/cciss/c1d0p1 is /boot]
LVM Volume Groups
VolGroup00
LogVol00 swap 16032
Hard Drives
/dev/cciss/c0d0
/dev/cciss/c0d0p1 VolGroup00 LVM PM 139996
/dev/cciss/c1d0
/dev/cciss/c1d0p2 VolGroup00 LVM PM <All of remaining[MB]>
LVM Volume Groups
VolGroup00
LogVol00 swap 16032
Hard Drives
/dev/cciss/c0d0
/dev/cciss/c1d0

B-63
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(1) Check the Configure advanced boot loader options checkbox.
8 boot loader
Installation boot loader

(Use rack server on Check the /dev/cciss/c0d0 Master Boot Record (MBR).

Installation boot loader
Check the /dev/cciss/c1d0 Master Boot Record (MBR).
Use blade server on
Check the /dev/cciss/c0d0 Master Boot Record (MBR).
(1) Check the checkbox of all of the network devices in the Network Devices
table.
Network Device
NOTE:　The checkboxes may not appear depending on the　
environment.
(1) Check the manually radio button in the Hostname menu.

(2) Enter a hostname.
Important!
10  Set it more than 1 and within 15 characters. Valid characters are as
follows:
Hostname •Alpha-numeral (A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9, - (hyphen), and . (dot)) However,
there are the following restrictions:
•Do not enter - (hyphen) and . (dot) for first or last character of string.
•Do not enter numerals for first character of string.
•Do not enter numerals only.
•Do not enter localhost for Host Name.
(1) Choose the arbitrary region.

11 Region (2) Check the checkbox of System clock uses UTC.
(1) Enter the password of root account.

12 Root
(1) Check the Customize now radio button.

13 Package list

B-64
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Choose the package with  mark:
(The following mark means : Must be chosen  : Must not be chosen)
(1) Desktop Environments:
GNOME Desktop Environment
KDE (K Desktop Environment)
(2) Applications:
Authoring and Publishing
Editors
Engineering and Scientific
Games and Entertainment
Graphical Internet
Graphics
Office/Productivity
Sound and Video
Text Based Internet
(3) Development:
Development Libraries
Development Tools
Gnome Software Development
Java Development
KDE Software Development
Legacy Software Development
Ruby
X Software Development
14 Package (4) Servers:
DNS Server
FTP Server
Legacy Network Server
Mail Server
MySQL Database
Network Servers
News Servers
PostgreSQL Database
Select the Optional packages button, and check the checkboxes of follow-
ing packages, then click the Close button:
NOTE:
• Keep the default setting as is except the following package.
postgresql-jdbc-xx
Printing Support
Server Configuration Tools
Web Server
NOTE:
• Keep the default setting as is except the following packages.
tomcat5-xx
tomcat5-admin-webapps-xx
tomcat5-webapps-xx
Window File Server

B-65
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(5) Base System
Administration Tools
Base
Dialup Networking Support
java
Legacy Software Support
OpenFabric Enterprise Distributed system
System Tools
Select the Optional packages button, and check the checkboxes following
packages, then click the Close button:
Package
14 NOTE:
sysstat-xx
X Window System
(6) Virtualization
KVM
Xen
(7) Languages
Selection is not necessary.
15 Start installation.
NOTE:
• Installation of OS takes about 30 minutes.
After installation, eject the OS installation medium
16 Reboot server. (1) Click the Reboot button.
17 Welcome (1) Click the Forward button.
(1) After checking the contents of License Agreement, click the radio button of
18 License Agreement Yes, I agree to the License Agreement.
(2) Click the Forward button.
(1) Check the following items:

• FTP
• SSH
• Secure WWW(HTTPS)
19 Firewall
• Telnet
• WWW(HTTP)
(3) Click the Yes button in the message dialog box.
(1) Select the Disabled at SELinux Setting combo box.

20 SELinux (2) Click the Forward button.
(1) Check the checkbox of “Enable Kdump?."

21 Kdump (2) Click the Forward button.

B-66
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(1) Enter the application date and time.
22 Date and Time
Setting procedure differs depending on the Network Configuration. Perform the

procedure according to it.
Set up Software [When connecting to the network]
updates. (1) Check the "No. I prefer to register ad a later time."
23
[When not connecting to network]
Setting is not required.
------ (1) Click the Forward button.
(1) Register an arbitrary 1 user as MS5000 user.

Create User
24 NOTE: In this manual, the nems means an example of arbitrary user.
25 Sound Card (1) Click the Forward button.
(1) Click the Finish button.

26 Additional CDs (2) Click the OK button in the message dialog box.
NOTE: After clicking the OK button, OS will be rebooted automatically.

B-67
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.4.2 <Step 3-B>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x)
3. Welcome to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x! will be displayed. Select the Install or
upgrade an existing system.
4. Perform the OS setting according to Table B-15.

(1) Select the applicable one for each country where the MS5000 is used.
4 Keyboard
(1) Select the Basic Storage Devices radio button.

5 Device Type (2) Click the Next button.
(3) Click the Yes, discard any data button in the warning dialog box.
(1) Enter a Hostname.

Important!
 Set it more than 1 and within 15 characters. Valid characters are as fol-
6 Hostname lows:
• Alpha-numeral (A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9, - (hyphen), and . (dot)).
However, there are the following restrictions.
• Do not enter (hyphen) and . (dot) for first or last character o string.
• Do not enter numerals for first character of string.
(1) Select a time zone of region where MS5000 is used.

7 Time Zone
(2) Check the checkbox of System clock uses UTC.
(1) Enter a Root Password.

(2) Retype the entered password for Confirm.
8 Root (3) Click the Next button.
NOTE: If the warning dialog box displaying Weak Password message
appears, change the password or click the Use Anyway.

B-68
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(1) Select the Use All Space radio button.
9 Installation Type (2) Check the Review and modify partitioning layout.
(1) Select the HP LOGICAL VOLUME from Data Storage Devices, then click
the right-pointing button to move it to Install Target Devices.
10 Install Target Devices (2) Click the Next button.
NOTE: Perform the Steps above only when the Select Install Target
Device window opens.
(1) Select vg_<Hostname> of the LVM Volume Groups in the table, then click
the Delete button.
(3) Select the /dev/sda2, then click the Edit button. Edit Partition dialog box
appears.
(6) Click the Create button, then Create Storage dialog box appears.
(7) Select LVM Volume Group radio button, and click the Create button.
Make LVM Volume Group dialog box appears.
Modify partition layout. then click the OK button.
11
(Aggregation Server) (a) Mount Point: -
(d) Size (MB): 16032
(a) Mount Point: /

B-69
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

LVM Volume Groups
vg_<Hostname> <All of LVM[MB]>
LogVol01 <All of remaining[MB]> / ext4
LogVol00 16032 swap
Hard Drives
sda(/dev/sda)
sda1 500 /boot ext4
sda2 140000 vg_<Hostname> physical volume(LVM)
Free <All of remaining[MB]>
NOTES:
1. /dev/sdb may be displayed according to the configuration.
Modify partition layout. 2. <Hostname> is set automatically by OS using Hostname. Therefore, it

(Aggregation Server) may not match the name set at "6 Hostname."
3. The partition configuration may be such as the following according to
11 the configuration.
LVM Volume Groups
LogVol00 16032 swap
Hard Drives
sda(/dev/sda)
sda1 250 vfat
Free 4
sdb(/dev/sdb)
sdb1 500 /boot e xt4
sdb2 140000 vg_ <Hostname> physical volume(LVM)
Free<All of remaining[MB]>

(2) Format Warnings dialog box is displayed. Click the Format.
-----
(3) Writing storage configuration to disk dialog box is displayed. Select the Write
changes to disk.
12 Change Device (1) Click the Next button.
(1) Select the Basic Server radio button.

13 Package list (2) Check the Customize now radio button.

B-70
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Choose the package with  mark:
(The following mark means : Must be chosen  : Must not be chosen)
(1) Base System:
Backup Client
 Base
NOTE:
 dos2unix-xx
unix2dos-xx
 Client management tools
NOTE:
• This package is displayed for RHEL6.2 only.
 Compatibility libraries
 Console internet tools
NOTE:
ftp-xx
Debugging Tools
Dial-up Networking Support
Directory Client
FCoE Storage Client
Hardware monitoring utilities
NOTE:
14 Package
lm_sensors-xx
Infiniband Support
Java Platform
Large Systems Performance
Legacy UNIX compatibility
NOTE:
krb5-appl-servers-xx
telnet-xx
telnet-server-xx
tftp-xx
Mainframe Access
Network file system client
Networking Tools
Select the Optional packages button, and check the checkboxes of fol-
lowing packages, then click the Close button:
NOTE:
wireshark-xx
Performance Tools
Perl Support
Printing client
Ruby Support
Scientific support
Security Tools
Smart card support
Storage Availability Tools
iSCSI Storage Client

B-71
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(2) Servers:
Backup Server
NOTE:
mt-st
CIFS file server
Directory Server
E-mail Server
FTP Server
Identify Management Server
NFS file server
Network Infrastructure Server
NOTE:
tftp-server-xx
Network Storage Server
Print Server
Server Platform
System administration tools
14 Package ing packages, then click the Close button:
NOTE:
expect-xx
tree-xx
(3) Web Services:
PHP Support
TurboGears application framework
Web Server
Web Servlet Engine
(4) Databases:
MySQL Database client
MySQL Database server
postgreSQL Database client
postgreSQL Database server
(5) System Management:
Messaging Client Support
SNMP Support
System Management
Systems Management messaging Server support
NOTE:
Web-Based Enterprise Management

B-72
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(6) Virtualization
Virtualization
Virtualization Client
Virtualization Platform
Virtualization Tools
(7) Desktops
Desktop
Desktop Debugging and Performance Tools
Desktop Platform
Fonts
General Purpose Desktop
Package Graphical Administration Tools
Input Methods
KDE Desktop
Legacy X Window System compatibility
Remote Desktop Clients
X Window System
(8) Applications
Emacs
Graphics Creation Tools
Internet Browser
TeX support
Technical Writing
(9) Development
14 Additional Development
NOTE:
net-snmp-devel-xx
Desktop Platform Development
Development tools
NOTE:
ant-xx
compat-xx-xx (All packages that name begins with compat-.)
gcc-xx-xx (All packages that name begins with gcc-.)
Eclipse
Server Platform Development

NOTE:
-----
• Installation of OS takes about 30 minutes.
After installation, the OS installation medium is ejected automatically, and you
remove the medium.

B-73
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(1) After checking the contents of License Agreement, click the radio button of
17 License Information Yes, I agree to the License Agreement.
(1) Check “No. I prefer to register at a later time.”

Set up Software (2) Click the Forward button.
18
Updates. (3) If “Are you sure?” window appears, click the Register Later button, and then
click the Forward button.
(1) Register an arbitrary 1 user as MS5000 user.

Create User
NOTE: In this manual, the nems means an example of arbitrary user.
19 (1) Click the Forward button.
----- NOTE: If the warning dialog box displaying Weak Password

message appears, click the Yes button if there is no
problem.
(1) Enter the application date and time.
20 Date and Time
(1) Check the checkbox of "Enable kdump?."

21 Kdump
(4) Click the OK button in the message dialog box.

B-74
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.5 [Step 4]: Configure OS Setting
Perform the configuration of OS Setting.
1. Log in to the Server as the <Server Account>, and launch a Terminal Screen, then
enter the following command and a password of root to change the <Server Account>
to root.
$ su
#
3. Enter the following commands to run the preinstaller.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./preinstall.sh
NOTE: ${DVD-ROM} is a directory where the MS5000 installation medium is

stored.
4. Enter a temporary IP Address of the server.
*** ms5000 preinstaller menu ***
Please input a temporary IP address of this server.

> <IP Address of the Server>
5. Enter a temporary Subnet Mask of the server.
Please input a temporary Subnet Mask of this server.

> <Subnet Mask of the Server>

B-75
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTE: After rebooting OS, Host name of Server will be changed to

TEMP_MS5K, but proceed to the next procedure because there is no
problem. Performing Steps provided in chapter [Step 8]: Configure
Network Setting to be described converts it to an appropriate name.
6. Enter y to continue installation.
Continue installing(y/n)?>y
7. Press Enter key to quit.
COMPLETE! Preinstallation was completed successfully.

Type Enter key to quit. >
8. Enter the following command.

NOTE: Perform this Substep only when OS is Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x. If
OS is Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.x,go to Substep 11.
# chkconfig cpuspeed off
9. Enter the following command to reboot the server.
# reboot
10. After rebooting the server, log in to the Server as the <Server Account>, and launch a
Terminal Screen, then enter the following command and a password of root to change
the <Server Account> to root.
$ su
#
11. Enter the following command to confirm that the cpuspeed service is stopped.
# /sbin/service cpuspeed status

cpuspeed is stopped.

B-76
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.6 [Step 5]:Copy Downloaded Files to

Server
1. Enter the following command and root password to change the login account to root.
$ su -
Password:<Enter root password.>
2. Insert the CD or DVD created as described in [Step 8]: Copy Downloaded Files
to CD/DVD of Phase 2: Preparation of Files in the DVD-ROM drive of each
server.
3. Copy the downloaded files stored on the CD/DVD to the /tmp directory of each
server together.
# cp -R ${DVD-ROM}/ /tmp/

B-77
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.7 [Step 6]: Update Kernel Version

(Only for RHEL6.x)
This procedure is used to update the Kernel version. Perform this procedure for RHEL6.x
only.
1. Enter the following command to confirm the Kernel version.
$ uname -rp
NOTES:
1. The Kernel version to be expected is as follows:

(For RHEL6.2): 2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64 x86_64
(For RHEL6.5): 2.6.32-431.1.2.el6.x86_64 x86_64
2. If the result is the expected version, the Kernel version is already

updated. Substep 2 and later are not required.
3. If the result is not the expected version, perform Substep 2 and later.
$ su -
Password:<Enter root password.>
3. Install the package.

Use the files which have been copied from the CD/DVD to the /tmp/RHELUpdate
directory as described in [Step 5]:Copy Downloaded Files to Server.
(i) Enter the following command to install the package.
 For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2:
# cd /tmp/RHELUpdate
# rpm -Fvh kernel-devel-2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64.rpm
# rpm -Fvh kernel-firmware-2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.noarch.rpm
# rpm -ivh kernel-2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64.rpm

B-78
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(ii) Open the grub.conf, and confirm that new kernel is recognized.
Confirm that the version applied at Substep (i) is described in first row of rows
beginning with title.
Following shows an example for RHEL6.2 when the version is correctly
described.
For RHEL6.5, read “2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64” as
“2.6.32-431.1.2.el6.x86_64”.
# vi /boot/grub/grub.conf
# grub.conf generated by anaconda
...
default=0
...
title Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server (2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64)
...
If the version is not described, edit the default value to match the order of rows
beginning with title and the default value.
Following shows an example for editing.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux (2.6.32-220.el6.x86_64) is applied.
...
default=2
...
...
...
title Red Hat Enterprise Linux (2.6.32-220.el6.x86_64)
...
In this case, editing default=2 to default=0 and saving it are needed to

recognize the kernel version applied at Substep (i).

B-79
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Modify /etc/grub.conf in order to avoid the server from the sudden reboot.
Important!
 Perform this Substep for RHEL6.5 only.
Open the /etc/grub.conf, and add ipmi_si.tryacpi=0 at the end of kernel line
under the target kernel, and then save it.
# vi /etc/grub.conf
(omitted)
root (hd0,0)
kernel (omitted) rhgb quiet ipmi_si.tryacpi=0
(omitted)
6. Reboot the server and confirm whether the settings have been applied.
(i) Enter the following command to reboot the server.
# reboot
(ii) After rebooting the server, log in to the Server as the <Server Account>, and
launch a Terminal Screen, and then enter the following command and a password
of root to change the <Server Account> to root.
$ su
#
(iii) Enter the following command and confirm the result.
# uname -rp
The following result means that the RHEL6.x boots up with new kernel.
(For RHEL6.2): 2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64 x86_64
(For RHEL6.5): 2.6.32-431.1.2.el6.x86_64 x86_64

B-80
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(iv) Enter the following command to confirm whether the settings in order to avoid
the server from the sudden reboot have been applied.
Important!
 Perform this for RHEL6.5 only.
# dmesg
Confirm the following result is displayed.
(omitted)
Command line: (omitted) ipmi_si.tryacpi=0
Kernel command line: (omitted) ipmi_si.tryacpi=0
(omitted)
4.8 [Step 7]: Install Middleware

to root.
NOTE: This Substep is necessary only if the logged-in account is not root.
$ su
Password: <enter root password>
#
2. Copy the Middleware files copied from the CD/DVD to the Server as described in
[Step 5]:Copy Downloaded Files to Server to the /home directory.
# mv /tmp/Server/<Downloaded File Name> /home

B-81
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. If the file name of the file stored on the CD/DVD differs from file name shown in
Table B-5 of Phase 2: Preparation of Files, enter the following command to
change the file name.
# cd /home
# mv <Downloaded File Name> <File Name shown in Table B-5>
 Example: When one of downloaded ACE+TAO files is ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.gz:
# cd /home
# mv ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.gz ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.tar
Important!
 Leave jboss-eap-6.1.0.Alpha.zip under the /home directory.
This file is required when performing the procedures in [Step 19]:

Install MS5000.

NOTE: This Substep is necessary only if the MS5000 installation medium is
not mounted.
5. Enter the following command to run the installer.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./mwinstall.sh
NOTES:
1. ${DVD-ROM} is a directory where the MS5000 installation medium is

stored.
2. Installation of Middleware takes about 45 minutes.
COMPLETE! Middleware installation was completed successfully.


B-82
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.9 [Step 8]: Configure Network

Setting
Perform the configuration of Network Setting.
to root.
$ su
#
2. Enter the following command to move the system configuration file (sysconf.info)
to /home directory.
NOTE: The sysconf.info file can be created by using Offline Tool. Refer
to section Phase 1: Creation of System Configuration Setting File
# mv /tmp/sysconf.info /home
mv: overwrite ‘/home/sysconf.info’?
Above shows an example when moving the sysconf.info file to the /tmp directory.

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

B-83
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

stored.
5. Enter 1 to select Preinstall.
****************************
*
* Installer for MS5000
*
* Version.${VERSION}
*
****************************
*** ms5000 installer top menu ***
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 1
6. Enter 1 to select Network Setting.
*** ms5000 installer menu ***
Please select a target function.

1. Network Setting.
2. Middleware Setting.
3. SNMP Setting.
4. Cluster Setting.
b. back.
> 1

B-84
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7. Enter a number that corresponds to a server mode of the target server.

NOTE: This option appears for the redundant system only. For an single
system, go to Substep 8.
Please select a server mode.

1. Master.
2. Slave.
>
8. Enter y to perform the configuration.

NOTE: The following information is an example when target server is Main
Server.
*** ms5000 install information ***
- Server Type ---> Main Server

- Server Number ---> 1
Continue installing(y/n)? > y
9. Enter y to reboot OS.
Installation was completed successfully.

Reboot the OS.
Continue rebooting(y)? > y

B-85
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.10 [Step 9]: Install SPP (Option)

Distributed System, HP SIM is installed in a FS only but SPP and SNMP
Settings must be installed in all the servers so as to sent information to HP
SIM in the FS.
to root (su).
NOTE: Perform the installation by logging in to the server locally in GUI
mode.
$ su
#
2. Move the downloaded files for SPP, which have been copied from the CD/DVD to the
Server as described in [Step 5]:Copy Downloaded Files to Server, to the
/home directory.
# mv /tmp/SPP/<Downloaded File Name> /home

#
Above shows an example when moving the downloaded file under the /tmp directory.

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./sim_mwinstall.sh

stored.

B-86
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter the following command to install the medium. Perform the installation
according to the installer.
Enter 1 to select SPP Install.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. SPP Install.
2. SIM Install.
q. Quit.
> 1
NOTE: After executing the command above, the Installation window will
appear. If the Installation window does not appear and an error
message appears, open other terminal and perform Substep from
Substep 1. to Substep 5. again.
6. In the Installation window, perform the following Substeps:
(i) Click the Next button in the Welcome window.
(ii) Confirm the Default is checked in Source Selection window, then click the
Next button.
(iii) Check the localhost in the Select Targets window, then click the Enter
Credentials button.
(iv) Enter Credentials for Host:localhost dialog box is displayed.

Enter the following, then click the OK button.
Username: root
Password: <root password>

NOTE: Uncheck the checkbox and click OK button if the Associated targets
for localhost Selection window is displayed.
(v) Click the Next button.
(vi) Click the Install button.

B-87
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTES:
1. If Source RPM Build Failed error appears, then click Select Bundles
link, and uncheck package that Status is Build Failed, and click the OK
button. And then try again.
2. In the Installation Results, there are some Products failed installing but
it is no problem.
(vii) Click the Exit button to close the Installation window.

NOTES:
1. If reboot selection window appears, launch a Terminal Screen newly,

and log in as root user, and perform Substep 7., and then reboot the
server. After rebooting the server, this procedure ends.
2. Perform the following Substeps when the Smart Update Manager

Feedback window opens.
(1) Click the No, Thanks button.
(2) Do you want to exit the application? window opens.
(3) Click the yes button.
7. After completing the SPP installation, reboot the server. If the reboot selection
window does not open, enter the following command.
# reboot

B-88
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.11 [Step 10]: Install HP SIM (Option)

NOTES:
• HP SIM is an option.
• SIM is not supported when the OS is RHEL6.5.
to root.
$ su
#
2. Move the downloaded files, which have been copied from the CD/DVD to the Server
as described in [Step 5]:Copy Downloaded Files to Server, to the /home
directory.
# mv /tmp/HPSIM/<Downloaded File Name> /home

#
to root.
$ su
#

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}

stored.

B-89
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6. Enter the following command to install HP SIM from the medium. Perform the
installation according to the installer.
(i) Enter 2 to select SIM Install.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. SPP Install.
2. SIM Install.
q. Quit.
> 2
COMPLETE! SIM installation was completed successfully.

8. Perform the HP SIM setting:
(i) Start up Web browser, then input the following URL to access to the HP SIM.
https://<Server IP Address in which the HP SIM is installed.>:50000
NOTES:
1. If no screen is displayed for Linux, click as follows:
Add Exception...,
Get Certificate,
2. If no screen is displayed for Windows, click Continue to this website
(not recommended).

B-90
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. If popups are blocked by the security policy, allow popups for the
server address.
Enter root in the User name and enter a <root password> to access
the server in Password. Then click Sign In.
(ii) After completing first-time login, Registration window and First Time
Wizard open.
NOTE: Registration window and First Time Wizard may not open at this
Substep. In this case, they may open at Substep 10.
In the Registration window, click the Register Later.
In the First Time Wizard, check the Do not automatically show this wizard
again, then click the Cancel.
Click the OK to exit. The First Time Wizard can be manually started from
Options  First Time Wizard message appears. Click the OK.
(iii) Select the options in sequence to get to the User and Authorizations...:
Options Security  User and Authorizations...
(iv) Click the Users tab and then the New... button to create new user. The following
shows the parameter (the default values are used for other parameters):
 Sign in name...: <Server Account>
(if using the default account, input the nems.)
After inputting the parameter, click the OK.
(v) Click the ToolBoxes tab and then the New... button to create new data.
The following shows the content to be input (the default values are used for other
parameters).
 Name: smh view
 Show tools in category:
Put the mouse pointer on the Monitoring Tool in pull-down menu, and click the
>> to move all the displayed content such as Advise and Repair to Toolbox
contexts.
Put the mouse pointer on the View in pull-down menu, and click the >> to move
the System Management Homepage and System Page to the Toolbox
contexts.
(vi) Click the Authorizations tab and then the New... button to create new user.
The following shows the content to be input (the default values are used for other
parameters).

B-91
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Select the Select User(s) and then the user created at Substep (iv)
from the right user list.
 From the Select toolbox(es), select the smh view.
 From the Select Systems, select the All Managed Systems.
(vii) Click the Sign Out at the upper-right side of window to logout.
9. Perform the SMH setting:
(i) Input the following URL to access to the SMH using Web browser.
https://<Server IP Address in which the SMH is installed.>:2381
NOTES:
Or you can add an exception ...,
Add Exception ...,
Get Certificate,
2. When a screen is not displayed in Windows, click
Continue to this website (not recommended).
Enter the root in the User name, and enter a <root password> for access server
in the Password, then click the Sign In.
Select the following menu to move to the User Groups:
Settings tab  System Management Homepage
Security  User Groups
(ii) In the Group Name field, register the <Server Account>, then click the Add
button. (If using the default account, input nems.)
(iii) Click the Apply button shown in lower right of dialog box.
(iv) Click the Sign Out at the upper-right side of window to logout.

B-92
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
10. Perform the setting of automatic event handling:
(i) Input the following URL to access to the HP SIM using Web browser.
Enter the root in the User name and then <root password> for access server in
the Password, then click the Sign In.
(ii) Select the following options in sequence to get to the New Custom Tools...:
Tools  Custom Tools  New Custom Tool...
(iii) Select the CMS tool and then the Next.
(iv) Specify the parameters as follows:

 Name of the tool: hard_notify
 Specific user: select this, then input the <Server Account>.
(If using the default account, input nems.)
 Command with parameters:
/home/<Server Account>/bin/tool/hard_alarm.sh
When completed, click the OK button.
(v) Select the following options in sequence to get to the New Task...:
Options  Events  Automatic Event Handling  New Task...
CAUTION:
• Sometimes menu hides behind menu. Then move window and try again.

B-93
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(vi) Input the following for receiving the hard alarm:

 Select name:
Enter the hard_alarm in Task Name.
Click the Next.
 Select event collection:
Check the use event attributes that I will specify.
Click the Next.
 Select events:
Select event type from the list box that is next to the where.
Check the following Types checkboxes:
ProLiant Application Events
Proliant Miscellaneous Events
Proliant NIC Events
Proliant Operating System Events
ProLiant Rack Events
Proliant Remote Management Events
Proliant Storage Events
Proliant System and Environmental Events
Proliant Threshold Events
ProLiant UPS Events
Click the Next.
 Select system collection:
Confirm that the use this system collection is checked.
Click the Next.
 Select actions:
Check the Run custom CMS tool checkbox.
Select the hard_notify in Name.
Click the Next.
 Select time filter:
Leave it at default.
Click the Next.

B-94
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Review summary:
Click the Finish.
(vii) Select the following menu to move to the hard_notify....

Tools  Custom  Tools  hard_notify...
CAUTION:
(viii) Input the following to select target system.

 Select the All Systems from - select - list, click View Contents button.
 Check the checkboxes of target server that detects the hard alarm, then
click the Apply button.
 Click the Schedule.
 Check the Not scheduled, and click the Done.
 Click the Sign Out at the upper-right side of window to logout.
4.12 [Step 11]: Configure SNMP Setting

(Option)
SIM in the FS.
to root.
$ su
#

B-95
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 1
5. Enter 3 to select SNMP Setting.

1. Network Setting.
3. SNMP Setting.
4. Cluster Setting.
b. back.
> 3

B-96
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6. Enter a number that corresponds to server type to configure SNMP Setting.

NOTE: This option appears only for the distributed system. For an
aggregation system, go to Substep 8.
Please select a server type.

1. Northbound Interface Server.
2. Front Server.
3. Main Server.
4. Communication Server.
>
7. Enter the number of server that SNMP Setting is to be configured.

NOTE: This option appears only for the Front Server and Communication
Server. For other Servers, go to Substep 8.
Please select server number.
>

NOTE: This option appears for the redundant system only. For a single

1. Master.
2. Slave.
>
9. Enter y to perform the SNMP Setting.

Server.


B-97
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
COMPLETE! SNMP installation was completed successfully.

11. Log in as root user (su -), then enter the following command.
# /sbin/service hp-snmp-agents restart
12. Enter the following command to confirm all the results are OK.
NOTE: There is no problem even if stopped is output for cpqriisd and
cmarackd. (The image below is provided as an example. The actual
display may differ from it. In such cases, there is no problem if OK is
displayed.)
# /sbin/service hp-snmp-agents status
cmahealthd is running... [ OK ]
cmastdeqd is running... [ OK ]
cmahostd is running... [ OK ]
cmathreshd is running... [ OK ]
cmasm2a is running... [ OK ]
cpqriisd is stopped... [ OK ]
cmarackd is stopped... [ OK ]
cmaperfd is running... [ OK ]
cmapeerd is running... [ OK ]
cmaeventd is running... [ OK ]
cmafcad is running... [ OK ]
cmasasd is running... [ OK ]
cmaidad is running... [ OK ]
cmaidedd is running... [ OK ]
cmascsid is running... [ OK ]
cmanicd is running... [ OK ]

B-98
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.13 [Step 12]:Set Mirroring

Important!
 Only ExpressCluster version X3.2 or upper versions are supported.
 Perform the following Substeps to both Master Server and Slave Server.
NOTE: Device name and partition name may differ from ones described in the
following examples depending on the OS and Server to be used.
For example, /dev/sda is displayed as the device name instead of /dev/
cciss/c0d0, and /dev/sda1 is displayed as the partition name instead of /
dev/cciss/c0d0p1.
In this case, the device name and partition name described in the following
examples should be replaced with actual names according to the
environment.
1. Log in to the Server as the root user using su - command.
$ su -
#
2. Enter the following command to check the current partition. Command result differs
depending on the System Configuration.
 For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5.
# fdisk -l
Disk /dev/cciss/c0d0: 146.7GB, 146780121600bytes
255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 17845 cylinders
Unit = Cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280bytes
Device Boot Start End Blocks ID System

/dev/cciss/c0d0p1 * 1 13 104391 83 Linux
/dev/cciss/c0d0p2 14 10212 81923467+ 8e Linux LVM
Check that this is displayed.
NOTE: Content of /dev/cciss/c0d1 may be displayed according to the

configuration.

B-99
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x:
# fdisk -l
Disk /dev/sda: 500.1GB, 500072348160 bytes
Unit = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes
sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 521 bytes
Disk identifier: 0x000a1d12

/dev/sda1 * 1 64 512000 83 Linux
Partition 1 does not end on cylinder boundary.
/dev/sda2 64 17912 143360000 8e Linux LVM
Disk /div/mapper/<Volume Group01 name>: 130.0 GB, 129985675264 byte

Units = cylinders of 16065 * 521 = 8225280 bytes
Sector size (logical/physical): 512 bytes / 512 bytes
I/O size (minimum/optimal): 512 bytes / 512 bytes
Disk identifier: 0x00000000
Disk /dev/mapper/<Volume Group01 name> doesn’t contain a valid partition table
Disk /dev/mapper/<Volume Group00 name> 16.8 GB, 16810770432 bytes

Unit = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes
I/O size(minimum/optimal): 512 bytes / 512 bytes
Disk /dev/mapper/<Volume Group01 name> doesn’t contain a valid partition table
NOTE: Contents of /dev/sdb may be displayed according to the

configuration.
3. Enter the following command to set the partition for mirror disk.
# fdisk <disk device> /dev/cciss/c0d0
# fdisk <disk device> /dev/sda

B-100
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4. At fdisk command prompt, continue the setting. Command result differs depending
on the System Configuration.
The number of cylinders for this disk is set to 17845.

There is nothing wrong with that, but this is larger than 1024,
and could in certain setups cause problems with:
1) software that runs at boot time (e.g., old versions of LILO)
2) booting and partitioning software from other OSs
(e.g., DOS FDISK, OS/2 DISK)
Command (m for help): n Enter n

Command action
e extended
p primary partition (1-4)
p Enter p
Partition number (1-4): 3 Enter 3
First cylinder (10213-17845, default 10213): Press the Enter key
Using default value 10213
Last cylinder or +size or +sizeM or +sizeK (10213-17845, default 17845): +16M

Command action Enter +16M
e extended
e Enter e
Selected partition 4
Last cylinder or +size or +sizeM or +sizeK (10216-17845, default 17845):
Press the Enter key
Press the Enter key
Command (m for help): p Enter p
Disk /dev/cciss/c0d0: 146.7GB, 146780121600 bytes

/dev/cciss/c0d0p2 * 14 10212 81923467+ 8e Linux LVM
/dev/cciss/c0d0p3 * 10213 10215 24097+ 83 Linux
/dev/cciss/c0d0p4 * 10216 17845 61287975 5 Extended
Command (m for help): w Enter w

The partition table has been altered!
Calling ioctl() to re-read partition table
WARNING: Re-reading the partition table failed with error 16: Device or resource
busy.
...
The kernel still uses the old table.
The new table will be used at the next reboot.
Syncing disks.

B-101
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
WARNING: DOS-compatible mode is deprecated. It’s strongly recommended to

switch off the mode (command ‘c’) and change display units to
sectors (command ‘u’).

Command action
e extended
p Enter p
Partition number (1-4): 3 Enter 3
Last cylinder, +cylinders or +size[K,M,G] (17912-60797, default 60797): +16M
Command (m for help): n

Command action Enter n
e extended Enter +16M
e
Enter e
Last cylinder +cylinders or +size[K,M,G] (17915-60797, default 60797):
Using default value 60797 Press the Enter key
Last cylinder +cylinders or +size[K,M,G] (17915-60797, default 60797):
Press the Enter key
Command (m for help): p Enter p
Disk /dev/sda: 500.1GB, 500072348160 bytes

/dev/sda1 * 1 64 512000 83 Linux
/dev/sda2 * 64 17912 143360000 8e Linux LVM
/dev/sda3 * 17912 17914 21181 83 Linux
/dev/sda4 * 17915 60797 344457697+ 5 Extended
/dev/sda5 * 17915 60797 344457666 83 Linux
Command (m for help): w Enter w

WARNING: Re-reading the partition table failed with error 16: Device or resource busy.
The kernel still uses the old table. The new table will be used at
the next reboot or after you run partprobe(8) or kpartx(8).
Syncing disks.

B-102
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter the following command to reboot the OS.
# reboot
6. After rebooting the OS, log in to the Server as the root user using su - command.
$ su -
#
7. Enter the following command to create file system.
# mke2fs -j <Data partition device> e.g.: /dev/cciss/c0d0p5
mkfs.ext4 <Data partition device> e.g.: /dev/sda5
NOTE: Target partition for creating file system is last partition (/dev/cciss/
c0d0p5 or /dev/sda5) that is created at Substep 4.

B-103
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.14 [Step 13]: Specify Mount Point

Important!
$ su -
#
2. Enter the following command to specify a mount point.
# mkdir /sharel
# mkdir /share2
#

B-104
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.15 [Step 14]: Install ExpressCluster

NOTES:
• RPM of ExpressCluster Server must be installed by the root user account.
• If you install CLUSTERPRO X3.2, refer to ExpressCluster X3.2 for Linux
Installation document.
• Refer to the procedures in chapters 3 and 4 of ExpressCluster X3.2 for Linux
Installation and Configuration Guide for installing the ExpressCluster into
MS5000 Server.
Important!
1. Enter the following command and root password t change the login account to root.
$ su -
#
2. Insert the ExpressCluster installation medium in the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}/Linux/$[version]/en/server
# rpm -i expresscls-$[version].x86_64.rpm
NOTES:
• ${CD-ROM} is a directory where the ExpressCluster installation

medium is stored.
• expresscls-${version}.x86_64.rpm differs depending on the product.
4. Remove the ExpressCluster installation medium from the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM

drive.
Important!
• The Substep 5. and subsequent Substeps are used to apply the update patch
to ExpressCluster X3.2.
Perform these Substeps only for combination of ExpressCluster X3.2 and
RHEL6.5. For other combinations, performing these Substeps is not required.

B-105
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter the following command to back up the file.
# cd /opt/nec/clusterpro/drivers/md/distribution/current/
# mkdir backup
# cp -a liscal-2.6.32-431.*el6.x86_64.ko backup/

not mounted.
7. Enter the following command to apply the patch file.
# mkdir /home/patch
# cd /home/patch
# tar xvzf ${DVD-ROM}/Tool/CPRO-XLA60-41.tar.gz
# rm -f liscal-2.6.32-431.*el6.x86_64.ko
# cp -a /home/patch/liscal-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.ko .
NOTES:
• ${DVD-ROM} is a directory where the MS5000 installation medium is
stored.
• The above is an example of decompressing the patch file under
the /home/patch directory.

B-106
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.16 [Step 15]: Set CPU License for

ExpressCluster
Perform the registration of the CPU license.

NOTES:
• Refer to the procedures in chapter 4 of ExpressCluster X3.2 for Linux
MS5000 Server.
• Refer to Registering the CPU license in chapter 4. Registering the license of
ExpressCluster X3.2 for Linux Installation and Configuration Guide for
details.
Important!
 Perform the following Steps to both Master Server and Slave Server.
$ su -
#
VERSION OF COMMAND DIFFERS ACCORDING TO THE PROVIDED

ExpressCluster TO BE LICENSE TYPE:
INSTALLED
FILE PAPER
X3.2 clplcnsc -i ${filepath} -p BASE32 clplcnsc -i -p BASE32
NOTES:
1. ${filepath} is a file path where the license file is stored.
2. If the license is provided as file, go to Substep 7.

B-107
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. Enter 1 to select Product version.
Selection of License Version.

1. Product version
2. Trial version
Select License Version [1 or 2] ...1
4. Enter the license number written in the license sheet.
Enter the number of license [1 to 99 (default:2)]...
5. Enter the serial number written in the license sheet.
Enter serial number [Ex. XXX0000000]...
6. Enter the license key written in the license sheet.

NOTE: If the entered license key is correct, the message Command
succeed is displayed in the console.
Enter license key

[XXXXXXXX - XXXXXXXX - XXXXXXXX - XXXXXXXX]...
7. Enter the following command to verify the license registered.

NOTE: If the license registered is correct, the message Command succeed
is displayed in the console.
# clplcnsc -l -p BASE32

B-108
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.17 [Step 16]: Set Node License for

ExpressCluster
Perform the registration of the node license.
NOTE:
• Refer to Registering the node license in Chapter 4. Registering the License
of the ExpressCluster X3.2 for Linux Installation and Configuration Guide
for details.
Important!
 Perform the following Substep to both Master Server and Slave Server.
1. Enter the following command and root password to change the login
account to root.
$ su -
#
VERSION OF COMMAND DIFFERS ACCORDING TO THE PROVIDED

ExpressCluster TO BE LICENSE TYPE:
INSTALLED
FILE PAPER
X3.2 clplcnsc -i ${filepath} -p REPL32 clplcnsc -i -p REPL32
NOTES:
1. ${filepath} is a file path where the license file is stored.


1. Product version
2. Trial version

B-109
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4. Enter the serial number written in the license sheet.
5. Enter the license key written in the license sheet.

succeed is displayed in the console.
Enter license key


is displayed in the console.
# clplcnsc -l -p REPL32

B-110
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.18 [Step 17]: Reboot OS

Important!
1. Enter the following command and root password to change the login account to
root.
$ su -
#
# reboot
Important!
• The Substep 3. and subsequent Substeps are used to confirm the update
patch applied to ExpressCluster X3.2.
3. Log in to the Server as the <Server Account>, and launch a Terminal Screen, and then
enter the following command and a password of root to change the <Server
Account> to root.
$ su -
#
4. Enter the following command to confirm that

3c08b76ab1c30c48616f649b8e6c1942 is displayed.
# md5sum liscal-ùname -r`.ko

B-111
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.19 [Step 18]: Set Configuration File

Important!
 Perform this Step to both Master Server and Slave Server.
 Perform this Step when the Master Server and Slave Server cannot
communicate with each other. Disconnect the target server from the network
and perform the operation at the time of set configuration file.
In case the target server is Blade server, refer to 1.3.2 Blade Server of
Division A to disconnect from the network.
to root (su).
$ su
#
2. Enter the following command to confirm that clpevent, clptrnsv, and clpwebmc
services started.
# /sbin/service --status-all | grep clp

clppm is stopped
clpaltd is stopped
clpevent (pid XXXX) is running...
clpmdagent is stopped
clptrnsv (pid XXXX) is running...
clpwebmc (pid XXXX) is running...
NOTE: If HP SIM is installed, an error message may be displayed, but there

is no problem.

B-112
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. For MS or Aggregation Server, enter the following command to confirm the partition
setting of hard disk.
 Output Example 1 (when using Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x):
# /sbin/fdisk -l
...
/dev/sda1 * 1 64 512000 83 Linux
/dev/sda3 17912 17914 21181 83 Linux
/dev/sda4 17915 60797 344457697+ 5 Extended
/dev/sda5 17915 60797 344457666 83 Linux
...
 Output Example 2 (when using Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5):
# /sbin/fdisk -l
...
/dev/cciss/c0d0p3 10213 10215 24097+ 83 Linux
/dev/cciss/c0d0p4 10216 17845 61287975 5 Extended
...
If the output of Device differs from Output Example 1 for Red Hat Enterprise Linux
6.x or Output Example 2 for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5, clp.conf must be
modified. See 4 clp.conf Modification in Division F and modify clp.conf.
Proceed to next Step.
NOTE: clp.conf is created under assumption of Output Example 1 when
using Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x or Output Example 2 when using
4. Enter the following command to move the cluster configuration information file
(clp.conf) to /home directory.
# mv /tmp/clp.conf /home

B-113
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
# su -
#
6. Enter the following command to backup the cluster configuration information file.
# clpcfctrl --pull -w -x /tmp

# mv /tmp/clp.conf /xxx
NOTES:
• When you perform resetting, execute the command above first,
then backup the clp.conf file.
• /xxx means an arbitrary directory. Move the obtained clp.conf file
to an arbitrary directory and save it.

not mounted.
# su - <Server Account>
$ su
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.

B-114
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 1
10. Enter 4 to select Cluster Setting.

1. Network Setting.
3. SNMP Setting.
4. Cluster Setting.
b. back.
> 4
NOTE: This option appears for the distributed system only. For an

B-115
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
12. Enter y to perform the installation.

NOTE: Following information is an example when target server is Main
Server.

13. Enter y to reboot the OS.

Reboot the OS.
NOTE: After rebooting OS, wait about 5 minutes, then proceed to the next
Step.

B-116
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.20 [Step 19]: Install MS5000

Important!
 Perform this Step only when proceeding under the condition that the Master
Server and Slave Server are not connected to the network and ready to
communicate, if the MS5000 configures the redundant system. Disconnect
the target server from the network and perform the operation at the time of
installation.
In case the target server is Blade server, refer to 1.3.2 Blade Server of
Division A to disconnect from the network.
NOTES:
1. In redundant configuration, check that the Master server state is NOT

Online Pending and the Slave server state is Offline by logging in to
the server as <Server Account> and executing the following command.
The following command execution example shows an execution result
of Master Server.
After disconnecting the network between Master Server and Slave
Server, it takes a few minutes until the Master server state becomes
Online and the Slave server state becomes Offline.
$ su -
# clpstat
========================= CLUSTER STATUS ========================
Cluster : cluster
<server>
*<Host name of Master Server> : Offline
lankhbl : Normal Kernel Mode LAN Heartbeat
lanhbl : Normal LAN Heartbeat
<Host name of Master Server> : Offline
lankhbl : Unknown Kernel Mode LAN Heartbeat
lanhbl : Unknown LAN Heartbeat
: (omitted)
==================================================================

B-117
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2. Although “userw” may be displayed as “caution” status as shown below

when executing “clpstat” command, there is no problem since it is not
related to the behavior of MS5000.
========================= CLUSTER STATUS ========================

(omitted)
userw : Caution user mode monitor
(omitted)
==================================================================
to root.
$ su
#

not mounted.
3. Confirm that sysconf.info exists under /home directory. And then enter the
following command to run the installer.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.

B-118
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4. Enter 2 to select Install.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 2
5. Enter a number that corresponds to server type of the server where MS5000
application will be installed.

2. Front Server.
3. Main Server.
>
6. Enter a number that corresponds to the target server.

NOTE: This option appears only for the Front Server and Communication
Server. For other Servers, go to Substep 7.
>

B-119
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: This option appears for the redundant system only. For a single

1. Master.
2. Slave.
>

Server.
- Target Project ---> All Equipments and Function

- Server Mode ---> MASTER
NOTE: When “Gnome-terminal wants to install a font.” message window

appears, execute close.
9. Press Enter key to return to the top menu.
COMPLETE! MS5000 installation was completed successfully.

Type Enter key to back to the top menu. >

B-120
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
10. Enter q to quit.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q
11. Enter y or n as an answer of the question.

NOTE: We recommend that system configuration file be deleted for security
reason by entering y.
Delete system configuration file (sysconf.info) for security.
Are you sure (y/n)? > y
12. To perform SKA cooperation or communication with optical equipment by TCP/IP,

re-configure vsftpd.
To cooperate with SKA (Software Key Allocator), perform following operation to the
Main Server or Aggregate Server.
To communicate with optical equipment by TCP/IP, perform following operation to
the Communication Server or Aggregate Server.
Target equipment (DW4200, DW4000, DW7000, UN5000, U-Node BBM, U-Node
WBM, U-Node REG, V-Node, V-Node S, C-Node, C-Node S1)
(i) Check the value of /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf.
# grep ssl_enable /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf

B-121
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(ii) When the check result of (i) is valid SSL (ssl enabled=Yes is displayed), perform
the following command.
When the check result of (i) is invalid SSL (no data is output),
executing the following command is unneeded.
# tar xvfz ${DVD-ROM}/Tool/vsftpd_ftp.tgz -C /etc/vsftpd

# /sbin/service vsftpd restart
Shutting down vsftpd: [ OK ]
Starting vsftpd for vsftpd: [ OK ]
Starting vsftpd for vsftpd_ftp: [ OK ]
# /usr/sbin/lsof -i:21
COMMAND PID USER FD TYPE DEVICE SIZE NODE NAME
vsftpd XXXXX root 3u IPv4 XXXXX TCP *:ftp (LISTEN)
vsftpd XXXXX root 3u IPv4 XXXXX TCP *:ftps (LISTEN)
13. Perform start-up and setting of iptables, if necessary.


B-122
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.21 [Step 20]: Set NTP (Option)
Perform the configuration of NTP setting.
to root.
$ su
#
to /home directory.
NOTE: The sysconf.info file can be created using Offline Tool. Refer to
Phase 1: Creation of System Configuration Setting File.
mv: overwrite ‘ home/sysconf.info’?

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.

B-123
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter 4 to select Customize.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Enter 4 to select NTP setting.

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
:(omitted)
b. back
> 4
COMPLETE! NTP setting was completed successfully.


B-124
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
8. Enter q to quit.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q

NOTE: We recommend that system configuration file be deleted for security

B-125
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.22 [Step 21]: Save Server NIC

Information (Only for Optical NE
system)
The work differs depending on the OS (RHEL) version.
RHEL VERSION WORK

5.5 <Step 21-A>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5
6.x <Step 21-B>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x
4.22.1 <Step 21-A>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5
1. Log in to the Server as the root account at console screen.
2. From the menu bar, select System  Administration  Network to open

Network Configuration window.
3. From the menu bar of Network Configuration window, select File Save.
4. Select OK in confirmation dialog box.
5. From the menu bar of Network Configuration window, select File  Quit to close
the window.
6. From the menu bar, select System  Log Out root... to logout from the console
screen.
7. Select Log Out in confirmation dialog box.


B-126
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.22.2 <Step 21-B>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x
1. Log in to the Server as the root account at Terminal screen.
$ su
#
# cd /etc/sysconfig/
# cp -p network-scripts/ifcfg-* networking/devices/
4.23 [Step 22]: Install Marben OSI

(Option) (Only for Optical NE system)
Perform the installation of Marben OSI.
to root.
$ su
#
2. Insert the Marben OSI R10.XX installation medium in the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM

drive.
NOTE: This Substep is required only if the Marben OSI R10.XX installation
medium is not mounted.

B-127
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./Optical/marben_setup.sh
NOTE: ${DVD-ROM} is a directory that the Marben installation medium is

stored.
4. Select a number of the OSI protocol type to be installed.
*** Marben OSI installer menu ***

step1: Select OSI type
1. ES.
2. L1IS.
3. L2IS.
q. Quit.
>
5. Select the NIC port connected with the NE.
step2: Select NIC Port
1. eth0: 192.168.1.1
2. eth1: 192.168.2.1
3. eth2: 192.168.3.1
>
6. Enter an Area Name to perform the installation.
step3: Input Area Name (4 characters only)

If type enter, set 0001
>

B-128
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.24 [Step 23]: Check the Latest Update

Information
1. If Java update manual or other update manuals exist in MS5000 Installation DVD,
please execute the procedures described in the manuals.
If nothing exist, please go to the next Step.

B-129
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5 PHASE 4:
INSTALLING OF SOFTWARE IN
CMIP GW SERVER
(ONLY FOR RADIO2000S/3000S)
5.1 Overview
To manage Radio2000S/3000S using the MS5000 system, a CMIP GW Server is required.

The CMIP GW Server uses Solaris as an OS.
CMIP GW Server is not required only for Radio2000S/3000S.

NOTES:
• When installing OS, specifying the following settings are required. Changing the
default settings is not required for the items that are not shown below.
• This phase is based on the condition that VIDEO driver is enabled and
installation is proceeded with the monitor, the keyboard, and the mouse which
are directly connected to the server.

Phase 4: Installing of Software in CMIP GW Server (Only for Radio2000S/3000S)
B-130
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.2 [Step 1]: Select Settings for OS

Installation
Prepare the medium of Solaris 10.
1. Turn on the Power.
2. Insert the OS installation medium in the CD-ROM drive.

NOTE: This Substep is required when the system has already installed
Solaris OS. For an initial install, go to Substep 3.
(i) Enter the following command to terminate the installed OS.
[stop]key + [a]key
3. Enter the following command to boot the OS to be installed from CD-ROM.
{0} ok boot cdrom
See Table B-16 about content to be selected and specified when installing OS.
SETTING CONTENTS
language English
Welcome window Nothing to select, just click [Next] button.
Network Connectivity Networked
Configure Multiple Network Interface Remember interface name, then click [Back] button.
Network Connectivity Non-networked
Host Name Enter appropriate name what the MS5000 is used.
NFSv4 Domain Name Use the NFSv4 domain derived by the system.
Time Zone Geographic Continent/Country/Region
Choose the applicable one for each country where the MS5000 is
Continent and Country
used.
Date and time Enter your desired date and time when the MS5000 is used.

B-131
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
SETTING CONTENTS
Root Password Enter the password of root account.
Enabling Remote Services No
Confirm Information Confirm input information, then click [Confirm] button.
Solaris Installation window Nothing to select, just click [Next] button.
(1) Reboot automatically after software installation?

Yes
Installer Options
(2) Eject a CD/DVD automatically after software installation?
Yes
Specify Media CD/DVD
License Accept
Initial install
Select Upgrade or Initial install NOTE: This section is displayed only if Solaris OS is already
installed.
Select Type of Install Custom Install
None
Specify Backup Media NOTE: This section is displayed only if Solaris OS is already
installed.
Choose the applicable one for each country where the MS5000 is
Select Software Localizations
used.
Select System Locale Choose appropriate Locale what the MS5000 is used.
Solaris Software Companion CD

Select Products NOTE: If "Solaris Software Companion CD" is not displayed,
choose nothing.
Additional Products None
Select Solaris Software Group Choose "Entire Group" and "Default packages."
Disk Selection Not change default setting, just click [Next] button.
Preserve Data No
Lay Out File Systems Choose "c1t0d0" then click [Modify...] button.
Modify the system minimum size of "/" to 20 [GB].

Modify the system minimum size of "swap" to 3 [GB].
Disk c1t0d0 window
NOTE: Reduce the system minimum size of "/export/home" as
much as those of changing of "/" plus "swap."
Ready to Install Nothing to select, just click [Install Now] button.

B-132
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Perform the configuration of OS Setting.
1. Log in to the Server with the root account, and enter the following command.
# bash
3. Enter the following command to run the preinstaller.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./cmip_preinstall.sh
NOTE: ${DVD-ROM} is a directory that the MS5000 installation medium is

stored.
4. Enter a temporary IP address of the server.
Please input a temporary IP Address of this server.


6. Enter a temporary Host Name of the server.
Please input a temporary Host Name of this server.

> <Host Name of the Server>
7. Enter a Network Device Name of the server.
Please input a Network Device Name of this server.

> <Network Device Name>

B-133
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
8. Enter y to configure the OS setting.

NOTE: The following information is an example.
*** ms5000 CMIPGW install information ***
- Temporary IP Address ---> 192.168.1.1

- Temporary Subnet Mask ---> 255.255.255.0
- Temporary Host Name ---> cmipgw
- Network Device Name ---> bge
9. Enter a new password of cmipgw user account.
Please input a Password of cmipgw user account.
New Password:
10. Enter the new password again.
Re-enter New Password:
11. Enter a new password of ftamadm user account.
Please input a Password of ftamadm user account.
New Password:
Re-enter New Password:

Reboot the OS.
Continue rebooting(y)? >y

B-134
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.4 [Step 3]: Select Settings for Oracle

Solaris Studio 12.3
Prepare the installation file of Oracle Solaris Studio 12.3.

NOTES:
• The installation file can be downloaded from the following site:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/server-storage/solarisstudio/downloads/
index.html
• Confirm the java version by executing java -version command. If the version is
not 1.5.0_XX (XX: 2-digit number), perform the following procedure.
(i) Create a .bash_profile file by the root user. Contents of the file are as follows:
(XX: 2-digit number. It specifies the installed version.)
export JDK_HOME-/usr/jdk/jdkl.5.0_XX
export JRE_HOME-/usr/jdk/jdkl.5.0_XX/jre
export PATH=$PATH:$JDK_HOME
export PATH=$PATH:$JRE_HOME
export PATH=$PATH:$JDK_HOME/bin
export PATH=$PATH:$JRE_HOME/bin
(ii) Enter the following command to change the reference target of the java
executable file. (XX: 2-digit number. Specify the same number in Substep (i).)
# rm -r /usr/java
# ln -s /usr/jdk/jdk1.5.0_XX/jre /usr/java
# rm -r /usr/bin/java
# ln -s /usr/jdk/jdk1.5.0_XX/jre/bin/java /usr/bin/java
# bash
2. Enter the following command to change the directory.
# cd /export/home

B-135
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. Enter the following command to move the installation files to /export/home

directory.
# mv ${Installation File} /export/home
NOTE: ${Installation file} is route directory where the installation file is

stored.
4. Enter the following command to extract the installation file.
# bzcat ${Installation File} | tar -xf -
5. Enter the following command to start the installer of Oracle Solaris Studio 12.3 for
CMIP GW Server.
# cd ${Extracted directory}
# ./solarisstudio.sh
See Table B-17 about content to be selected and specified when installing Oracle
Solaris Studio 12.3.
Table B-17 List of Setting Contents for Oracle Solaris Studio 12.3 Installation
SETTING CONTENT
If the "Required patches are not installed" message is shown, click [More
Info] button and click [Execute install_patches.sh now] button.
System analysis
If the "Java version: Not fully compatible" message is shown, ignore it.
Click [Next] button.
Oracle Solaris Studio Installer Do not change the default setting, just click [Next] button.
Oracle Solaris Studio Installation Do not change the default setting, just click [Next] button.
Summary Click [Install] button.
Setup Complete Do not change the default setting, just click [Finish] button.
NOTE: The System analysis window will be skipped when there is no

message.

B-136
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.5 [Step 4]: Set Middleware

This Step describes the sequence of installing Middlewares.
1. Log in to the Server as the root account, and enter the following command.
# bash
2. Enter the following command to move the files from CD-ROM/DVD-ROM copied at
Phase2 Step 8 to the /export/home directory.
NOTE: The files are downloaded at Phase2 Step 6 and they are copied to
the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM at Phase2 Step 8.
# mv /tmp/CMIPGW/${Downloaded File Name} /export/home
Above shows an example when moving the downloaded file under the /tmp directory.
3. If the file name downloaded at Phase2 Step 6 differs from the file name shown in
Table B-10, enter the following command to change the file name.
# cd /export/home
# mv ${Downloaded File Name} #{File Name shown in Table B-10}
 Example: When one of downloaded ACE+TAO files is ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.tar.
# cd /export/home
# mv ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.tar ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.gz

NOTE: This Substep is necessary only if the MS5000 installation medium
is not mounted.
# cp ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./cmip_mwinstall.sh
NOTE: ${DVD-ROM} is a directory where the MS5000 installation medium

is stored.

B-137
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6. If some questions are displayed, enter an appropriate response, then press the Enter
key.


B-138
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Setting
Perform the configuration of Network Setting.
1. Log in to the Server as the root account and enter the following command.
# bash
to /export/home directory.
NOTE: The sysconf.info file can be created by using Offline Tool. Refer to
# mv /tmp/sysconf.info /export/home

is not mounted.
# cp ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./cmip_install.sh

is stored.

B-139
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
* Installer for CMIPGW
*
*
****************************
*** ms5000 CMIPGW installer top menu ***
1. Network Setting.
2. Install.
3. License Setting.
q. Quit.
> 1
6. Enter a number that corresponds to the target server.
*** ms5000 CMIPGW installer menu ***
Please enter server number.
>
7. Enter the server mode of target server as number.


1. Master.
2. Slave.
>
8. Enter the Network Device name.
Please enter Network Device name.
>

B-140
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
9. Enter y to configure the Network Setting.

NOTE: The following information is an example when the number of target
server is 2.
- Server Type ---> CMIP GW Server

10. Enter y to reboot OS.

Reboot the OS.
Continue rebooting(y)? >y

B-141
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.7 [Step 6]: Install Software for CMIP

GW
Perform the software installation of CMIP GW.
# bash

is not mounted.
# cp ${DVD-ROM}

is stored.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Network Setting.
2. Install.
3. License Setting.
q. Quit.
> 2

B-142
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter the number of server where software for CMIP GW will be installed.
>
6. Enter the server mode of target server as number.


1. Master.
2. Slave.
>

server is 2.

COMPLETE! CMIP GW installation was completed successfully.

Type Enter key to the top menu. >

B-143
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
9. Enter q to quit.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Network Setting.
2. Install.
3. License Setting.
q. Quit.
> q
10. Enter n as an answer of the question.
Are you sure (y/n)? > n
11. Enter the following command to open a cmipgwnicctrl.sh file and revise it as
shown below:
NOTES:
• This Substep is required for the redundant system only.
• Check the NIC_IF value. Here the value means an NIC name
directed to NEs, not to Communication Servers.
• If the value does not suit the actual environment, edit it.
# vi /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwnicctrl.sh
NIC_IF=bge2

B-144
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
12. Enter the following command to open a vip.conf file and revise it as shown below:
NOTES:
• This Substep is required for the redundant system only.
• Check the PHYSICAL_NIC value. Here the value means an NIC
name directed to Communication Servers.
• If the value does not suit the actual environment, edit it.
# vi /export/home/cmipgw/tools/vip.conf
PHYSICAL_NIC=bge0
LOGICAL_IF_NO=1
VIRTUAL=10.25.66.50
VIRTUAL_NETMASK=255.255.255.0
5.8 [Step 7]: Set License and NSAP

Address
Perform the settings of License and NSAP Address.
# bash
2. Enter the following command to move the license files

(VertelLicense.dat,xelas_ftam.lic, and xelas_mde.lic) under the /export/home
directory.
NOTE: License files are provided by XELAS Company.
# mv /tmp/<License File Name> /export/home

is not mounted.

B-145
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
# cp ${DVD-ROM}

is stored.
5. Enter 3 to select License Setting.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Network Setting.
2. Install.
3. License Setting.
q. Quit.
> 3
>
7. Enter y to set the license.

NOTE: Following information is an example that the NSAP address is
1234567891123456789212345678931234567894 and the
Network Device name is bge.
- NSAP Address ---> 123456789112345678921234567893123456789


B-146
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
COMPLETE! NSAP Address setting was completed successfully.

Type Enter key to the top menu. >
9. Enter q to quit.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Network Setting.
2. Install.
3. License Setting.
q. Quit.
> q

NOTE: We recommend that system configuration file be deleted for
security reason by entering y.

B-147
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6 PHASE 5:
INSTALLATION OF SOFTWARE IN
CLIENT
6.1 Overview of Installation of

Software for Client
Important!
 If you operate MS5000 via Citrix XenApp, perform installation procedure
according to Installation for Citrix XenApp manual (NWD-155903-xxx), in
addition to this client installation procedure.
6.1.1 Routing Setting for launching PNMTj
For using PNMTj, Client and target NE to be monitored should be connected directly.
Following shows the setting example.
 Support NE Types
• PASOLINK V3
• PASOLINK V4
• PASOLINK+ STM-1
• PASOLINK+ PDH
• PASOLINK Mx
• PASOLINK NEO
• PASOLINK NEO/c
• PASOLINK NEO HP

B-148
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Example for Managing Network
Table B-18 shows an example of IP address assignment for network device.
Table B-18 Example of IP Address Assignment
ROUTING (STATIC ROUTE)

DEVICE NAME IP ADDRESS SUBNET MASK NETWORK GATEWAY REMARKS
ADDRESS ADDRESS
Single (Non-
MS5000 Server 10.0.0.2 255.255.255.0 172.18.0.0 10.0.0.1 Redundant)
server
MS5000 Client 10.0.0.3 255.255.255.0 172.18.0.0 10.0.0.1 -----
NE (PASOLINK)
192.168.1.254 255.255.255.252
Side Interface
Router 172.18.0.0 192.168.1.253
MS5000 Side
10.0.0.1 255.255.255.0
Interface
MS5000
Server
Router 172.18.0.1 172.18.0.2 172.18.0.3 172.18.0.4
MS5000
Client
HUB
Fig. B-6 Network Example between Clients and NEs

B-149
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.1.2 Overview of Remote Client Proxy Server Setting
In a normal LAN environment, the remote client and the NE have valid IP paths.
In that scenario, this procedure is not required.
However, in case there is no IP connectivity between remote client and NE, then the IP
setting procedure below must be performed.
The following shows the patterns:
Possible patterns for MS5000 configuration:
 In the following patterns, performing this procedure is not required.
Fig. B-7 Configuration - Client and NE are connected in same network
Fig. B-8 Configuration - Client and NE are connected through Router

B-150
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 In the following pattern, performing this procedure is not required. But, the
setting to existing proxy server is required.
NOTE: If multiple Front Servers exist in distributed configuration, the
setting can be performed to 1 Front Server only. Therefore, if the
target Front Server stops, Chassis View cannot be launched.
Fig. B-9 Configuration - Client and NE are configured in different networks and
Proxy Server exists
 In the following pattern, performing this procedure is required.
Fig. B-10 Configuration - Client and NE are configured in different networks

B-151
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.2 [Step 1]: Install Java

Important!
 Be sure to set the Regional and Language Options to American English
before starting the installation flow.
1. Perform the installation according to the installer. Refer to Table B-7.

6.3 [Step 2]: Configure Java Setting
Perform the following Substeps to configure Java Setting.
1. Select the following menu from the Start button.

Start  Computer (right-click on it)  Properties  System Properties 
Advanced System Settings  Environment Variables  System Variables
2. Add the following path to the Path setting. If this already exists, add the following
value after typing; (semicolon).
%JAVA_HOME%\bin;
3. Add the following path as the JAVA_HOME in the System Variables area.
 For 32 bit:
C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.7.0_55
 For 64 bit:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Java\jdk1.7.0_55
4. To monitor a PNMSj as an indirect EMS in MS5000, perform the following Substeps:

NOTES:
1. The following should be for Java SE Development Kit 7u45 or later.
2. For how to configure the java.policy file, refer to PNMS (Java version)
Client Installation Manual with Java Web Start (Windows).

B-152
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(i) Open the deployment.properties file which is located under the following
folder:
<Home Directory of a User>\AppData\LocalLow\Sun\Java\Deployment
(ii) Add the following new line in the file:

deployment.security.use.user.home.java.poilcy=true
(iii) Save the file.
(iv) Modify the common java.policy file of JRE to grant the permissions for
application. The file location is as shown in below:
 For 32 bit:
C:\Program Files\Java\jre7\lib\security\java.policy
 For 64 bit:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Java\jre7\lib\security\java.policy
5. Perform this Substep for 64 bit only.

Copy the C:\Program Files (x86)\Java to the C:\Program Files\Java.
6. Perform the following to stop the Java Automatic updating.
(i) Select the following menu from the Start button.

Start  Control Panel  Double-click Java icon 
Click Update tab.
(ii) Uncheck the Check for Updates Automatically check box.
(iii) Click the Never Check button in the warning dialog box.
(iv) Click the OK button in the Java Control Panel.
7. Perform the following to change the security level.

Click Security tab.
(ii) Change Security Level to Medium.
(iii) Click the OK button in the Java Control Panel.


B-153
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.4 [Step 3]: Set Remote Client Proxy

Server
1. From the task bar, perform the following:
(i) Select the Start.
(ii) Select the Control Panel.
(iii) Select the Internet Options. Internet Options window opens.
2. In the Internet Options window, click Connections tab.
Connections tab
LAN Settings button
Fig. B-11 Internet Options Window

B-154
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. In the Connections tab, click the LAN Settings button.

Local Area Network (LAN) Settings window appears.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
OK button
Fig. B-12 Local Area Network (LAN) Settings Window
(i) Confirm that the Automatic detect settings checkbox is unchecked.
(ii) Check the Use Automatic configuration script checkbox, and enter the
following in the Address field:
file://C:/web_proxy/proxy.pac
NOTE: When installing MS5000 on the D drive, read “C:/” as “D:/”.
(iii) Confirm that the Use a proxy server for your LAN (These settings will not
apply to dial-up or VPN connections) checkbox is unchecked.
NOTE: The proxy pac file is automatically downloaded to the remote Client
PC when the MS500 applet is launched.
4. Click the OK button in the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings window.
5. Click the OK button in the Internet Options window.


B-155
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.5 [Step 4]: Reserve Client Port

NOTES:This setting is not mandatory. Apply this setting for firewalled network
environment. To avoid the random assignment of port by Java or Internet
Explorer, reserve the port in advance using the procedure below.
In a port-fixed firewall environment, the Internet Browser installed in Client may not be able
to connect to the Server. If the Client cannot connect to the Server, the port range reservation
may be necessary in advance to avoid that the program or Internet Browser assigns a port
number randomly. After completing the port range reservation, only program or process that
specifically requests a port that is in the reserved range can use the port.
WINDOWS VERSION WORK

Windows Vista <Step 4-A>: Reserve Client Port for Windows Vista
Windows 7 <Step 4-B>: Reserve Client Port for Windows 7

B-156
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.5.1 <Step 4-A>: Reserve Client Port for Windows Vista
1. From the Windows Vista task bar, perform the following:
(i) Click the Start, then click the Control Panel.

B-157
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(ii) Select the User Accounts.
(iii) Select the User Accounts.

B-158
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(iv) Select the Turn User Account Control on or off.
(v) Uncheck the Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your
computer checkbox, then click the OK button.

B-159
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(vi) Click the Restart Now button to restart your computer to turn off User Account
Control.
(vii) Click the Start, then click the All Programs.

B-160
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(viii)Click the Accessories.
(ix) Click the Command Prompt.
(x) In the command prompt, execute the following command.
> netsh int ipv4 set dynamicport tcp start=64300 num=1000

B-161
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.5.2 <Step 4-B>: Reserve Client Port for Windows 7
1. From the Windows 7 task bar, perform the following:
(i) Click the Start, then click the Control Panel.
(ii) Select the User Accounts and Family Safety.

B-162
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(iii) Select the User Accounts.
(iv) Select the Change User Account Control settings.

B-163
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(v) Choose the Never notify me when by sliding the bar and click the OK button.
(vi) Click the YES button.
(vii) Restart your computer to turn off User Account Control.
(viii)Click the Start, then click the All Programs.

B-164
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(ix) In the command prompt, execute the following command.
6.6 [Step 5]: Install Flash Player
Perform the following Substeps to install Flash Player.
1. Download the latest xx.x archive file (fp_12.x.xxx.xx_archive.zip) file from the site
shown in Installation Files.
NOTES:
• Perform this Substep only when the file is not downloaded in [Step
2]: Download Middleware for Client of Phase 2.
• This file is stored in Client directory of CD-ROM/DVD-ROM that is
copied in [Step 8]: Copy Downloaded Files to CD/DVD of Phase
2.
2. Extract the downloaded zip file, and then store it to any folder other than debug
folder.
3. Execute the flashplayerxx_xrxxx_xx_winax.exe file, then perform the installation

according to the installer. (Do not use other exe. files.)

B-165
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.7 [Step 6]: Install MSXML 4.0

Service Pack 2
NOTE: This Step is needed when SpectralWave UN5000 is managed by MS5000
and MSXML 4.0 SP2 is not previously installed.
Perform the following Substeps to install MSXML 4.0 Service Pack 2.
1. Download the msxml.msi file from the site shown in Installation Files.
NOTES:
• Perform this Substep only when the file is not downloaded in
[Step 2]: Download Middleware for Client of Phase 2.
• This file is stored in Client directory of CD-ROM/DVD-ROM that is
copied in [Step 8]: Copy Downloaded Files to CD/DVD of Phase
2.
2. Execute the downloaded msxml.msi file, then perform the installation according to
the installer.
3. The following dialog box appears. Click the Next button.
Fig. B-13 MSMXL 4.0 SP2 Installation Wizard (1)

B-166
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4. The following dialog box appears. Click the I accept the terms in the License
Agreement. radio button and click the Next button.
5. The following dialog box appears. Input User Name and Organization in their
respective edit boxes. Click the Next button.

B-167
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6. The following dialog box appears. Click the Install Now button.
7. The following dialog box appears. Click the Finish button.


B-168
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.8 [Step 7]: Apply Windows Patch

Important!
 Perform this Step for Windows Vista / 7 / Server 2008 R2 SP1 only.
Perform the installation according to the installer.
The following patch files are stored in the Client directory of CD/DVD created in Phase 2.
 For Windows 7/Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1

File name: Windows 6.1-KB2553549-v3-x86.msu
 For Windows Vista
File name: Windows 6.0-KB2553549-x86.msu
NOTE: If Service Pack is already applied, a dialog box such as the

following example will be displayed, and the installation may not be
performed. This means that the corresponding update is included
in Service Pack, and there is no problem.
Fig. B-18 Windows Update Standalone Installer Dialog Box

B-169
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9 [Step 8]: Set CMIP GW Server

6.9.1 <Step 8-1>: Cluster Manager Installation for Local PC
Install Cluster Manager to handle VCS with GUI via local PC. Mount the DVD of Veritas
Storage Foundation and High Availability Solutions 5.0 for Solaris on the DVD
drive of local PC.
1. Change a directory from the drive where the disk was inserted to the following
directory:
(Local Drive):\windows\VCSWindowsInstallers\ClusterManager\EN
2. Launch the installer from the setup.exe file in EN directory.

Once the installer has launched, execute the installation according to the instructions
displayed on Veritas Cluster Manager install wizard.
6.9.2 <Step 8-2>: Launch Cluster Explorer
1. Click the VERITAS Cluster Manager - Java Console icon installed in the local PC
to launch Cluster Manager.
Fig. B-19 VERITAS Cluster Manager - Java Console Icon
2. Choose New Cluster from File menu.
3. Enter either a host name or an IP address on the new cluster window, and then click
OK.
4. Account entry is required to log into the cluster.

B-170
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter default accounts (admin and password), which were input at the time of VCS
installation, to open the Cluster Explorer window.
Fig. B-20 Login Dialog Box


B-171
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.3 <Step 8-3>: Register Service Group
Use Cluster Explorer window locally to register a Service Group.
Launch Cluster Explorer window from Cluster Manager.
1. Right-click the Cluster name displayed on the left pane.
Fig. B-21 Service Group Registration Window
2. Choose Add Service Group... as shown above. Add Service Group window
opens.
3. Enter a Service Group name.

NOTE: Favorite Service Group name can be used.

B-172
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4. Add a Host name in the Available Systems list box to the Systems for Service
Group list box, and then click the OK button.
Fig. B-22 Add Service Group Window

6.9.4 <Step 8-4>: Register Network Interface Card (NIC)
NOTE: This Step is required for active CMIPGW server and standby CMIPGW
server.
Use Cluster Explorer window to register NIC locally.
Launch Cluster Explorer window via Cluster Manager.

B-173
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1. Right-click Service Group to choose Add Resource...
Fig. B-23 NIC Registration Window
2. Enter a resource name into the Resource name field.

NOTE: Favorite Resource name can be used.
3. Choose NIC as a Resource Type in the Resource Type combo box.
4. Click the edit button on a boldface Device line in the list table.
5. Enter an NIC name.

NOTE: The NIC name, (e.g.: bge0), which directs to Communication
Servers, not to NEs, are required.
6. Uncheck the Critical checkbox, and check the Enabled checkbox.

B-174
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7. Click the OK button after having completed attribute setting.
Fig. B-24 Add Resource Window - NIC
8. Click the Resources tab on the right pane, while choosing Service Group on the
left pane.
9. Resource view appears to confirm an NIC resource.
10. Right-click the icon of the NIC resource and check Critical, and a failover will
operate when detecting a failure.
6.9.5 <Step 8-5>: Register VCS Virtual IP
The registration of VCS Virtual IP can be performed by operating Cluster Explorer

window on the local PC. Register an IP resource that sets and monitors VCS virtual IP.

3. Choose IP as resource type in the Resource Type combo box.
4. Click the edit button on a boldface Device line in the list table and set a Device
Name.
NOTE: The Device Name, (e.g.: bge0), which directs to Communication
Servers, not to NEs, is required.

B-175
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Click the edit button on a boldface Address line in the list table and set a VCS
virtual IP Address.
NOTE: The virtual IP Address has to be the same value when the
CMIPGW Server is installed.
6. Click the edit button on a NetMask line in the list table and set a Sub-net mask.
Fig. B-25 Add Resource Window - Virtual IP
left pane.
10. A resource view appears to confirm an IP resource.
11. Right-click the icon of the IP resource and check Critical, and a failover will operate
when detecting a failure.

B-176
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.6 <Step 8-6>: Register VCS Web
The registration of VCS Web can be performed by operating Cluster Explorer window on
the local PC.

3. Choose VRTSWebApp as resource type in the Resource Type combo box.
4. Click the edit button on an AppName line in the list table and enter cmc as an
Application Name.
5. Click the edit button on an InstallDir line in the list table and enter /opt/VRTSweb/
VERITAS as an Install Directory.
6. Click the edit button on a TimeForOnline line in the list table and enter 5 as a
number to online.
Fig. B-26 Add Resource Window - VCS Web

B-177
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
left pane.
10. A resource view appears to confirm a VCS Web resource.

6.9.7 <Step 8-7>: Apply Registration
NOTE: This Step is required for three types of shell, (cmipgwnicctrl.sh,

vertelctrl.sh, cmipgwctrl.sh).
1. Right-click Service Group to choose Add Resource....
2. Enter a Resource name into the window.

3. Choose Application as resource type in the Resource Type combo box.
4. Click the edit button on a boldface StartProgram line in the list table and set an
absolute path of the start shell.
NOTE: Refer to the Table B-19 for each types of shell.
5. Click the edit button on a boldface StopProgram line in the list table and set an
absolute path of the stop shell.
6. Click the edit button on a MonitorProgram line in the list table and set an absolute
path of the monitor shell.

B-178
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table B-19 Setting Value for each Shell
SHELL TYPE ATTRIBUTE CONTENTS

StartProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwnicctrl.sh start
cmipgwnicctrl.sh StopProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwnicctrl.sh stop
MonitorProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwnicctrl.sh monitor
StartProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/vertelctrl.sh start
vertelctrl.sh StopProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/vertelctrl.sh stop
MonitorProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/vetelctrl.sh monitor
StartProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwctrl.sh start
cmipgwctrl.sh StopProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwctrl.sh stop
MonitorProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwctrl.sh monitor

B-179
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.8 <Step 8-8>: Set Resource Dependent Relation
After having completed the setting of previously registered resources, two resource
dependent relations need to be set.
left pane.
2. A registered resource view appears.
3. Click the Link button at the upper right of the Resources tab.
4. Define the dependent relation by drawing a line from a parent resource to a child
resource.
NOTE: Make the dependent relation as the following:
Fig. B-27 Dependent Relation


B-180
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.9 <Step 8-9>: Set Resource Restart
NOTE: This Step is required for all resources which were registered in the sections
<Step 8-5>: Register VCS Virtual IP through <Step 8-7>: Apply
Registration.
When a failure occurs in the resource, resource restart can be performed before setting a
failure flag.
1. Right-click the resource icon on the resource view.
2. Choose Override Attributes.
3. A window pops up and enabled attribute listing appears.
4. Check the checkbox of RestartLimit attribute, and click the OK button.
5. Right-click the resource icon on the resource view and choose View.
6. Click the edit button on a boldface RestartLimit attribute and set the number of times
to restart the resource.
Fig. B-28 Entry of Restart Count


B-181
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.10 <Step 8-10>: Resource Online
Turn the previously registered resources to on-line.
1. Right-click Service Group to choose Enable Resources.
2. Choose Save Settings on the upper right menu to save the settings.
3. Choose Close Settings on the upper right menu to close the settings.
4. Right-click Service Group to choose Online and turn one of two lines to online.
left pane.
6. A resource view appears to confirm resources.

NOTE: x mark representing failure appears over the online failure
resource. Check whether the resource attribute setting is correct or
not.

B-182
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.10 [Step 9]: Set Windows Internet

Explorer Options for L2 Screen
Important!
Perform this Step for Windows 7 only.
1. Perform the following:
(i) Click the Start button.
(ii) Select Control Panel.
(iii) Enter IE in the Search Control Panel.
Select Internet Options. The Internet Options window appears.
2. On the Internet Options window click the Security tab.
Fig. B-29 Internet Options Window

B-183
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. Select Internet on the Security tab, and check the Custom level... button.
The Security Settings — Internet Zone window appears.
Fig. B-30 Security Settings — Internet Zone Window
(i) Select Enable radio button in Allow script-initiated windows without

size or position constraints.
(ii) Select Enable radio button in Allow websites to open window without
address or status bar.
4. Click the OK button on the Security Settings — Internet Zone window.
5. Select the Trusted sites on the Security tab, and click the Custom level... button.
The Security Settings — Trusted Sites Zone window appears.

6. Click the OK button on the Security Settings —Trusted Sites Zone window.
7. Select Trusted Sites on the Security tab, and click the Sites button. The Trusted
Sites window appears.

B-184
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Fig. B-31 Trusted Sites Window
(i) Confirm that there is no vip address (Port1) for the MS Server in the Websites
column. If any, select the vip address (Port1) for the MS Server, and click the
Remove button.
NOTES:
• Confirm the above address by referring to the /home/sysconf.info
allocated to each server.
• Read above vip as ip when referring from Division D.
8. Click the Close button on the Trusted Sites window.
9. Click the OK button on the Internet Options window.


B-185
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Explorer Options for CID of
DW7000
Important!
 Perform this Step for Windows 7 only.
1. Perform the following.
(i) Select Start.

Select the Internet Options. The Internet Options window appears.
2. On the Internet Options window, click the Security tab.
3. Select the Internet on the field at the upper side of Security tab.
4. Click the Custom Level... button.
Fig. B-32 Security Settings – Internet Zone Window

B-186
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Select the Enable radio button of Access data sources across domains under
Miscellaneous.
7. Click the Yes button on the window appeared.
8. Select the Local internet on the field at the upper side of Security tab.
Miscellaneous.

6.12 [Step 11]: Install Adobe Reader
Perform the following Substeps to install Adobe Reader.
1. Download the latest archive file from the site shown in Installation Files.
NOTE:
• Perform this Substep only when the file is not downloaded in [Step 2]:
Download Middleware for Client of Phase 2: Preparation of Files.
2. Execute the exe. file, and then perform the installation according to the installer.
NOTES:
1. This file is stored in Client directory of CD-ROM/DVD-ROM that is
copied in [Step 8]: Copy Downloaded Files to CD/DVD of Phase 2:
Preparation of Files.
2. Install this online.

B-187
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7 PHASE 6:
CONNECTION AND
SYNCHRONIZATION OF SYSTEM
7.1 Work Overview
Connect network cables and synchronize the Master Server with the Slave Server.
In case the target server is Blade server, refer to 1.3.2 Blade Server of Division A to
connect to the network.
Perform an operation check.
NOTE: For MS5000 license, the license automatically applies to demo license. In the
license, each function in MS5000 can be applied within 30 days from the
installation.
If you continue to use it, be sure to obtain the official license from NEC and to
apply to the system. Refer to Common Operation Manual for the method of
application.

B-188
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.2 [Step 1]: Connect System

1. Connect network cables with referring Fig. B-33.
In case the target server is Blade server, refer to 1.3.2 Blade Server of Division A to
connect to the network.
Fig. B-33 Network Cables Connection

B-189
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.3 [Step 2]: Synchronize Database
This Step provides the procedure to match the database stored in Slave Server with one stored
in Master Server when proceeding under the condition that the Master Server and Slave
Server are not connected to the network and ready to communicate.
In initial installation, the Master and Slave Server are not identified. In most case, when a
server is activated the server is defined as the Master Server. Therefore, the other server is
defined as the Slave Server.
1. Log in to the active server as the root user using su - command.
$ su -
Password: <enter root password.>
#
2. Enter the following command to stop the MS5000.
# clpgrp -t
#
3. Connect the network between Master Server and Slave Servers, then enter the
following command at the Master server.
# clpcl -t -a
# clpcl -s -a
4. As following, log in to the Slave Server as the root user using su - command and enter
the command.
# su -
# clpmdctrl --force <Host name of source server> md1
NOTE: Database stored in Host name of source server specified above

will be copied to local server (standby server, and database stored
in local server (standby server)) will be deleted.

B-190
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter the following command to check whether synchronizing database is completed.
# clpmdstat --mirror md1
The following shows an example when copying database is no completed:
Mirror Status: Recovering Check that Recovering is displayed.
md1 <Host name of Master Server> <Host name of Slave Server>

---------------------------------------------------------------
Mirror Color YELLOW YELLOW Check that YELLOW is displayed.
Recovery Status Value
---------------------------------------------------------------
Status: Recovering Check that Recovering (or Preparing)
:(omitted)
is displayed.
The following shows an example when copying database is no completed:
Mirror Status: Normal Check that Normal is displayed.

----------------------------------------------------------------
Mirror Color GREEN GREEN Check that GREEN is displayed.
#

B-191
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Create a secret key of SSL certificate for Java communication.
NOTE: For the environment that SSL is not used, performing this Step is not
required.
1. At Master Server, perform Step 2. to Step 14. in Division F “5.11.1 Procedure:

Update SSL Certificate File” of “5.11 Update SSL Certificate.”
2. At Slave Server, perform Step 2. to Step 14. in Division F “5.11.1 Procedure:


B-192
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.5 [Step 4]: HP SIM Additional

Settings (Option)
7.5.1 <Step 4-1>: Settings for HP SIM and MS5000 to be cooperated

NOTE: This step is out of execution target.
7.5.2 <Step 4-2>:Additional HP SIM Port Settings (Option)

NOTES:
• In this Step, Server having 1 network called Simple Configuration.
Server having more than 2 networks called General Configuration.
When using environment mentioned below, HP SIM port setting needs to be modified.
 For Aggregation Configuration: Servers with Single System and General

Configuration is target.
 For Aggregation Configuration: Servers with Redundant System and Simple

Configuration are target.
 For Aggregation Configuration: Servers with Redundant System and General

Configuration are target.

B-193
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Fig. B-34 Aggregation Configuration:

Servers with Single System and General Configuration

Servers with Redundant System and Simple Configuration

Servers with Redundant System and General Configuration

B-194
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.5.3 <Step 4-3-A>:For Aggregation Configuration: Servers with

Single System and General Configuration
In the following example, Port1 is eth0 and Port2 is eth1.
1. Log in to the server as root user.
$ su -
#
2. Check the current Trap-send settings, execute command below:
# cat /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf | grep trapsink

trapsink <IP Address>
3. If the result of <IP Address> is not for eth1, execute the following command to set
the port connected with NE as a trap destination, or if the result of <IP Address> is for
eth1, skip Substep 3. and Substep 4.
# sed -i -e "s/^trapsink\s<IP Address>/trapsink <IP Address for eth1>/" /etc/

snmp/snmpd.conf
# cat /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf | grep ^trapsink

trapsink <IP Address for eth1>
4. Confirm that the <IP Address for eth1> is displayed by cat command.
5. Check the current Trap-resend settings.
# cat /home/nems/conf/GW/ProtocolIF_SNMP/TrapTransfer.properties
| grep IMAInfo
IMAInfo=<IP Address>:::::

B-195
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6. If the result of <IP Address> is not for eth1, execute the following command or if the
result of <IP Address> is for eth1, skip Substep 6. and Substep 7.
# sed -i -e "/IMAInfo/s/<IP Address>/<IP Address for eth1>/"

/home/nems/conf/GW/ProtocolIF_SNMP/TrapTransfer.properties
# cat /home/nems/conf/GW/ProtocolIF_SNMP/TrapTransfer.properties |
grep IMAInfo
IMAInfo=<IP Address for eth1>:::::
7. Confirm that the <IP Address for eth1> is displayed by cat command
NOTE: The IP setting in /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf and setting in /home/
nems/conf/GW/ProtocolIF_SNMP/TrapTransfer.properties
should be same IP Address.
8. Reboot Aggregation Server.
# reboot

B-196
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.5.4 <Step 4-3-B>:For Aggregation Configuration: Servers with

Redundant System and Simple Configuration
NOTE: This operation should be performed to both Master server and Slave server.
$ su
#
# sed -i -e "s/"IMAInfo=$"/"IMAInfo=<IP Address for eth0>:::::"/g"

grep IMAInfo
NOTE: The IP setting in /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf and setting in /home/
nems/conf/GW/ProtocolIF_SNMP/TrapTransfer.properties
should be same IP Address.
4. Reboot both Master server and Slave server.
# reboot

B-197
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.5.5 <Step 4-3-C>:For Aggregation Configuration: Servers with

Redundant System and General Configuration
NOTE: This operation should be performed to both Master server and Slave server.
$ su
#
2. Check the current Trap-send settings, execute command below:
# cat /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf | grep trapsink

trapsink <IP Address>
NOTE:
If multiple trapsinks are displayed, execute the following procedure.
And try Substep 2. again.
(If the IP address of eth1 of current server is displayed)
Delete trapsink settings other than the IP address of eth1 of current
server in /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf.
(If the IP address of eth1 of current server is not displayed)
Delete trapsink settings other than current server in /etc/snmp/
snmpd.conf.
3. If the result of <IP Address> is not for eth1, execute the following command to set
the port connected with NE as a trap destination, or if the result of <IP Address> is for
eth1, skip Substep 3. and Substep 4.
# sed -i -e "s/^trapsink\s<IP Address>/trapsink <IP Address for eth1>/" /etc/

snmp/snmpd.conf
# cat /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf | grep ^trapsink

trapsink <IP Address for eth1>

B-198
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
# sed -i -e "s/"IMAInfo=$"/"IMAInfo=<IP Address for eth1>:::::"/g"

grep IMAInfo
NOTE: The IP setting in /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf and setting in /home/nems/
conf/GW/ProtocolIF_SNMP/TrapTransfer.properties should be
same IP Address.
7. Reboot both Master server and Slave server.
# reboot
7.6 [Step 5]: Check Connection from

Client to Each Server
1. Check whether the Client PC can access to the front server properly.
Refer to section 2.1.1 in Common Operation manual and check that System
Management Window of MS5000 is displayed in the Client PC.
7.7 [Step 6]: Conduct Server Start

1. Start each server on System Management Window. Refer to section 2.1.3 in
Common Operation manual for the procedure.

B-199
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.8 [Step 7]: Switch System Test

1. Check that the system is switched to Stand-by System normally. Refer to section
2.1.5 in Common Operation manual for the procedure.
7.9 [Step 8]: Check CMIP GW Server

7.9.1 <Step 8-1>: Server Switching
NOTE: This Step is not mandatory.
Check that the process is switched to that of the Stand-by Server. Switching process can be
performed by operating Cluster Explorer window on the local PC.
1. Right-click Service Group to choose Switch To.
left pane.
3. A registered resource view appears.
4. The node names configuring service groups appear at the lower left of the Resource
View window.
5. Check that the resource becomes online by choosing a switched node. When a failure
occurs, check the setting of the node where the failure occurs.

B-200
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.9.2 <Step 8-2>: Check Virtual IP Operation
1. Virtual IP check:
Check a regular switching between VCS virtual IP.
The following Substeps describe how to check virtual operation, assuming when a
couple of servers configure a cluster.
Check the actual server switching in order to match your environment.
First, link the Active server via telnet and check a virtual IP assigned to the server,
using an ifconfig command.
bash- 3.00# ifconfig -a

lo0: flags=2001000849<UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST,IPv4,VIRTUAL>
mtu 8232 index 1
inet 127.0.0.1 netmask ff000000
bge0: flags=1000843<UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST,IPv4> mtu 1500
index 2
inet 10.25.66.41 netmask ffffff00 broadcast 10.25.66.255
ether 0:3:ba:13:68:255
bge0:1 flags=1000843<UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST,IPv4> mtu 1500
index 2
index 3
ether 0:3:ba:13:68:9c
The suffix number followed by the interface name such as bge0:1 corresponds to the
virtual IP. The number followed by inet corresponds to the IP address.
The above figure shows that the bge0 interface provides a couple of virtual IPs. This
means that both VCS settings work normally.
When no VCS virtual IP is assigned, check the IP resource setting.

B-201
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2. Operation check of the Stand-by Server:

Next, link the Stand-by Server via telnet and check that only physical IP is assigned,
using an ifconfig command.
bash- 3.00# ifconfig -a

mtu 8232 index 1
index 2
ether 0:3:ba:13:67:d2
index 3
inet 1.1.1.1 netmask ff000000 broadcast 1.255.255.255
ether 0:3:ba:13:67:d4
3. VCS operation check of the Active Server:

Disconnect the Active Server LAN. Disconnect the whole LANs connected to the
network, except that used for heartbeat.
At this point of time, VCS NIC begins a failover detecting an NIC failure.
Check that a x mark appears on the main / NIC in Cluster Explorer window on the
local PC and IP becomes offline to perform a failover to the Stand-by Server.
4. Since the network is disconnected during failover when accessing with an Active
Server, IP reaccess will be required.
Once the check has completed with Cluster Explorer window, link a Stand-by
Server via telnet and check both VCS virtual IPs are assigned to the interface using an
ifconfig command.
# ifconfig -a
Connect the Active Server LAN.

When x marked on NIC disappears, a failure will be cleared and a failover will be
enabled again. By repeating an operation from the standby system to the active
system, check an operation to be performed normally.

B-202
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1. Check the application operation to monitor over VCS and the process running using
the hastatus command.
bash- 3.00# hastatus -summary
-- SYSTEM STATE
-- System State Frozen
A cmipgw01 RUNNING 0
-- GROUP STATE
-- Group system probed AutoDisabled
State
B CMIPGW_Clustar_Service cmipgw01 Y N
ONLINE
OFFLINE

B-203
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.9.4 <Step 8-4>: Check Failover Operation
Check that VCS performs a failover securely when a failure occurs, by operating Cluster
Explorer window on the local PC.
1. Check the Critical attribute of Resources within Service Group to enable

settings.
This will activate a failover automatically when a failure occurs.
2. Click Save Setting at the upper right menu to save the setting.
3. Generate a failure intentionally.
4. Check that a failover to the Stand-by Server will be performed.
5. Check that the Active Server resource becomes offline and the Stand-by Server
resource becomes online.

B-204
E
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Division C
REDUNDANT DISTRIBUTED
C-1
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Software Installation in Redundant Distributed System Configuration

C-2
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1 OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE
INSTALLATION IN REDUNDANT
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION
1.1 Overview
Division C describes the procedure of installing software in a redundant distributed system

configuration. For the procedure for installing software in another configuration, refer to the
relevant Division.
NOTES:
1. Redundant Aggregation System  See Division B.
2. Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System  See Division D.

3. Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System  See Division E.
Software Installation in Redundant Distributed System Configuration —

Overview of Software Installation in Redundant Distributed System Configuration
C-3
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.2 Example of Redundant Distributed

System Configuration
Fig. C-1 shows an example of Redundant Distributed System configuration. The image
shows the MS5000 functions are distributed in multiple servers that compose the redundant
configuration. Servers other than Front Server can be redundant configuration.

• Interface for Client Front Layer function
• Security Management • Northbound Interface
Active Standby
Host=Server1 Host=Server2-1 Host=Server2-2
Front Server
Northbound Interface Server Northbound Interface Server
Active Standby
Main Server Main Server
Active Standby
Fig. C-1 Example of Redundant Distributed System Configuration

C-4
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Fig. C-2 shows an image of a redundant configuration (the other servers and network
devices are omitted). Two routes of Heartbeat such as a network for the client and a network
for redundancy must be prepared.
For Client
Virtual IP address
resource
172.18.21.71
Source IP Address: Host=Server1

172.16.111.21
Master/Slave=Master
(for Virtual IP resource)
IP address: 172.16.131.21
(for interconnect LAN I/F)
For Heartbeat I/F

For Heartbeat I/F
Host=Server2
Master/Slave=Slave
Source IP Address:
172.16.211.121
(for Virtual IP resource) IP address: 172.16.231.121
(for interconnect LAN I/F)
Fig. C-2 Image of Redundant Configuration

C-5
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.3 Workflow of Software Installation

in Redundant Distributed System
Configuration
All work Steps required for installing the software in a redundant distributed system
configuration are listed in Table C-1.
Perform the work sequentially starting from Step1 of Phase 1.
For Steps 1 to 23 in Phase 3, perform the work marked with  for the Main Server (MS),
Northbound Interface Server (NIS), Communication Server (CS), and Front Server (FS).
You can perform the work marked with  for any server as long as you start with the work in
Step 1. You can work on other servers at the same time
Table C-1 Workflow (1/4)
Work MS NIS CS FS CMIP Clnt Remarks

[Step 1] Make Preparations for – – – – – – –

Offline Tool
(Set MACRO Security
Level)
[Step 2] Design System Configura- – – – – – – –

tion
[Step 3] Check and Correct Setting – – – – – – –

Data
[Step 4] Save as sysconf.info File – – – – – – –
[Step 1] Download Middleware for – – – – – – –

Server
[Step 2] Download Middleware for – – – – – – –

Client
[Step 3] Download Update Kernel – – – – – – –

File for OS (RHEL)
[Step 4] Download SPP File – – – – – – See Note 2 below

(Option) this table.
[Step 5] Download HP SIM File – – – – – – HP SIM is an

(Option) option.

C-6
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 6] Download Middleware for – – – – – – Only for
CMIP GW Server Radio2000S/
3000S
[Step 7] Get clp.conf File Ready – – – – – – –
[Step 8] Copy Downloaded Files to – – – – – – –

CD/DVD
[Step 9] Prepare Media – – – – – – –
[Step 1] Set RAID     – – –
[Step 2] Load Driver     – – Only for Gen8
[Step 3] Install OS     – – –
[Step 4] Configure OS Setting     – – –
[Step 5] Copy Downloaded Files to     – – –

Server
[Step 6] Update Kernel Version     – – Only for RHEL6.x
[Step 7] Install Middleware     – – –
[Step 8] Configure Network Setting     – – –
[Step 9] Install SPP (Option)     – – See Note 2 below

this table.
[Step 10] Install HP SIM (Option) – – –  – – HP SIM is an

option.
[Step 11] Configure SNMP Setting     – – See Note 2 below

(Option) this table.
[Step 12] Set Mirroring  – – – – –
[Step 13] Specify Mount Point  – – – – –
[Step 14] Install ExpressCluster    – – –
[Step 15] Set CPU License for    – – – See Note 1 below

ExpressCluster this table.
[Step 16] Set Node License for  – – – – –
ExpressCluster
[Step 17] Reboot OS    – – –
[Step 18] Set Configuration File    – – –
[Step 19] Install MS5000    – – – –

C-7
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 20] Set NTP (Option)    – – – NTP setting is
optional.
[Step 21] Save Server NIC Informa- – –  – – –

tion (Option) Only for Optical NE
System
[Step 22] Install Marben OSI (Option) – –  – – –
[Step 23] Check the Latest Update    – – – –

Information
Phase 4 Installation of Software in CMIP GW Server (Only for Radio2000S/3000S)
[Step 1] Select Settings for OS – – – –  –

Installation
[Step 2] Configure OS Setting – – – –  –
[Step 3] Select Settings for Oracle – – – –  –

Solaris Studio 12.3
Only for
[Step 4] Set Middleware – – – –  – Radio2000S/
3000S
[Step 5] Configure Network Setting – – – –  –
[Step 6] Install CMIP GW – – – –  –
[Step 7] Set License and NSAP – – – –  –

Address
[Step 1] Install Java – – – – –  –
[Step 2] Configure Java Setting – – – – –  –
[Step 3] Set Remote Client Proxy – – – – –  –

Server
[Step 4] Reserve Client Ports – – – – –  –
[Step 5] Install Flash Player – – – – –  –
[Step 6] Install MSXML 4.0 Service – – – – –  –

Pack 2
[Step 7] Apply Windows Patch – – – – –  –
[Step 8] Set CMIP GW Server – – – – –  Only for

Radio2000S/
3000S
[Step 9] Set Windows Internet – – – – –  Only for L2 Screen

Explorer Options for L2
Screen

C-8
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 10] Set Windows Internet – – – – –  Only for CID
Explorer Options for CID of Screen of DW7000
DW7000
[Step 11] Install Adobe Reader – – – – – 

[Step 1] Connect System       –
[Step 2] Synchronize Database  – – – – – –
[Step 3] Install MS5000  – –  – –
[Step 4] Set NTP (Option) – – –  – – NTP setting is

optional.
[Step 5] Check the Latest Update – – –  – –

Information
[Step 6] HP SIM Additional Set- – – –  – – HP SIM is an

tings (Option) option.
[Step 7] Check Connection of Each – – – – –  –

Server from Client
[Step 8] Conduct Server Start     – – –
[Step 9] Switch System Test    – – – –
[Step 10] Check CMIP GW Server – – – –  – Only for

Radio2000S/
3000S
NOTES:
1. Division C describes software installation assuming that the Main Server,

Northbound Interface Server, and Communication Server each have a redundant
configuration. However, in some systems, only the Main Server has a redundant
configuration. The Northbound Interface Server and Communication Server do
not have a redundant configuration. In this case, perform software installation
work Steps 12 to 18 marked with  only for the servers that have a redundant
configuration. Do not perform these Steps for the servers that do not have a
2. When HP SIM is installed, SPP and SNMP Settings must be installed. For a
SIM in the FS.

C-9
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2 PHASE 1:
CREATION OF SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION SETTING FILE
2.1 Work Overview
When installing MS5000 applications, a sysconf.info file describing the system

configuration is required. Before starting work, create this sysconf.info file using the
Offline Tool provided.
This chapter describes installation and operation for setting the system configuration (Offline
Tool).
The Offline Tool is a software application based on Microsoft Excel used for creating the
system configuration setting file (sysconf.info). The Offline Tool facilitates, setting the IP
addresses, host names, and parameters of the other servers to the MS5000 system during
installation.
Important!
 This Offline Tool uses MACRO functions. Therefore, a medium level of
security is required.

C-10
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.1.1 Variations of Redundant Distributed System Configurations
In the following example, Port 1 is eth0, Port2 is eth1, and Port3 is eth2.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Fig. C-3 System Image

C-11
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-2 Explanation

(1) Simple Configuration System configuration when the Simple Configuration means that
simplest LAN configuration is adopted. only one LAN port is used to serve
the remote client, southbound NE,
and upper OSS interface.
This configuration requires another
LAN port for a redundant configura-
tion. Use eth0. (This note is for
Server-to-Server communication.)
(2) Simple Configuration System configuration when the This configuration requires a
(with separate upper simplest LAN configuration with separate LAN port for the upper OSS
OSS I/F Port used) separate upper OSS I/F Port used is interface and another LAN port for a
adopted. redundant configuration. Use eth0 as
the interface of the default gateway.
(This note is for Server-to-Server
communication.)
(3) General Configuration System configuration when a general General Configuration means a
LAN configuration is adopted. separate LAN port for the remote
client and southbound NE interface.
This configuration requires another
LAN port for a redundant configura-
tion. Use eth0 as the interface of the
default gateway. (This note is for
(4) General Configuration System configuration when a general This configuration requires a
(with separate upper LAN configuration with separate upper separate LAN port for each interface.
OSS I/F Port used) OSS I/F Port used is adopted. Use eth0 as the interface of the
default gateway. (This note is for

C-12
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.2 [Step 1]: Make Preparations for

Offline Tool (Set MACRO Security
Level)
Use the following Substeps to configure the MACRO security level.
1. Log in to the PC where the Offline Tool is installed.
2. Open Microsoft Excel.
3. Select Tools  Macro  Security from the menu bar of Microsoft Excel.
4. Select the Security Level tab in the Security dialog box.
5. Select Medium, and then click the OK button.
6. Close Microsoft Excel.
2.3 [Step 2]: Design System

Configuration
Use the design Substeps to create the system configuration file.
1. Log in to the PC where the Offline Tool will be installed.

C-13
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. Double-click ${OFFLINE TOOL} in Tool directory of MS5000 Installation

Medium.
${DVD-ROM}/Tool/${OFFLINE TOOL}
NOTE: ${OFFLINE TOOL} is the application name of the Offline Tool.
4. Select or manually input the parameters in the Input Sheet.

C-14
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(7)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Fig. C-4 Input Sheet Image

C-15
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-3 Explanations (1/3)

(1) System Configura- Used to configure items for the entire ——————
tion system.
Server Type Used to select the configuration of the Up to 16 Blade Servers (except CMIP GW)
physical server from the following: can be installed for each site of the Server
(a) Blade Server * Configuration.
(b) Rack Server
Redundancy Used to select the system The enabled items of the Server
Configuration configuration from the following: Configuration and Network Address will
(a) Non-Redundancy * change depending on this setting.
(b) Co-Located Redundancy However, CMIP GW does not support
(c) Geographical Redundancy Geographical Redundancy.
LAN Used to select the LAN configuration ——————

Configuration from the following:
(a) Simple Configuration *
(b) General Configuration
Number of Used to select whether separate upper ——————

separate upper OSS I/F Port is enabled or disabled
OSS I/F Port from the following:
used (a) Enable
(b) Disable *
Enter the number of separate upper This will be enabled only when Enable is
OSS I/F Port. selected for using separate upper OSS I/F
Port.
(2) Server Used to set the server configuration. ——————

Configuration
Front Server (for Used to enter the number of Front A total of seven servers of Site A and Site
Client) Servers for Client to be installed. B can be set.
Front Server Enter 1 when the Northbound Interface The Northbound Interface Server can be
(for upper OSS) Server exists. set to Site B only for a redundancy
configuration.
Main Server Enter 1 when the Main Server exists. The Main Server can be set to Site B only
for a redundancy configuration.
Communication Used to enter the number of Up to eight servers each can be set for Site
Server Communication Servers to be A and Site B.
installed. However, the Communication Server can
be set for Site B only for a redundancy
configuration.
CMIPGW Used to enter the number of CMIP GW Up to five servers each can be set for ACT
(Interface Servers to be installed. and STANDBY.
Converter) However, CMIP GW can be set to
STANDBY of Site A only for a redundancy
configuration.

C-16
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(3) OSI Protocol Stack Used to select whether the Marben This item is optional. The item is required
OSI Library exists or not. when the system monitors optical NEs
using the OSI protocol.
MS (a) Yes ——————

(b) No *
CS-x (a) Yes x: 1 - 8

(b) No *
(4) Network Address Used to specify the network address of An interval more than 255.255.255.0
each server. should be kept between each network
address.
Setting Type Used to select whether the Network ——————

Address setting method is automatic
or manual input from the following:
(a) Manual Setting
ACT Used to specify the network address of This item is enabled only when the Setting
the ACT side. Type is Manual Setting.
STANDBY Used to specify the network address of This item is enabled only when the Setting
the STANDBY side. Type is Manual Setting.
Virtual IP Used to specify the network address of This item is enabled only when the Setting
the Virtual IP. Type is Manual Setting.
(5) Server Information Used to enter information of each ——————

server.
User Name Displays the user name used in Nems (fixed).

MS5000.
User Password Used to set the user’s password. Set between 4 and 16 characters.
This is used as the DB password.
Host Name Used to select whether the Host Name ——————

Prefix Prefix setting method is automatic or
manual input from the following:
(a) Manual Setting
Used to set the prefix of the Host Set between 0 and 10 characters.
Name set for each server. Valid characters are as follows:
• Alpha-numerics (A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9,
and - (hyphen))
However, the following restrictions apply:
• Do not enter - (hyphen) as the first or
last character of the string.
• Do not enter numerics only.
This item is enabled only when the Host
Name Prefix setting method is Manual
Setting.

C-17
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(6) Option Used to enter additional information.
SSL Used to select whether SSL is enabled Selecting Enable sets HTTPS for HTTP
or disabled from the following: communication between the client and
(a) Enable * server. Selecting Disable sets HTTP.
(b) Disable
FTPS Used to select whether FTPS is On the server that the installation with
enabled or disabled from the following: specifying Enable is performed once,
(a) Enable * changing to Disable is disabled at re-
(b) Disable installation/migration.
NTP (for ACT Used to select whether NTP (for ACT ——————
Server) Server) is enabled or disabled from the
following:
(a) Enable *
(b) Disable
IP Address Used to set the IP address of the NTP This item is enabled only when NTP (for
server (for ACT Server). ACT Server) is Enable.
NTP (for Used to select whether NTP (for ——————

STANDBY STANDBY Server) is enabled or
Server) disabled from the following:
(a) Enable
(b) Disable *
IP Address Used to set the IP address of the NTP This item is enabled only when NTP (for
server (for STANDBY Server). STANDBY Server) is Enable.
Disperse Out of Used to select whether to disperse the ——————

Network Section Out Of Network symbol from the
Symbol following.
(a) Enable *
(b) Disable
Long Term PM Used to select whether Long Term PM The “PM Type setting” cannot be changed
Type Type is DB Mode or FILE Mode from after installation.
the following:
(a) DB *
(b) CSV
Check “Serial Is used to select whether to connect to Only iPASOLINK EX supports this
No” to manage NE from the following when the Serial function.
(only for iPASO No. that was entered by operator when
EX) registering NE and one that NE holds
are compared and they do not match.
(a) Enable
(b) Disable *
(7) Save Saves the System Configuration file. ——————
*) Value selected by default.

C-18
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.4 [Step 3]: Check and Correct

Setting Data
2.4.1 <Step 3-1>: Check Setting Data Using Output Sheet
1. Using the Output Sheet, check whether the settings entered in the Input Sheet are
correct.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Fig. C-5 Output Sheet Image

C-19
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(1) ACT / STANDBY /Vir- Displays the information of the IP Except CMIP GW.
tual IP Address address (ACT / STANDBY / Virtual IP
Address) of the server to be installed.
Total Port Number Displays the required number of ports ——————

of each server.
Port number for Displays the required number of ports ——————

upper OSS for upper OSS.
(2) IP Address / Host Displays the information of the Port/IP ——————

Name information Address and Host Name.
Portx(ethy) Displays the port information. x: Port number

y: Ether number
Network Address Displays the network address. This item can be edited.
Main Server Displays the IP address of the Main This item can be edited.
Server.
Displays the Host Name of the Main This item can be edited.
Server. Ports other than Port1 can be left
blank.
Important!
Set between 1 and 15 characters.
• Alpha numerics (A to Z, a to z, 0 to
9, - (hyphen)), and .(dot))
However, the following restrictions
apply:
• Do not enter - (hyphen) or .(dot) as
the first or last character of the
string.
• Do not enter a numeric as the first
character of the string.
Name.

C-20
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Communication Displays the IP address of the Commu- This item can be edited.
Server x nication Server.
Displays the Host Name of the Commu- This item can be edited.
nication Server. Ports other than Port1 can be left
blank.
Important!
apply:
string.
Name.
Front Server Displays the IP address of the Front This item can be edited.
(for upper OSS) Server (for upper OSS).
Displays the Host Name of the Front This item can be edited.
Server (for upper OSS). Ports other than Port1 can be left
blank.
Important!
apply:
string.
• Do not enter numerics as the first
Name.

C-21
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Front Server x Displays the IP address of the Front This item can be edited.
Server (for Client).
Displays the Host Name of the Front This item can be edited.
Server (for Client). Ports other than Port1 can be left
blank.
Important!
9, - (hyphen), and .(dot))
apply:
string.
Name.
Gateway Address* Displays the Gateway Address. This item can be edited.
This item can be left blank.
Broadcast Address Displays the Broadcast Address. This item can be edited.
Subnetmask Displays the Subnetmask. This item can be edited.
(3) IP Address / Host Displays the information of the Port / IP ——————

Name information Address and Host Name.
Portx(ethy) Displays the port information. x: Port number

y: Ether number
Main Server / Front Displays the IP address of the Main This item can be edited.
Server (for upper Server Front Server.
OSS)
Displays the Host Name of the Main This item can be edited.
Server / Front Server. This item can be left blank.

C-22
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

(4) IP Address information Displays the information of the Port / IP ——————
address of each server.
Portx for CMIP GW Displays the port information. Fixed.
CMIP GW x for Displays the IP address of CMIP GW This item can be edited.
ACT (ACT).
Displays the Host Name of CMIP GW This item can be edited.

(ACT).
CMIP GW x for Displays the IP address of CMIP GW This item can be edited.
STANDBY (STANDBY).
Displays the Host Name of CMIP GW This item can be edited.

(STANDBY).
CMIP GW x for Vir- Displays the Virtual IP address of CMIP This item can be edited.
tual IP GW.
Displays the Host Name of CMIP GW. This item can be edited.
* Only one Default gateway is valid for all ports.

Input Default gateway for Port 0, and leave blank for Port 1 and later.

C-23
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.4.2 <Step 3-2>: Customize IP Address
The Offline Tool will automatically assign sequential IP addresses to the MS5000 servers.
To assign a different IP address than that created by the Offline Tool, you can customize it
using the Substeps below:
1. Select Manual Setting from the Setting Type pull-down menu in Network
Address field of the Input Sheet. The following figure shows an example.
Select Manual Setting.
2. Edit IP Address in the Output Sheet. The following figure shows an example.
IP Address

C-24
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.4.3 <Step 3-3>: Customize Host Name
The Offline Tool will automatically assign sequential host names to the MS5000 servers.
To assign a different host name than that created by the Offline Tool, you can customize it
using the Substeps below: Use the following Substeps to customize the host name.
Important!
 Set between 1 and 15 characters.
• Alpha numerics (A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9, - (hyphen), and .(dot))
However, the following restrictions apply:
• Do not enter - (hyphen) or .(dot) as the first or last character of the string.
• Do not enter a numeric as the first character of the string.

C-25
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1. Select Manual Setting from the Host Name Prefix pull-down menu in the
Server Information field of the Input Sheet. The following figure shows an
example:
Select Manual Setting.
2. Edit Host Name in the Output Sheet. The following figure shows an example:
Host Name

C-26
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2.5 [Step 4]: Save as sysconf.info File
Use the following Substeps to save the system configuration.
1. Click the Save button of the Input Sheet.
Click Save button.
2. Select a directory where the System Configuration file (sysconf.info) is to be stored

in the Save System Configuration dialog box.
3. Click the Save button of the dialog box.

C-27
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3 PHASE 2: PREPARATION OF
FILES
3.1 Overview of Preparation

1. Download or obtain the following files and store them to a medium.
• Middleware file for Server
• Middleware file for Client
• Update Kernel file for OS (RHEL)
• SPP file
• HP SIM file
• Middleware file for CMIP GW Server

Obtain the following files from NEC and keep saving if in medium.
• clp.conf file (This is a configuration file for ExpressCluster.)
NOTES:
• Since NEC provides the file corresponding to the system configuration
that you would like to install, obtain the file from NEC person in charge in
advance.
• In this phase, using a PC which can access to the internet and can write
CD/DVD is recommended.

C-28
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Server
1. Create a work directory for downloading and create a Server directory there.
2. Download all of the middleware files from each site shown in Table C-5, and store
them to the Server directory.
3. Depending on the environment used for downloading the files, the downloaded file
name may be different from the file name shown in Table C-5. In this case, change
the file name to that shown in Table C-5.
4. Check the file sizes against those shown in Table C-6. If a file size is smaller than
the actual size, downloading of the file may have failed. Download the file again.

C-29
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-5 Middleware Files (1/4)
NO. MIDDLEWARE NAME DOWNLOAD SITE AND STEPS TARGET FILE NAME
1 Java http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/ • jdk-7u55-linux-x64.rpm
java/javase/downloads/jdk7-
downloads-1880260.html
(1) If you accept the Oracle Binary
Code License Agreement for Java
SE, click the Accept License
Agreement for Java SE
Development Kit 7u55 radio
button.
(2) Click the jdk-7u55-linux-x64.rpm
link.
(3) If a site for single sign-in is
displayed, input the user name and
password, then click the sign in
button.
(5) Save the file.
NOTES:
1. Download as instructed on
the screen.
2. If there is no Java SE
Development Kit 7u55 link
when accessing the above
url, please try the following.
http://www.oracle.com/
technetwork/java/archive-
139210.html
(b) Click the Java SE
Development Kit 7u55 link.
(c) Perform Substep (1) and
subsequent Substeps shown
above.
2 JacORB http://www.jacorb.org/download.html • JacORB-2_2_2-full.tar.gz

• JacORB-2.3.0-bin.zip
(1) Click the Full version with source
code.(gzipped tar) link in the
JacORB 2.2.2 list, then save the
file.
(2) Right-click the Binary version link
on the JacORB 2.3.0 menu, then
save the file.

C-30
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3 ACE+TAO http://www.theaceorb.com/ • ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.tar
downloads/1.4a/index.html • TAO-1.4a_p1_patched_-
files.tar.tar
(1) Click the tar/gz (19MB) link of the • TAO-1.4a_p2_patched_-
TAO 1.4a on the OCI’s Distribution files.tar.tar
of The ACE ORB (ATO) menu, then • TAO-1.4a_p3_patched_-
save the file. files.tar.tar
(2) Click the click here link of the For • TAO-1.4a_p4_patched_-
intermediate patch releases click files.tar.tar
here and scroll down to the patch • TAO-1.4a_p5_patched_-
level you need. A site listing the files.tar.tar
TAO files is displayed. • TAO-1.4a_p6_patched_-
(3) Click TAO files from TAO- files.tar.tar
1.4a_p1_patched_files.tar.gz to • TAO-1.4a_p7_patched_-
TAO-1.4a_p12_patched_- files.tar.tar
files.tar.gz, then save the files. • TAO-1.4a_p8_patched_-
files.tar.tar
• TAO-1.4a_p9_patched_-
files.tar.tar
files.tar.tar
files.tar.tar
files.tar.tar
4 jfreechart http://sourceforge.net/projects/ • jfreechart-1.0.9.tar.gz

jfreechart/files/
(1) Click the 1. JFreeChart link.
(2) Click the 1.0.9 link.
(3) Click the jfreechart-1.0.9.tar.gz link
then save the file.
5 javassist http://sourceforge.net/projects/jboss/ • javassist-3.4.zip
files/Javassist/3.4.GA/
(1) Click the javassist-3.4.zip of 3.4 GA
of Javassist on the Browse Files for
JBoss.org menu, then save the file.
6 Apache - Tomcat http://tomcat.apache.org/download- • apache-tomcat-7.0.42.zip
70.cgi
(1) Click the Archives on the Quick
Navigation menu. A site listing the
archive files is displayed.
(2) Click the v7.0.42 directory.
(3) Click the bin directory.
(4) Right-click the apache-tomcat-
7.0.42.zip, then save the file.

C-31
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7 mt-st (For RHEL6.x) (For RHEL5.x)
Not required because this is installed • mt-st-0.9b-2.2.2.x86_64.rpm
when the OS is installed.
(For RHEL5.x)
Obtain from the CD-ROM or DVD-ROM
supplied by Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.x
Server AMD64/Intel EM64T.
(DVD root)/Server/
mt-st-0.9b-2.2.2.x86_64.rpm
8 jboss http://www.jboss.org/jbossas/ • jboss-eap-6.1.0.Alpha.zip

downloads/
(1) Click the ZIP link to the line contain-
ing EAP 6.1.0 Alpha, then save the
file.
9 Apache HTTP (For RHEL6.x) (For RHEL6.x)
https://rhn.redhat.com/rhn/channels/ • httpd-2.2.15-
PackageListSubmit.do?cid=10486 29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
• httpd-manual-2.2.15-
(For RHEL5.x) 29.el6_4.noarch.rpm
https://rhn.redhat.com/rhn/channels/ • httpd-tools-2.2.15-
PackageListSubmit.do?cid=6957 29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
• mod_ssl-2.2.15-
(1) Access the above URL, and open 29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
the Redhat customer portal site. (For RHEL6.2)
(2) If a login Authentication window is • openssl-1.0.0-
displayed, enter the User ID and 27.el6_4.2.x86_64.rpm
Password, and click the Login but- • openssl-devel-1.0.0-
ton. 27.el6_4.2.x86_64.rpm
(3) If login is successful, the Packages (For RHEL6.5)
window is displayed. • openssl-1.0.1e-
(4) Check the package boxes corre- 16.el6_5.7.x86_64.rpm
sponding to the TARGET FILE • openssl-devel-1.0.1e-
NAME column. 16.el6_5.7.x86_64.rpm
NOTE: For only mod_ssl, check (For RHEL5.x)
the following package: • httpd-2.2.3-
mod_ssl-2.2.15- 83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm
29.el6_4:1.x86_64.rpm • httpd-manual-2.2.3-
(5) Click Download Packages. 83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm
(6) Confirm the package name, and • mod_ssl-2.2.3-
click Download Selected 83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm
Packages Now!. • openssl-0.9.8e-
When the tar file is downloaded as 26.el5_9.1.x86_64.rpm
target file, untar the tar file after • openssl-devel-0.9.8e-
completing the download. 26.el5_9.1.x86_64.rpm
• openssl-0.9.8e-
26.el5_9.1i686.rpm
• openssl-devel-0.9.8e-
26.el5_9.1i386.rpm
10 glibc-devel (For RHEL6.x) (For RHEL6.2)

(DVD root)/Packages/ • glibc-devel-2.12-
(For RHEL5.x) 1.47.el6.i686.rpm
Not required because this is installed (For RHEL6.5)
when the OS is installed. • glibc-devel-2.12-
1.132.el6.i686.rpm

C-32
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
11 libstdc++ (For RHEL6.x) (For RHEL6.2)
(DVD root)/Packages/ • libstdc++-4.4.6-3.el6.i686.rpm
Not required because this is installed • libstdc++-4.4.7-4.el6.i686.rpm
12 compat-expat1 (For RHEL6.x) (For RHEL6.x)

(DVD root)/Packages/ • compat-expat1-1.95.8-
(For RHEL5.x) 8.el6.i686.rpm
Not required because this is installed
Table C-6 List of File Size (1/3)

1 Java jdk-7u55-linux-x64.rpm 122656363
2 JacORB JacORB-2_2_2-full.tar.gz 7818023
JacORB-2.3.0-bin.zip 9512356
3 ACE+TAO ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.tar 23965041
4 jfreechart jfreechart-1.0.9.tar.gz 5105044
5 javassist javassist-3.4.zip 1714086
6 Apache - Tomcat apache-tomcat-7.0.42.zip 8463515
7 mt-st (For RHEL5.x) 39948

mt-st-0.9b-2.2.2.x86_64.rpm
8 jboss jboss-eap-6.1.0.Alpha.zip 128612031

C-33
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

9 Apache HTTP (For RHEL6.x) 840472
httpd-2.2.15-29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm

httpd-manual-2.2.15-
29.el6_4.noarch.rpm
(For RHEL6.x) 74368

httpd-tools-2.2.15-29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.2) 92484

mod_ssl-2.2.15-29.el6_4.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 1314453

httpd-2.2.3-83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm

httpd-manual-2.2.3-
83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 99995

mod_ssl-2.2.3-83.el5_10.x86_64.rpm
10 openssl (For RHEL6.2) 1429516

openssl-1.0.0-27.el6_4.2.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.2) 1202196

openssl-devel-1.0.0-
27.el6_4.2.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.5) 1578664

openssl-1.0.1e-16.el6_5.7.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.5) 1220084

16.el6_5.7.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 1525306

openssl-0.9.8e-26.el5_9.1.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 1952050

26.el5_9.1.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 1524775

openssl-0.9.8e-26.el5_9.1.i686.rpm
(For RHEL5.x) 1968676

26.el5_9.1.i386.rpm
11 glibc-devel (For RHEL6.2) 989352

(For RHEL6.5) 1001512


C-34
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

12 libstdc++ (For RHEL6.2) 304828
(For RHEL6.5) 307364

13 compat-expat1 (For RHEL6.x) 63164

compat-expat1-1.95.8-8.el6.i686.rpm

C-35
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Client
1. Create a work directory for downloading and create a Client directory there.
2. Download all of the required middleware referring to Table C-7 and store them to the
Client directory.
Table C-7 Middleware Files for Client (1/2)
1 Java http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/ jdk-7u55-windows-
downloads/jdk7-downloads-1880260.html i586.exe
(1) If you accept the Oracle Binary Code License

Agreement for Java SE, click the Accept
License Agreement for Java SE Development
Kit 7u55 radio button.
(2) Click the jdk-7u55-windows-i586.exe link.
(3) If a site for single sign-in is displayed, input
the user name and password, then click the
sign in button.
(4) Save the file.
NOTES:
1. Download as instructed on the screen.
2. If there is no Java SE Development Kit
7u55 link when accessing the above
url, try the following.
archive-139210.html
(b) Click the Java SE Development Kit 7u55
link.
(c) Perform Substep (1) and subsequent
Substeps shown above.
2 Flash Player http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/142/tn_14266.html e.g.:
Download the latest 12.x archive file from Flash fp_12.x.xxx.xx_archive.
Player archives. zip
(1) Click the latest 12.x Flash Player link.
Save the file.

C-36
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-7 Middleware Files for Client (2/2)
3 MSXML 4.0 http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/ msxml.msi
Service Pack 2 details.aspx?id=19662
(This file is necessary
(1) Save the file.
only when managing
SpectralWave
UN5000.)
4 Windows Patch http://support.microsoft.com/kb/2553549/en For Windows 7 /

Windows Server
NOTE: The following Steps are required
2008 R2 SP1:
for Windows Vista / 7 / Server 2008 Windows6.1-
R2 SP1 only. KB2553549-v3-x86.msu
(1) Click the Hotfix Download Available link. For WindowsVista:
(2) Enter the required information. Windows6.0-
(3) Obtain a self-extracting-format file from the KB2553549-x86.msu
URL described in the e-mail whose address is
entered.
• Windows 7 / Windows Server 2008 R2
SP1:
• Windows Vista:
(4) Execute the self-extracting-format file
downloaded at Substep (3), and obtain a
patch file.
5 Adobe Reader http://get.adobe.com/reader/otherversions/
NOTE:
• The following Steps are required for
Windows Vista / 7 / Server 2008 R2
SP1 only. Download the file of
(1) Select the corresponding Windows version Adobe Reader 9.3 or
from the pull-down menu at Step (1). later.
(2) Select the corresponding language from the pull-
down menu at Step (2).
(3) Select the latest version from the pull-down
menu at Step (3).
(4) Click Download now button.

C-37
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.4 [Step 3]: Download Update Kernel

File for OS (RHEL)
This Step is used to update the Kernel version for RHEL6.x only.
1. Create a work directory and create a RHELUpdate directory there.
2. Download the package file and store it to the RHELUpdate directory.
(i) Access the following URL, and open the Redhat customer portal site.
https://rhn.redhat.com/rhn/channels/PackageListSubmit.do?cid=10486
(ii) If a login Authentication window is displayed, enter the User ID and Password,
and click the Login button.
(iii) If login is successful, the Packages window is displayed.
(iv) Check the package boxes corresponding to the file names shown below.
(For RHEL6.2)
 kernel-2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64.rpm
(For RHEL6.5)
 kernel-2.6.32-431.1.2.el6.x86_64.rpm
(v) Click Download Packages.
(vi) Confirm the package name, and click Download Selected Packages Now!.
When the tar file is downloaded as target file, untar the tar file after completing
the download.

C-38
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.5 [Step 4]: Download SPP (Option)

Settings must be installed in all the servers so as to sent information to HP SIM
in the FS.
1. Create a work directory and create a SPP directory there.
2. Download all of the middleware files from each site shown in Table C-8 and store
them to the SPP directory.
Table C-8 SPP Installation Files (1/2)

NAME
1 HP Service Pack for http://h17007.www1.hp.com/us/en/ • HP_Service_Pack_for_Pro-
ProLiant (SPP) enterprise/servers/products/service_pack/ liant_2013.02.0-0_725490-
spp/ 001_spp_2013.0 2.0-
SPP2013020B.2013_0628.2.iso
(1) Click Release Archive tab.
(2) Click Previous Versions.
(3) Click View revision history link.
(4) Click Version: 2013.02.0 (B) link.
(5) Click Get the software link. If a sign-in
site appears, enter the User ID and
Password, then click the Sign-in
button.
(6) A site of product specifications
appears.
terms, check the checkbox Yes, I have
read and accept the software license
terms of this order.
(8) Click the Next button. A Download
software and license site is displayed.
(9) Select HP Service Pack for Proliant
2013.02.0-0_725490-001 in the
Electronic downloads list and click the
Download button.
Save the file.

C-39
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-8 SPP Installation Files (2/2)

NAME
2 Red Hat Enterprise Obtain from the CD-ROM or DVD-ROM • net-snmp-5.3.2.2-
Linux 5.5 Packages supplied by Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 9.el5.x86_64.rpm
(Only for Red Hat Server AMD64/Intel EM64T. • net-snmp-libs-5.3.2.2-9.el5_x-
Enterprise Linux 5.5) (DVD root)/Sever/ 86_64.rpm
• net-snmp-utils-5.3.2.2-
9.el5.x86_64.rpm
• lm_sensors-2.10.7-
9.el5.x86_64.rpm
• libnl-1.0-
0.10.pre5.5.x86_64.rpm
3 Red Hat Enterprise Obtain from the CD-ROM or DVD-ROM • expat-2.0.1-9.1.el6.i686.rpm

Linux 6.2 32bit supplied by Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 • freetype-2.3.11-
Packages (Only for (DVD root)/Packages/. 6.el6_1.7.i686.rpm
Red Hat Enterprise • fontconfig-2.8.0-3.el6.i686.rpm
Linux 6.2) • libuuid-2.17.2-
12.4.el6.i686.rpm
• libICE-1.0.6-1.el6.i686.rpm
• libSM-1.1.0-7.1.el6.i686.rpm
• libX11-1.3-2.el6.i686.rpm
• libXfixes-4.0.4-1.el6.i686.rpm
• libXrender-0.9.5-1.el6.i686.rpm
• libXcursor-1.1.10-
2.el6.i686.rpm
• libXext-1.1-3.el6.i686.rpm
• libXi-1.3-3.el6.i686.rpm
• libXrandr-1.3.0-4.el6.i686.rpm
• libXau-1.0.5-1.el6.i686.rpm
• libxcb-1.5-1.el6.i686.rpm
3.20090208.el6.i686.rpm
• zlib-1.2.3-27.el6.i686.rpm
NOTE: Check that the file sizes indicated at the sites for downloading the files are
generally the same as those of the actual downloaded file sizes. If a file size is
significantly different, download the target file again or check the network.

C-40
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.6 [Step 5]: Download HP SIM File

(Option)
The HP SIM is hardware management software for HP servers.
1. Create a work directory and create a HPSIM directory there.
them to the HPSIM directory.
Table C-9 HP SIM Files
1 HP System Insight Man- http://h18004.www1.hp.com/products/ • SIM_7.2_Z7550-00979.bin
ager HP SIM servers/management/hpsim/
dl_linux72.html
(1) Click the HP SIM 7.2 - Linux for x86
link. A HP SIM site is displayed.
(2) Click the Receive for Free link. A
sign-in site is displayed.
(3) Enter the User ID and Password,
then click the Sign-in button. A prod-
uct specifications site is displayed.
terms, check the checkbox Yes, I
have read and accept the software
license terms for this order.
(5) Click the Next button. A Download
software and license site is dis-
played.
(6) Select SIM 7.2 in the Electronic
downloads list and click the Down-
load button.
2 Red Hat Enterprise Linux Obtain from the CD-ROM or DVD-ROM • audit-libs-2.1.3-3.el6.i686.rpm
6.2 32bit Packages (Only supplied by • cracklib-2.8.16-4.el6.i686.rpm
for Red Hat Enterprise Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2. • db4-4.7.25-16.el6.i686.rpm
Linux 6.2) (DVD root)/Packages/ • libselinux-2.0.94-
5.2.el6.i686.rpm
3.20090208.el6.i686.rpm
• pam-1.1.1-10.el6.i686.rpm
NOTE: Check that the file sizes indicated at the sites for downloading the files are

C-41
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

CMIP GW Server (Only for
Radio2000S/3000S)
This Step is used to download the Middleware.
1. Create a work directory and create a CMIPGW directory there.
them to the CMIPGW directory.
.
Table C-10 List of Installation Items (1/2)
1 UTS-LAN Note1 —————— UTS-LAN64-4.0.1.3-5.10-pack-
age.tar.gz
2 FTAM Note1 —————— FTAM8.1.0.0-sun4-SunOS-510-ss11-

package.tar.gz
3 ACE+TAO http://www.theaceorb.com/ • ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.gz

downloads/1.4a/index.html • TAO-1.4a_p1_patched_files.tar.gz
(1) Click the tar/gz (19MB) link of • TAO-1.4a_p3_patched_files.tar.gz
the TAO 1.4a on the OCI’s • TAO-1.4a_p4_patched_files.tar.gz
Distribution of The ACE ORB • TAO-1.4a_p5_patched_files.tar.gz
(ATO) menu, then save the file. • TAO-1.4a_p6_patched_files.tar.gz
(2) Click the click here link of the • TAO-1.4a_p7_patched_files.tar.gz
For intermediate patch • TAO-1.4a_p8_patched_files.tar.gz
releases click here and scroll • TAO-1.4a_p9_patched_files.tar.gz
down to the patch level you • TAO-1.4a_p10_patched_files.tar.gz
need. A site listing the TAO • TAO-1.4a_p11_patched_files.tar.gz
files is displayed. • TAO-1.4a_p12_patched_files.tar.gz
(3) Click TAO files from TAO-
1.4a_p1_patched_files.tar.gz
to TAO-
1.4a_p12_patched_files.tar.gz,
then save the files.
4 Apache-1 http://archive.apache.org/dist/ • apr-1.2.12.tar.gz
apr/ • apr-util-1.2.12.tar.gz
(1) Click the apr-1.2.12.tar.gz link,

then save the file.
(2) Click the apr-util-1.2.12.tar.gz
link, then save the file.

C-42
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-10 List of Installation Items (2/2)
5 Apache-2 http://logging.apache.org/ apache-log4cxx-0.10.0.tar.gz
log4cxx/download.html
(1) Click the apache-log4cxx-
0.10.0.tar.gz link in the table
displayed at the site, then save
the file.
(2) Click the desired mirror site
suggested by the Apache
Download Mirrors displayed on
the left side of the site, then
save the file.
6 Others (1) Contact NEC Corporation to • apr-1.2.2-sol10-sparc-local.gz
obtain the target files. • aprutil-1.2.2-sol10-sparc-local.gz
• db-4.2.52.NC-sol10-sparc-local.gz
• expat-2.0.1-sol10-sparc-local.gz
• gdbm-1.8.3-sol10-sparc-local.gz
• libgcc-3.4.6-sol10-sparc-local.gz
• libiconv-1.11-sol10-sparc-local.gz
NOTES:
1. Contact NEC Corporation to obtain the UTS-LAN and FTAM files.
2. Depending on the environment used for downloading the files, the

downloaded file name may be different from the file name shown in Table C-
10. In this case, change the file name by performing Substep 3. of [Step 4]:
Set Middleware in Phase 4: Installation of Software in CMIP GW Server
(Only for Radio2000S/3000S) to be described.
3. Check that the file sizes indicated at the sites for downloading the files are

C-43
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.8 [Step 7]: Get clp.conf File Ready
clp.conf file is a configuration file for ExpressCluster.
1. Prepare the following file.
clp.conf file
NOTE: Obtain the target file from NEC the appropriate clp.conf file for MS5000,
OS, and ExpressCluster installation.
3.9 [Step 8]: Copy Downloaded Files to

CD/DVD
1. Copy the folders of the downloaded files in [Step 1]: Download Middleware for
Server to [Step 7]: Get clp.conf File Ready to a writable CD or DVD.
NOTES:
• The files copied to the CD/DVD will be copied to each server in order to
be used for upgrading.
• If the PC does not support a function for writing files to a CD/DVD, the
files may be copied using a different method (e.g., use USB memory or
connect the PC to the server via LAN and transfer the files using FTP).
However, it is recommended that the files be written to a CD/DVD in order
to have a record of the middleware used.
2. Copy the sysconf.info file created in Phase 1: Creation of System

Configuration Setting File to the CD or DVD used in [Step 1]: Download
Middleware for Server.

C-44
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3.10 [Step 9]: Check Media

1. Confirm that the following media is available before proceeding with the installation.
• MS5000 application medium
• ExpressCluster application medium
• OS (RHEL) medium
• OS (Solaris) medium (Only for Optical NE system)
• Marben OSI Rxx.x medium
• Medium containing sysconf.info
• Medium containing MW
• Medium containing clp.conf

C-45
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4 PHASE 3:
SERVER INSTALLATION
Important!
 If you install MS5000 on VMware or KVM, refer to following manuals, in
addition to this server installation procedure.
• Installation for VMware (NWD-165975-xxx)
• Installation for KVM (NWD-165974-xxx)
4.1 Overview of Server Installation
4.1.1 Comparison of Work Performed on Different Servers
Table C-11 shows the work to be performed on the Main Server, Northbound Interface
Server, Communication Server, and Front Server in the distributed system configuration.
Table C-11 Differences in Work Among Servers (1/2)
WORK MS NIS CS FS REMARKS

[Step 1] Set RAID
    –
[Step 2] Load Driver (Only for Gen8)
    –
[Step 3] Install OS
    –
[Step 4] Configure OS Setting
    –
[Step 5] Copy Downloaded Files to Server
    –
[Step 6] Update Kernel Version (Only for RHEL6.x)
    –
[Step 7] Install Middleware
    –
[Step 8] Configure Network Setting
    –
[Step 9] Install SPP (Option)
    See Note 3 below this
table.
[Step 10] Install HP SIM (Option) – – –  HP SIM is an option.

C-46
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-11 Differences in Work Among Servers (2/2)
WORK MS NIS CS FS REMARKS

[Step 11] Configure SNMP Setting (Option)     See Note 3 below this
table.
[Step 12] Set Mirroring
 – – –
[Step 13] Specify Mount Point
 – – –
[Step 14] Install ExpressCluster
   –
[Step 15] Set CPU License for ExpressCluster See Note 2 below this
   –
table.
[Step 16] Set Node License for ExpressCluster
 – – –
[Step 17] Reboot OS
   –
[Step 18] Set Configuration File
   –
[Step 19] Install MS5000
   –
–
[Step 20] Set NTP (Option) NTP setting is optional.
   –
[Step 21] Save Server NIC Information (Option) – –  –
Only for Optical NEs
[Step 22] Install Marben OSI (Option) – –  –
[Step 23] Check the Latest Update Information
   –
–
NOTES:
1. The work marked with  must be performed on the corresponding server.
2. Division C describes software installation assuming that the Main Server,

Northbound Interface Server, and Communication Server each have a
redundant configuration. However, in some system, only the Main Server has a
redundant configuration. The Northbound Interface Server and Communication
Server do not have a redundant configuration. In this case, perform software
installation work Steps 12 to 18 marked with  only for the servers that have a
redundant configuration. Do not perform these Steps for the servers that do not
have a redundant configuration.
SIM in the FS.

C-47
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.1.2 Main Server Software Installation Workflow
Table C-12 shows the workflow for installing the software to the Main Server.
Table C-12 Main Server Software Installation Workflow (1/2)
WORK REMARKS
[Step 1] Set RAID –
[Step 2] Load Driver (Only for Gen8) –
[Step 3] Install OS –
[Step 4] Configure OS Setting –
[Step 5] Copy Downloaded Files to Server –
[Step 6] Update Kernel Version (Only for RHEL6.x) –
[Step 7] Install Middleware –
[Step 8] Configure Network Setting –
[Step 9] Install SPP (Option) –
[Step 10] Install HP SIM (Option) This work need not be performed for
the Main Server.
[Step 11] Configure SNMP Setting (Option) –
[Step 12] Set Mirroring This work need not be performed for
the Main Server if it does not have a
[Step 13] Specify Mount Point This work need not be performed for
[Step 14] Install ExpressCluster This work need not be performed for
[Step 15] Set CPU License for ExpressCluster This work need not be performed for
[Step 16] Set Node License for ExpressCluster This work need not be performed for
[Step 17] Reboot OS This work need not be performed for

[Step 18] Set Configuration File This work need not be performed for
[Step 19] Install MS5000 –

C-48
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-12 Main Server Software Installation Workflow (2/2)
WORK REMARKS
[Step 21] Save Server NIC Information (Only for Optical NE sys- This work need not be performed for
tem) (Option) the Main Server.
[Step 22] Install Marben OSI (Only for Optical NE system) (Option) This work need not be performed for
the Main Server.
[Step 23] Check the Latest Update Information –
4.1.3 Northbound Interface Server Software Installation Workflow
Table C-13 shows the workflow for installing the software to the Northbound Interface
Server.
Table C-13 Northbound Interface Server Software Installation Workflow (1/2)
WORK REMARKS
[Step 10] Install HP SIM (Option) This work is not required for the
Northbound Interface Server.
[Step 12] Set Mirroring This work is not required for the
[Step 13] Specify Mount Point This work is not required for the
[Step 14] Install ExpressCluster This work is not required for a non-
redundant Northbound Interface
Server.

C-49
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-13 Northbound Interface Server Software Installation Workflow (2/2)
WORK REMARKS
[Step 15] Set CPU License for ExpressCluster This work is not required for a non-
Server.
[Step 16] Set Node License for ExpressCluster This work is not required for the
[Step 17] Reboot OS This work is not required for a non-

Server.
[Step 18] Set Configuration File This work is not required for a non-
Server.
[Step 21] Save Server NIC Information (Only for Optical NE sys- This work is not required for the
tem) (Option) Northbound Interface Server.
[Step 22] Install Marben OSI (Only for Optical NE system) (Option) This work is not required for the

C-50
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.1.4 Communication Server Software Installation Workflow
Table C-14 shows the workflow for installing the software to the Communication Server.
Table C-14 Communication Server Software Installation Workflow
WORK REMARKS
[Step 10] Install HP SIM (Option) This work is not required for the Com-
munication Server.
[Step 12] Set Mirroring This work is not required for the Com-
munication Server.
[Step 13] Specify Mount Point This work is not required for the Com-
munication Server.
[Step 14] Install ExpressCluster This work is not required for a non-
redundant Communication Server.
[Step 15] Set CPU License for ExpressCluster This work is not required for a non-
[Step 16] Set Node License for ExpressCluster This work is not required for the Com-
munication Server.
[Step 17] Reboot OS This work is not required for a non-

[Step 18] Set Configuration File This work is not required for a non-
[Step 20] Set NTP (Option) NTP Setting is optional.
[Step 21] Save Server NIC Information (Option) Only for Optical NEs
[Step 22] Install Marben OSI (Option) Only for Optical NEs

C-51
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.1.5 Front Server Software Installation Workflow
Table C-15 shows the workflow for installing the software to the Front Server.
Table C-15 Front Server Software Installation Workflow (1/2)
WORK REMARKS
[Step 10] Install HP SIM (Option) This is an option. Work as required.
[Step 12] Set Mirroring This work is not required for the Front
Server.
[Step 13] Specify Mount Point This work is not required for the Front
Server.
[Step 14] Install ExpressCluster This work is not required for the Front
Server.
[Step 15] Set CPU License for ExpressCluster This work is not required for the Front
Server.
[Step 16] Set Node License for ExpressCluster This work is not required for the Front
Server.
[Step 17] Reboot OS This work is not required for the Front
Server.
[Step 18] Set Configuration File This work is not required for the Front
Server.
[Step 19] Install MS5000 Perform this work at Phase6 for the
Front Server.
[Step 20] Set NTP (Option) NTP Setting is optional.

Perform this work at Phase6 for the
Front Server.
[Step 21] Save Server NIC Information (Option) This work is not required for the Front
Server.

C-52
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-15 Front Server Software Installation Workflow (2/2)
WORK REMARKS
[Step 22] Install Marben OSI (Option) This work is not required for the Front
Server.
[Step 23] Check the Latest Update Information Perform this work at Phase6 for the
Front Server.
4.1.6 Notes on Server Software Installation
Important!
 There are two Red Hat Enterprise Linux versions to choose from: 6.x and 5.5.
The installation workflow of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x differs from the other
versions in the OS installation procedure.
NOTE: When changing from a single server configuration to a redundant

server configuration, the operations described in this section are not
required.
 When using a Gen8 server, check that all of the following driver update
conditions are met.
 The HP Dynamic Smart Array B120i or B320i Controller is being used.

NOTE: Confirm whether the HP Dynamic Smart Array B120i or B320i
Controller is being used from the value of the combo box of the HP
Array Configuration Utility (ACU) window.

NOTE: Confirm the version of Intelligent Provisioning as follows.
(1) To turn up Intelligent Provisioning, press the F10 key while turning up the
server.
(2) Click the server icon on the upper right of the window.
(3) Confirm the version of the Intelligent Provisioning Image displayed in the
center of the screen.

C-53
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.2 [Step 1]: Set RAID
MS NIS CS FS
   
The Step differs depending on the Server generation and HDD configuration. Select the
required Step from the following Table C-16.
Table C-16 Selection of Step According to Server Generation and Raid Configuration
Gen7 OR EARLIER Gen 8

RAID 0 Perform the Step described in Perform the Step described in <Step
<Step 1-A>: Set RAID 0 (Gen7 or 1-C>: Set RAID 0 (Gen 8).
Earlier).
RAID 1+0 Perform the Step described in Perform the Step described in <Step
<Step 1-B>: Set RAID 1+0 (Gen 7 1-D>: Set RAID 1+0 (Gen 8).
or Earlier).
NOTE: RAID is a HDD configuration of the server.

C-54
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.2.1 <Step 1-A>: Set RAID 0 (Gen7 or Earlier)
Important!
 Retain the default settings unless indicated otherwise in the Substeps below.
 If using a blade server, the BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) recognizes

each hard disk and requires that the F8 key be pressed twice. Therefore, set
RAID for each hard disk.
2. Press any key when the following message is displayed on the console.
Press any key to view option ROM messages
3. Press the F8 key when the following message is displayed on the console while
turning up the server.
4. The HP Smart Array Setting window is displayed. Set RAID according to Table C-17.
Table C-17 List of Setting Contents of RAID
SETTING CONTENTS
Delete the Logical Drive. (1) Select View Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
(4) Select Delete Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
(5) Press the F8 key to delete the selected available Logical Drive.
(6) Press the F3 key to complete deletion.
(7) Press the Enter key to return to the menu.
(8) Repeat Substeps (4) to (7), then delete all available Logical Drives.
Create the Logical Drive. (1) Select Create Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
(2) Select the two lines that apply the RAID configurations in the Available Physi-
cal Drives by pressing the Space bar.
Example:
(4) Check RAID 0 in the RAID Configurations by pressing the Arrow key.
(6) Check Enable (8GB maximum) in the Maximum Boot partition by pressing the
Arrow key.

C-55
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6. Press the F8 key. Repeat Substep 3. to Substep 5. if the following message is

displayed again.
4.2.2 <Step 1-B>: Set RAID 1+0 (Gen 7 or Earlier)
Important!
 If using a blade server, the BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) recognizes

each hard disk and requires that the F8 key be pressed twice. Therefore, set
RAID for each hard disk.
 This procedure is available only when there are four or more HDDs.
2. Press any key when the following message is displayed on the console.
Press any key to view option ROM messages
3. Press the F8 key when the following message is displayed on the console while
turning up the server.
4. The HP Smart Array Setting window is displayed. Set RAID according to Table
C-18.

C-56
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-18 List of Setting Contents of RAID
SETTING CONTENTS
Delete the Logical Drive. (1) Select View Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
(4) Select Delete Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
(5) Press the F8 key to delete the selected available Logical Drive.
(6) Press the F3 key to complete deletion.
(8) Repeat Substep (4) to (7), then delete all available Logical Drives.
Create the Logical Drive. (1) Select Create Logical Drive, then press the Enter key.
(2) Select the two lines that apply the RAID configurations in the Available Phys-
ical Drives by pressing the Space bar.
Example:
(4) Check RAID 1+0 in the RAID Configurations by pressing the Arrow key.
(6) Check Enable (8GB maximum) in the Maximum Boot partition by pressing
the Arrow key.
6. Press the F8 key. Repeat Substep 3. to Substep 5. if the following message is

displayed again.

C-57
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.2.3 <Step 1-C>: Set RAID 0 (Gen 8)
Important!
2. Press the F5 key when either of the following messages is displayed. Then, go to
Substep 3.
 If the message is not displayed, press the F10 key.

After Intelligent Provisioning start-up, select Performance Maintenance and
Array Configuration Utility (ACU/ADU).

Utility Screen.

Array Configuration Utility Screen

box.
NOTE: The value of the combo box depends on the hardware configuration.
NOTE: If there is no Create Array button, execute Clear Configuration (click
the Clear Configuration button). After clicking the button, a warning
message will be displayed to notify you that you will lose all data on
the logical drive. Click the OK button.
6. In the Internal Drive Cage at Port 1:Box1 option box, check Select All, then

C-58
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTE: Do not modify the other settings.
8. Click the RAID 0 radio button, then click the Save button.
NOTE:
• Do not modify the other settings.
9. Click the Exit ACU button on the lower left of the window.
10. Insert the OS DVD, then reboot from the POWER mark on the upper right of the
window.
Smart Storage Administrator Screen

configuration.

14. Click the SAS HDD Bay1 button in the Internal Drive Cage at Port 1 : Box2
field. Then click the Create Array button
15. Click the Create Logical Drive button.
17. Confirm Arrays (x) is displayed in the Devices field.

NOTE: The value of the x depends on the progress.
18. Repeat Substep 14. to Substep 17. and create all of available logical drives.
19. Confirm that no unassigned drives are found. Then, click Arrays (x) in the Devices
field.

C-59
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.2.4 <Step 1-D>: Set RAID 1+0 (Gen 8)
Important!
 This Step is available only when there are four or more HDDs.
2. Press the F5 key when the following message is displayed. Then, go to Substep 4.

 If the message is not displayed, press the F10 key.

After Intelligent Provisioning start-up, select Performance Maintenance
and Array Configuration Utility (ACU/ADU).

Utility Screen.

Array Configuration Utility Screen

box.

C-60
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTE: The value of the combo box depends on the hardware configuration.
NOTE: If there is no Create Array button, execute Clear Configuration (click
the Clear Configuration button). After clicking the button, a warning
message will be displayed to notify you that you will lose all data on
the logical drive. Click the OK button.
6. In the Internal Drive Cage at Port 1:Box1 option box, check Select All, then
8. Click the RAID 1+0 radio button, then click the Save button.
9. Click the Exit ACU button on the lower left of the window.
10. Insert the OS DVD, then reboot from the POWER mark on the upper right of the
window.
Smart Storage Administrator Screen

11. On the displayed screen, click Smart Array P420i in the Array Controller(s)
field.
configuration.
12. On the displayed screen, click the Configure button.
13. On the displayed screen, click Unassigned Drives (x) in the Devices field.
14. On the displayed screen, check the Select All(x) in the Internal Drive Cage at Port
1 : Box2 field. Then click the Create Array button.
The value of the x depends on the hardware configuration.

C-61
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
15. On the displayed screen, select the check the RAID1+0, and then click the Create
Logical Drive button.
16. On the displayed screen, click the Finish button.
17. On the displayed screen, confirm Arrays (1) is displayed in the Devices field.
18. On the displayed screen, confirm that no unassigned drives are found. Then, click
Arrays (1) in the Devices field.
19. On the displayed screen, confirm all logical drives are created.
20. On the displayed screen, click the Exit icon on the top of right.
21. On the displayed screen, click the OK button.
22. On the displayed screen, click the Power icon on the top of right.
23. On the displayed screen, click the Reboot icon.

C-62
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.3 [Step 2]: Load Driver (Only for

Gen 8)
MS NIS CS FS
   
Important!
 Perform this Step only when all of the following driver update conditions are
met, even if OS is re-installed.
 The HP Dynamic Smart Array B120i or B320i Controller is being used.

NOTE: Confirm whether the HP Dynamic Smart Array B120i or B320i
Controller is being used from the value of the combo box of the HP
Array Configuration Utility (ACU) window.

NOTE: Confirm the version of Intelligent Provisioning as follows.
(1) [F10] Intelligent Provisioning is displayed on the lower part of the
screen, press the F10 key.
(2) Click the System Information icon on the upper right of the window.
(3) Confirm the version of the Intelligent Provisioning Image displayed in the
center of the screen.
 If a hard disk cannot be selected when installing the OS as described in [Step 3]:
Install OS, perform the following Steps even if any of the driver update conditions is
not met.
 First, perform the procedure of “Load Driver from VID.” If it does not work,
perform the procedure of “Load Driver from USB Key.”

C-63
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Load Driver from VID
1. To access the ROM-Based Setup Utility(RBSU), press the F9 key while turning up
the server.
After starting up RBSU, set the following to Enabled.
 Select System Options  HP Dynamic Smart Array B320i RAID

Controller.
NOTE: The HP Dynamic Smart Array B320i RAID Controller depends on the
 Select Advanced Option  Advanced System ROM Options 

Virtual Install Disk.
2. After rebooting the server, insert the OS installation medium in the CD-ROM/DVD-
ROM drive.
Press the Ctrl + C keys on the selection window.
 The HP Dynamic Smart Array B120i Controller is being used:
 The HP Dynamic Smart Array B320i Controller is being used.
linux dd
6. The sda selection window is displayed. Select the OK button.
7. On the Driver Disk Source window, select /dev/sda1, then select the OK button.
8. On the Select driver disk image window, select linux/ at the bottom of the
window, then select the OK button.
9. On the Select driver disk image window, select redhat/, then select the OK
button.

C-64
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
10. According to the RHEL version, select the following file, then select the OK button.
NOTE: X is according to the hardware configuration.
11. On the More Driver Disks? window, select the No button.
 Load Driver from USB Key
1. Prepare a USB memory that is recognizable by Linux server, and then create a
diskette driver by following the steps below. Be sure to prepare the USB memory that
there is no problem if the USB memory is formatted.
(i) Access the URL shown below, and then download the driver file
(hpvsa-xx.dd.gz) corresponding to the OS version that you want to install by
following the instructions on the screen.
http://h20565.www2.hp.com/portal/site/hpsc/template.PAGE/public/psi/swdDetails/
?sp4ts.oid=5249571&spf_p.tpst=swdMain&spf_p.prp_swdMain=wsrp-
navigationalState%3Didx%253D1%257CswItem%253DMTX_9aa84c9100f34106874ecf14
57%257CswEnvOID%253D4103%257CitemLocale%253D%257CswLang%253D%257Cm
ode%253D4%257Caction%253DdriverDocument&javax.portlet.begCacheTok=com.vignett
e.cachetoken&javax.portlet.endCacheTok=com.vignette.cachetoken
Hereinafter, this manual describes an example when the hpvsa-1.2.8-

160.rhel6u5.x86_64.dd.gz is downloaded to install RHEL6.5.
Read the file name arbitrarily depending on the OS version that you want to
install.
(ii) Transfer the downloaded driver file to another Linux server.
(iii) Log in to the server as the <Server Account>, and launch a Terminal Screen,
then enter the following command and a password of root to change the <Server
Account> to root.
$ su
#

C-65
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(iv) Enter the following command to extract gz file.
# cd <Directory where the driver file transferred at Step ii) exists.>

# gunzip hpvsa-1.2.8-160.rhel6u5.x86_64.dd.gz
(v) Connect the USB memory to the server.
(vi) Execute the following command to confirm the device that the USB memory is
connected.
Output result is just example. Displayed result differs depending on the
The following example of output result by executing dmesg command indicates
that the USB memory is connected to the /dev/sdg. And, hereinafter, this
manual describes the output result, when the USB memory is connected to the
/dev/sdg, as example.
# dmesg
...omitted
usb 2-1.5: new high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 5
usb 2-1.5: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice
scsi5 : SCSI emulation for USB Mass Storage devices
usb-storage: device found at 5
usb-storage: waiting for device to settle before scanning
Vendor: BUFFALO Model: USB Flash Disk Rev: 3.10
Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 00
SCSI device sdg: 3915776 512-byte hdwr sectors (2005 MB)
(vii) Execute the following command to confirm that the USB memory is not
mounted.
# df -h
If the USB memory is mounted, execute the following command to unmount the
USB memory.
# umount /dev/sdg
(viii)Execute the following command to write the diskette driver image to the USB
memory.
# dd if=hpvsa-1.2.8-160.rhel6u5.x86_64.dd of=/dev/sdg

C-66
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(ix) Execute the following command to confirm that the data is written.
Hereinafter, this manual describes an example when the USB memory is
temporarily mounted on /mnt.
# mount /dev/sdg /mnt

# ls -lR /mnt
(x) Execute the following command to unmount the USB memory.
# umount /mnt
(xi) Remove the USB memory from the server.
server.
After starting up RBSU, set the following to Disabled.

Install Disk.
DVD-ROM drive, and insert the USB memory created.

linux dd
8. If the Insert Driver Disk window appears, select the OK button.

C-67
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
9. On the More Driver Disks? window, select the No button after removing the USB
memory.
4.4 [Step 3]: Install OS
MS NIS CS FS
   
Prepare the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 Server AMD64/Intel EM64T version for the OS, or
• See <Step 3-A>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5) when installing
• See <Step 3-B>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x) when installing

C-68
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.4.1 <Step 3-A>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5)
3. Press the Enter key when the following line appears in console:
boot:
4. Set the OS according to Table C-19.
Table C-19 List of Setting Contents for OS Installation (1/8)
NO. SETTING STEPS

4 Keyboard (1) Select the applicable keyboard for each country where the MS5000 is
used.
5 Installation Number (1) Select the Installation Number radio box.

(2) Input the Installation number supplied from Red Hat, Inc. for the user who
purchased the subscription license.
(One-byte 16 alphanumeric unique numbers are used.)
NOTE: The installation number can be confirmed at the following
site:
http://www.redhat.com/apps/support/IN.html
6 Partition Drive (1) Check the cciss/c0d0 checkbox in the Select the drive(s) to use for this
installation menu.
(2) Check the cciss/c0d1 checkbox if cciss/c0d1 exists in the menu.
(3) Check the cciss/c1d0 checkbox if cciss/c1d0 exists in the menu.
(4) Uncheck the sda, sdb... checkbox in the menu.
Partition Layout (1) Check the radio button of Review and modify the partitioning layout.
—————— (1) Click the Next button.


C-69
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

7-1 Modify partition layout. (1) Select VolGroup00 of the LVM Volume Groups in the table, then click the
(Communication or Delete button.
Front or Northbound (2) Click the Delete button in the Confirm Delete dialog box.
Interface Server) (3) Click the LVM button. The Make LVM Volume Group dialog box is dis-
played.
(4) Click the Add button, make Logical Volume of LogVol00 as follows, then
(a) Mount Point: -
(d) Size (MB): 16032
(a) Mount Point: /
(7) Confirm that the partition configuration is as follows:
LVM Volume Groups
VolGroup00
LogVol00 swap 16032
Hard Drives
/dev/cciss/c0d0
NOTES:
1. /dev/cciss/c0d1 or /dev/cciss/c1d0 may be displayed depending
on the configuration.
2. /dev/cciss/c1d0p1 may be /boot.
––—––— (1) Click the Next button.

C-70
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

7-2 Modify partition layout (1) Select VolGroup00 of the LVM Volume Groups in the table, then click the
(Use a rack server of Delete button.
the Main Server.) (2) Click the Delete button in the Confirm Delete dialog box.
(3) Select /dev/cciss/c0d0p2, then click the Edit button. The Edit Partition dia-
log box is displayed.
(5) Select the Fixed size radio button, then click the OK button.
(6) Click the LVM button. The Make LVM Volume Group dialog box is dis-
played.
(a) Mount Point: -
(d) Size (MB): 16032
(a) Mount Point: /
LVM Volume Groups
VolGroup00
LogVol00 swap 16032[MB]
Hard Drives
/dev/cciss/c0d0
/dev/cciss/c0d0p2 VolGroup00 LVM PV 139996
NOTE: /dev/cciss/c0d1 may be displayed depending on the
configuration.

C-71
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

7-3 Modify partition layout (1) Select VolGroup00 of the LVM Volume Groups in the table, then click the
(Use a blade server of Delete button.
the Main Server.) (2) Click the Delete button in the Confirm Delete dialog box.
(3) Select /dev/cciss/c0d0p1, then click the Edit button. The Edit Partition dia-
log box is displayed.
NOTE: If /dev/cciss/c0d0p1 is /boot, select /dev/cciss/c0d0p2.
(6) Click the LVM button. The Make LVM Volume Group dialog box is dis-
played.
(a) Mount Point: -
(d) Size (MB): 16032
(a) Mount Point: /
(d) Size (MB): <Not changed>
LVM Volume Groups
VolGroup00
LogVol00 swap 16032
LogVol01 / ext3 < All of remaining[MB]>
Hard Drives
/dev/cciss/c0d0
/dev/cciss/c1d0
LVM Volume Groups
VolGroup00
LogVol00 swap 16032
Hard Drives
/dev/cciss/c0d0
/dev/cciss/c1d0
8 boot loader (1) Check the Configure advanced boot loader options checkbox.

C-72
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

9-1 Installation boot loader When /dev/cciss/c0d0p1 is /boot]
(Communication or Check the /dev/cciss/c0d0 Master Boot Record (MBR).
Front or Northbound When /dev/cciss/c1d0p1 is /boot]
Interface Server) Check the /dev/cciss/c1d0 Master Boot Record (MBR).
9-2 Installation boot loader Check the /dev/cciss/c0d0 Master Boot Record (MBR).
(Use a rack server of
the Main or Aggrega-
tion Server.)
9-3 Installation boot loader [When /dev/cciss/c1d0p1 is /boot]

Use blade server of Check the /dev/cciss/c1d0 Master Boot Record (MBR).
the Main or Aggrega- [When /dev/cciss/c0d0p1 is /boot]
tion Server.) Check the /dev/cciss/c0d0 Master Boot Record (MBR).
10 Network Device (1) Check the checkbox of all network devices in the Network Devices table.
NOTE: The checkboxes may not appear depending on the
environment.
Hostname (1) Check the manually radio button in the Hostname menu.
(2) Enter a hostname.
Important!
 Set it more than 1 and within 15 characters. Valid characters are as follows:
•Alpha-numeral (A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9, - (hyphen), and . (dot)) However,
11 Region (1) Choose an arbitrary region.

12 Root (1) Enter the password of the root account.

13 Package list (1) Check the Customize now radio button.


C-73
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

14 Package Choose the package marked with .
(: (Must not be chosen) : (Must be chosen.))
(1) Desktop Environments
 GNOME Desktop Environment
 KDE (K Desktop Environment)
(2) Applications
 Authoring and Publishing
 Editors
 Engineering and Scientific
 Games and Entertainment
 Graphical Internet
 Graphics
 Office/Productivity
 Sound and Video
 Text Based Internet
(3) Development
 Development Libraries
 Development Tools
 Gnome Software Development
 Java Development
 KDE Software Development
 Legacy Software Development
 Ruby
 X Software Development
(4) Servers
 DNS Server
 FTP Server
 Legacy Network Server
 Mail Server
 MySQL Database
 Network Servers
 News Servers
 PostgreSQL Database
Select the Optional packages button, check the checkboxes of the following
NOTE: Retain the default settings except for the following package.
 postgresql-jdbc-xx
 Printing Support
 Server Configuration Tools
 Web Server
NOTE: Retain the default settings except for the following packages.
 tomcat5-xx
 tomcat5-admin-webapps-xx
 tomcat5-webapps-xx
 window file server

C-74
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

14 Package (5) Base System
 Administration Tools
 Base
 Dialup Networking Support
 java
 Legacy Software Support
 OpenFabric Enterprise Distribution
 System Tools
NOTE: Retain the default settings except for the following package.
 sysstat-xx
 X Window System
(6) Virtualization
 KVM
 Xen
(7) Languages
Need not be selected.
15 Start installation. (1) Click the Next button.

NOTE: Installation of the OS takes about 30 minutes.
After installation, the OS installation medium is ejected automatically. Remove
the medium.
18 License Agreement (1) After checking the contents of the License Agreement, click the radio but-
ton of Yes, I agree to the License Agreement.
19 Firewall (1) Check the following items:

• FTP
• SSH
• Secure WWW(HTTPS)
• Telnet
• WWW(HTTP)
20 SELinux (1) Select the Disabled at SELinux Setting combo box.

21 Kdump (1) Check the checkbox of “Enable Kdump?.”

22 Date and Time (1) Enter the application date and time.

C-75
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

23 Set up Software The setting procedure depends on the Network Configuration. Perform the pro-
Updates cedure accordingly.
[When connecting to a network]
(1) Check the “No. I prefer to register at a later time.”
[When not connecting to a network]
Setting is not required.
––—––— (1) Click the Forward button.
24 Create User (1) Register an arbitrary 1 user as the MS5000 user.

NOTE: In this manual, nems means is used as an example of an
arbitrary user.
25 Sound Card (1) Click the Forward button.
26 Additional CDs (1) Click the Finish button.

NOTE: After clicking the OK button, the OS will be rebooted
automatically.

C-76
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.4.2 <Step 3-B>: Install OS (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x)
3. Welcome to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x! will be displayed. Select Install or
upgrade an existing system.
4. Set the OS according to Table C-20.
NO. SETTING STEPS

4 Keyboard (1) Select the applicable keyboard for each country where the MS5000 is
used.
5 Device Type (1) Select the Basic Storage Devices radio button.
(3) Click the Yes, discard any data button in the warning dialog box.
6 Hostname (1) Enter a hostname.

Important!
 Set it more than 1 and within 15 characters. Valid characters are as follows:
•Alpha-numeral (A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9, - (hyphen), and . (dot)) However,
7 Time Zone (1) Select the time zone of the region where MS5000 is used.
8 Root (1) Enter the Root Password.

(2) Retype the entered password to confirm.
NOTE: If the warning dialog box displaying the Weak Password
message is displayed, change the password or click Use
Anyway.

C-77
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

9 Installation Type (1) Select the Use All Space radio button.
(2) Check the Review and modify partitioning layout.
10 Install Target Devices (1) Select HP LOGICAL VOLUME from Data Storage Devices, then click the
right-pointing button to move it to Install Target Devices.
NOTE: Perform the Steps above only when the Select Install Target
Device window is displayed.

C-78
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

11 The following process is decided based on the configuration and server to be installed from 11-1 to 11-2.
11-1 Modify partition lay- (1) Select vg_<Hostname> of the LVM Volume Groups in the table, then click
out. (Communication the Delete button.
or Front or Northbound (2) Click the Delete button in the Confirm Delete dialog box.
Interface Server) (3) Click the Create button. The Create Storage dialog box is displayed.
(4) Select the LVM Volume Group radio button, then click the Create button.
The Make LVM Volume Group dialog box is displayed.
(a) Mount Point: -
(d) Size (MB): 16032
(a) Mount Point: /
LVM Volume Groups
vg_<Hostname>
LogVol00 16032 swap
Hard Drives
sda(/dev/sda)
sda1 500 /boot ext4
sda2 <All> vg_<Hostname> physical volume(LVM)
NOTES:
1. /dev/sdb or /dev/cciss/c1d0 may be displayed depending on the
configuration.
2. /dev/cciss/c1d0p1 may be /boot.
3. The device name may be displayed as shown below when using an old
server:
/dev/sda  /dev/cciss/c0d0
/dev/sda1  /dev/cciss/c0d0p1
/dev/sda2  /dev/cciss/c0d0p2
4. <Hostname> is set automatically by the OS using Hostname.
Therefore, it may not match the name set at “6 Hostname.”
(2) The Format Warnings dialog box is displayed. Click Format.
(3) The Writing storage configuration to disk dialog box is displayed. Select
Write changes to disk.
11-2 Modify partition layout (1) Select vg_<Hostname> of the LVM Volume Groups in the table, then click
(Main Server) the Delete button.
(3) Select /dev/sda2, then click the Edit button. The Edit Partition dialog box is
displayed.

C-79
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

11-2 Modify partition layout (6) Click the Create button. The Create Storage dialog box is displayed.
(Main Server) (7) Select the LVM Volume Group radio button, then click the Create button.
The Make LVM Volume Group dialog box is displayed.
(8) Click the Add button, make Logical Volume of LogVol00 as follows then
(a) Mount Point: -
(d) Size (MB): 16032
(a) Mount Point: /
(d) Size (MB): <Not changed>
LVM Volume Groups
LogVol00 16032 swap
Hard Drives
sda(/dev/sda)
sda1 500 /boot ext4
sda2 140000 vg_<Hostname> physical volume(LVM)
NOTES:
1. /dev/sdb may be displayed depending on the configuration.
2. <Hostname> is set automatically by the OS using Hostname. Therefore,
it may not match the name set at “6 Hostname.”
3. The partition configuration may be as follows depending on the
configuration.
LVM Volume Groups
LogVol00 16032 swap
Hard Drives
sda(/dev/sda)
sda1 250 vfat
Free 4
sdb(/dev/sdb)
sdb1 500 /boot ext4
sdb2 140000 vg_ <Hostname> physical volume(LVM)

(2) The Format Warnings dialog box is displayed. Click Format.
(3) The Writing storage configuration to disk dialog box is displayed. Select
Write changes to disk.
12 Change Device (1) Click the Next button.
13 Package list (1) Select the Basic Server radio button.

(2) Check the Customize now radio button.

C-80
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

14 Package Choose the package marked with .
(: (Must not be chosen) : (Must be chosen))
(1) Base System:
 Backup Client
 Base
NOTE: Retain the default settings as is except for the following packages.
 dos2unix-xx
 unix2dos-xx
 Client management tools
NOTE:
 Compatibility libraries
 Console internet tools
NOTE: Retain the default settings as is except for the following package.
 ftp-xx
 Debugging Tools
 Dial-up Networking Support
 Directory Client
 FCoE Storage Client
 Hardware monitoring utilities
NOTE: Keep the default setting as is except the following package.
 lm_sensors-xx
 Infiniband Support
 Java Platform
 Large Systems Performance
 Legacy UNIX compatibility
NOTE: Retain the default settings as is except for the following packages.
 krb5-appl-servers-xx
 telnet-xx
 telnet-server-xx
 tftp-xx
 Mainframe Access
 Network file system client
Networking Tools
NOTE: Retain the default settings as is except for the following package.
 wireshark-xx
 Performance Tools
 Perl Support
 Printing client
 Ruby Support
 Scientific support
 Security Tools
 Smart card support
 Storage Availability Tools
 iSCSI Storage Client

C-81
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

14 Package (2) Servers
 Backup Server
NOTE: Retain the default settings as is except for the following
package.
 mt-st
 CIFS file server
 Directory Server
 E-mail Server
 FTP Server
 Identify Management Server
 NFS file server
 Network Infrastructure Server
package.
 tftp-server-xx
 Network Storage Server
 Print Server
 Server Platform
 System administration tools
package.
 expect-xx
 tree-xx
(3) Web Services
 PHP Support
 TurboGears application framework
 Web Server
 Web Servlet Engine
(4) Databases
 MySQL Database client
 MySQL Database server
 postgreSQL Database client
 postgreSQL Database server
(5) System Management
 Messaging Client Support
 SNMP Support
 System Management
 Systems Management messaging Server support
NOTE:
 Web-Based Enterprise Management
(6) Virtualization
 Virtualization
 Virtualization Client
 Virtualization Platform
 Virtualization Tools

C-82
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

14 Package (7) Desktops
 Desktop
 Desktop Debugging and Performance Tools
 Desktop Platform
 Fonts
 General Purpose Desktop
 Graphical Administration Tools
 Input Methods
 KDE Desktop
 Legacy X Window System compatibility
 Remote Desktop Clients
 X Window System
(8) Applications
 Emacs
 Graphics Creation Tools
 Internet Browser
 TeX support
 Technical Writing
(9) Development
 Additional Development
package.
 net-snmp-devel-xx
 Desktop Platform Development
 Development tools
package.
 ant-xx
 compat-xx-xx (All packages whose name begins with compat-.)
 gcc-xx-xx (All packages whose name begins with gcc-.)
 Eclipse
 Server Platform Development
NOTE: Installation of the OS takes about 30 minutes.
After installation, the OS installation medium is ejected automatically.
Remove the medium.
17 License Information (1) After checking the contents of the License Agreement, click the radio but-
ton of Yes, I agree to the License Agreement.
18 Set up Software (1) Check “No. I prefer to register at a later time.”

Updates. (2) Click the Forward button.
(3) If “Are you sure?” window appears, click the Register Later button, and
then click the Forward button.

C-83
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NO. SETTING STEPS

19 Create User (1) Register an arbitrary 1 user as the MS5000 user.
NOTE: In this manual, nems is used as an example of an arbitrary
user.
NOTE: If the warning dialog box displaying the Weak Password
message is displayed, click the Yes button if there is no
problem.
20 Date and Time (1) Enter the application date and time.
21 Kdump (1) Check the checkbox of “Enable kdump?.”


C-84
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
MS NIS CS FS
   
This Step is used to configure the OS Setting.
1. Log in to the Server as the <Server Account>, and launch a Terminal Screen. Then
enter the following command and root password to change the <Server Account> to
root.
$ su
#
3. Enter the following commands to run the preinstaller.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./preinstall.sh
NOTE: ${DVD-ROM} is the directory where the MS5000 installation medium

is stored.
4. Enter a temporary IP Address of the server.
Please input a temporary IP address of this server.



C-85
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTE: After rebooting the OS, the Host name of Server will be changed to
TEMP_MS5K. However, proceed to the next Step because there is
no problem. Performing the Substeps described in [Step 8]:
Configure Network Setting will convert the name to the appropriate
one.
6. Enter y to continue installation.
Continue installing(y/n)?>y
7. Press the Enter key to quit.
COMPLETE! Preinstallation was completed successfully.


NOTES:
• Perform this Substep only when the OS is Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x.
• If the OS is Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.x, go to Substep 11.
# chkconfig cpuspeed off
# reboot
10. After rebooting the server, log in to the Server as the <Server Account> and launch a
Terminal Screen. Then enter the following command and root password to change the
<Server Account> to roots.
$ su
#
11. Enter the following command to confirm that the cpuspeed service is stopped.
# /sbin/service cpuspeed status

cpuspeed is stopped.

C-86
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.6 [Step 5]: Copy Downloaded Files

to Server
MS NIS CS FS
   
$ su -
2. Insert the CD or DVD created as described in [Step 8]: Copy Downloaded Files
to CD/DVD of Phase 2: Preparation of Files in the DVD-ROM drive of each
server.
3. Copy the downloaded files stored on the CD/DVD to the /tmp directory of each
server.
4.7 [Step 6]: Update Kernel Version

(Only for RHEL6.x)
MS NIS CS FS
   
This Step is used to update the Kernel version. Perform the following Substeps for RHEL6.x
only.

C-87
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1. Enter the following command to confirm the Kernel version.
# uname -rp
NOTES:
1. The Kernel version to be expected is as follows:
(For RHEL6.2): 2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64 x86_64
(For RHEL6.5): 2.6.32-431.1.2.el6.x86_64 x86_64
2. If the result is the expected version, the Kernel version is already
updated. Substep 2. and later are not required.
3. If the result is not the expected version, perform Substep 2. and
later.
$ su -
#
Use the files which have been copied from the CD/DVD to the /tmp/RHELUpdate
directory as described in [Step 5]: Copy Downloaded Files to Server.
(i) Enter the following command to install the package.

C-88
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(ii) Open grub.conf and confirm that the new kernel is recognized.
Confirm that the version applied in Substep (i) is displayed in first row of the
rows beginning with title.
Following shows an example for RHEL6.2 when the version is correctly
described.
For RHEL6.5, read “2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64” as
“2.6.32-431.1.2.el6.x86_64”.
...
default=0
...
...
If the version is not displayed correctly, edit the default value to match the order
of rows beginning with the title and default value.
The following is an example of editing.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux (2.6.32-220.el6.x86_64) is applied.
...
default=2
...
...
...
title Red Hat Enterprise Linux (2.6.32-220.el6.x86_64)
...
In this case, default=2 must be edited to default=0 and saved to recognize the
kernel version applied in Substep (i) .

C-89
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Modify /etc/grub.conf in order to avoid the server from the sudden reboot.
Important!
 Perform this Substep for RHEL6.5 only.
Open the /etc/grub.conf, and add ipmi_si.tryacpi=0 at the end of kernel line
under the target kernel, and then save it.
# vi /etc/grub.conf
(omitted)
root (hd0,0)
kernel (omitted) rhgb quiet ipmi_si.tryacpi=0
(omitted)
6. Reboot the server and confirm whether the settings have been applied.
(i) Enter the following command to reboot the server.
# reboot
(ii) After rebooting the server, log in to the Server as the <Server Account>, and
launch a Terminal Screen, and then enter the following command and a password
of root to change the <Server Account> to root.
$ su
#
(iii) Enter the following command to confirm the result.
# uname -rp
The following result means that RHEL6.x boots up with the new kernel.
(For RHEL6.2): 2.6.32-220.23.1.el6.x86_64 x86_64
(For RHEL6.5): 2.6.32-431.1.2.el6.x86_64 x86_64

C-90
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(iv) Enter the following command to confirm whether the settings in order to avoid
the server from the sudden reboot have been applied.
Important!
 Perform this for RHEL6.5 only.
# dmesg
Confirm the following result is displayed.
(omitted)
Command line: (omitted) ipmi_si.tryacpi=0
Kernel command line: (omitted) ipmi_si.tryacpi=0
(omitted)
4.8 [Step 7]: Install Middleware
MS NIS CS FS
   
1. Log in to the Server as the <Server Account> and launch a Terminal Screen. Then,
root.
NOTE: This Step is necessary only if the logged-in account is not root.
$ su
#
2. Copy the Middleware files copied from the CD/DVD to the Server as described in
[Step 5]: Copy Downloaded Files to Server to the /home directory.
# mv /tmp/Server/<Downloaded File Name> /home

C-91
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. If the file name of the file stored on the CD/DVD differs from the file name shown in
Table C-5 in Phase 2: Preparation of Files, enter the following command to
change the file name.
# cd /home
# mv <Downloaded File Name> <File Name shown in Table C-5>
 Example: When one of the downloaded ACE+TAO files is

ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.gz:
# cd /home
# mv ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.gz ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.tar
Important!
This file is required in [Step 19]: Install MS5000.

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./mwinstall.sh
NOTES:
1. ${DVD-ROM} is the directory where the MS5000 installation medium
is stored.
2. Installation of Middleware takes about 45 minutes.


C-92
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Setting
MS NIS CS FS
   
This Step is used to configure the Network Setting.
1. Log in to the Server as the <Server Account>, and launch a Terminal Screen. Then,
root.
$ su
#
under the /home directory.
NOTE: The sysconf.info file can be created using the Offline Tool. See
The above is an example of moving the sysconf.info file under the /tmp directory.

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

C-93
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 1

1. Network Setting.
3. SNMP Setting.
4. Cluster Setting.
b. back.
> 1
7. Enter the number that corresponds to the server type for which Network Setting is to
be configured.
NOTE: This option appears only for a distributed system. For an aggregation

2. Front Server.
3. Main Server.
>

C-94
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
8. Enter the number of the server to configure the Network Setting.

NOTE: This option appears only for a Front Server and Communication
Server. For other servers, go to Substep 9.
>
9. Enter the number that corresponds to the server mode of the target server.
NOTE: This option appears only for a redundant system. For a single system,
go to Substep 10.

1. Master.
2. Slave.
>
10. Enter y to perform Network Setting.

NOTE: The following information is an example when the Main Server is the
target server.


Reboot the OS.

C-95
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.10 [Step 9]: Install SPP (Option)

in the FS.
MS NIS CS FS
   
root (su).
NOTE: Perform installation by logging in to the server locally in GUI mode.
$ su
#
2. Move the downloaded files for SPP, which have been copied from the CD/DVD to the
server as described in [Step 5]: Copy Downloaded Files to Server, to the
/home directory.
# mv /tmp/SPP/<Downloaded File Name> /home

#
The above is an example of moving the downloaded file to the /tmp directory.

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}

is stored.

C-96
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter the following command to install SPP from the medium. Perform installation as
instructed by the installer.
Enter 1 to select SPP Install.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. SPP Install.
2. SIM Install.
q. Quit.
> 1
NOTE: After executing the command above, the Installation window will open.
If the Installation window does not open and an error message is
displayed, open another terminal and perform Substeps from
Substep 1. to Substep 5. again.
6. In the Installation window, perform the following operations:
(i) Click the Next button in the Welcome window.
(ii) Confirm that Default is checked in the Source Selection window, then click
the Next button.
(iii) Check the localhost in the Select Targets window, then click the Enter
Credentials button.
(iv) The Enter Credentials for Host:localhost dialog box is displayed.
Enter the following, then click the OK button.
 Username: root
 Password: <root password>

NOTE: Uncheck the checkbox and click OK button if the Associated targets
for localhost Selection window is displayed.
(v) Click the Next button.
(vi) Click the Install button.

C-97
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTES:
1. If the Source RPM Build Failed error is output, click the Select
Bundles link, uncheck the package whose status is Build Failed, then
click the OK button. Finally, try again.
2. In the Installation Results, there are some products for which
installation failed. However, this is not a problem.
(vii) Click the Exit button to terminate the Installation window.

NOTES:
1. If the reboot selection window is displayed, launch a new Terminal
Screen, and log in as a root user. Perform Substep 7. Then reboot
the server. Rebooting the server completes the Step.
2. Perform the following Steps when the Smart Update Manager
Feedback window is displayed.
(i) Click the No, Thanks button.
(ii) The Do you want to exit the application? window is displayed.
(iii) Click the yes button.
7. After completing SPP installation, reboot the server. If the reboot selection
window is not displayed, enter the following command.
# reboot

C-98
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.11 [Step 10]: Install HP SIM (Option)

NOTES:
• SIM is not supported when the OS is RHEL6.5.
MS NIS CS FS
— — — 
root.
$ su
#
2. Move the downloaded files, which have been copied from the CD/DVD to the server
as described in [Step 5]: Copy Downloaded Files to Server, to the /home
directory.
# mv /tmp/HPSIM/<Downloaded File Name> /home

#
root.
NOTE: This Step is necessary only if the logged-in account is not root.
$ su
#

NOTE: This Step is necessary only if the MS5000 installation medium is not
mounted.

C-99
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
# cd ${DVD-ROM}

is stored.
6. Enter the following command to install HP SIM from the medium. Perform the
installation according to the installer.
(i) Enter 2 to select SIM Install.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. SPP Install.
2. SIM Install.
q. Quit.
> 2
COMPLETE! SIM installation was completed successfully.


C-100
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
8. Set HP SIM.
(i) Start up Web browser and input the following URL to access to the HP SIM.
NOTES:
Add Exception...,
Get Certificate,
(not recommended).
3. If popups are blocked by the security policy, allow popups for the
server address.
Enter root in the User name and enter a <root password> to access
the server in Password. Then click Sign In.
(ii) After completing login for the first time, the Registration window and First
Time Wizard will be displayed.
NOTE: The Registration window and First Time Wizard may not be displayed
during this Substep. In this case, they may be displayed during Substep
10.
On the Registration window, click Register Later.
For the First Time Wizard, check Do not automatically show this
wizard again, then click Cancel.
Click OK to exit. The First Time Wizard can be manually started from
Options  First Time Wizard message is displayed. Click OK.
(iii) Select the following menu to move to the User and Authorizations...:
Options  Security  User and Authorizations...
(iv) Click the Users tab and click the New... button to create a new user. The
following shows the parameter (the default values are used for other parameters).
 Sign in name...: <Server Account>

(For a default account, enter nems.)
After entering the parameter, click OK.
(v) Click the ToolBoxes tab, then click the New... button to create new data.

C-101
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
The following shows the contents to be entered (the default values are used for
other parameters).
 Name: smh view
 Show tools in category:

Point the mouse to Monitoring Tool of the pull-down menu, and click >> to
move all of the displayed contents such as Advise and Repair to the Toolbox
context.
Point the mouse to View of the pull-down menu, and click >> to move the
System Management Homepage and System Page to the Toolbox context.
(vi) Click the Authorizations tab, then click the New... button to create a new
user.
The following shows the contents to be entered (the default values are used for
other parameters).
 Select Select User(s). Select the user created in Substep (iv) from the
user list on the right.
 From Select toolbox(es), select smh view.
 From Select Systems, select All Managed Systems.

(vii) Click Sign Out at the upper right of the window to logout.

C-102
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
9. Set the SMH.
(i) Enter the following URL to access the SMH.
https://<Server IP Address in which the SMH is installed.>:2381
NOTES:
Add Exception...,
Get Certificate,
(not recommended).
Enter root in the User name and enter a <root password> to access the server in
Password. Then, click Sign In.
Select the following menu to move to User Groups:
Settings tab  System Management Homepage
Security  User Groups
(ii) In the Group Name field, register the <Server Account>, then click the Add
button. (For a default account, enter nems.)
(iii) Click the Apply button at the lower right of the dialog box.
(iv) Click Sign Out at the upper right of the window to logout.
10. Set automatic event handling.
(i) Enter the following URL to access to the HP SIM using Web browser.
Enter root in the User name and enter a <root password> to access the server in
Password. Then click Sign In.
(ii) Select the following menu to move to New Custom Tools...:

Tools  Custom Tools  New Custom Tool...
(iii) Select the CMS tool, then select Next.

C-103
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(iv) Specify the parameters as follows:
 Name of the tool: hard_notify
 Specific user: Select this, then enter the <Server Account>.

(For a default account, enter nems.)
 Command with parameters:
/home/<Server Account>/bin/tool/hard_alarm.sh
When completed, click the OK button.
(v) Select the following menu to move to New Task...:

Options  Events  Automatic Event Handling  New Task...
CAUTION: Sometimes menu hides other menus. Move the window and try again.
(vi) Enter the following to receive a hard alarm:
 Select name:
Enter hard_alarm in Task Name.
Click Next.
 Select event collection:

Check use event attributes that I will specify.
Click Next.
 Select events:
Select event type from the list box that is next to the where.
Check the following Types checkboxes:
ProLiant Application Events
Proliant Miscellaneous Events
Proliant NIC Events
Proliant Operating System Events
ProLiant Rack Events
Proliant Remote Management Events
Proliant Storage Events

C-104
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Proliant System and Environmental Events

Proliant Threshold Events
ProLiant UPS Events
Click Next.
 Select system collection:

Confirm that use this system collection is checked.
Click Next.
 Select actions:
Check the Run custom CMS tool checkbox.
Select hard_notify in Name.
Click Next.
 Select time filter:

Leave it as the default.
Click Next.
 Review summary:
Click Finish.
 Click Sign Out at the upper right of the window to logout.

C-105
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.12 [Step 11]: Configure SNMP Setting

(Option)
in the FS.
MS NIS CS FS
   
root.
$ su
#

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

C-106
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 1
5. Enter 3 to select SNMP Setting.

1. Network Setting.
3. SNMP Setting.
4. Cluster Setting.
b. back.
> 3
6. Enter the number that corresponds to the server type for which SNMP Setting is to be
configured.

2. Front Server.
3. Main Server.
>

C-107
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7. Enter the number of the server for which SNMP Setting is to be configured.
>
go to Substep 9.

1. Master.
2. Slave.
>
9. Enter y to perform SNMP Setting.

target server.

COMPLETE! SNMP installation was completed successfully.

11. Log in as a root user (su -), then enter the following command.
# /sbin/service hp-snmp-agents restart

C-108
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
12. Enter the following command to confirm that all of the results are OK.
NOTE: There is no problem even if stopped is output for cpqriisd and
cmarackd. (The image below is provided as an example. The actual
display may differ from it. In such cases, there is no problem if OK is
displayed.)
# /sbin/service hp-snmp-agents status
cmahealthd is running... [ OK ]
cmastdeqd is running... [ OK ]
cmahostd is running... [ OK ]
cmathreshd is running... [ OK ]
cmasm2a is running... [ OK ]
cpqriisd is stopped... [ OK ]
cmarackd is stopped... [ OK ]
cmaperfd is running... [ OK ]
cmapeerd is running... [ OK ]
cmaeventd is running... [ OK ]
cmafcad is running... [ OK ]
cmasasd is running... [ OK ]
cmaidad is running... [ OK ]
cmaidedd is running... [ OK ]
cmascsid is running... [ OK ]
cmanicd is running... [ OK ]

C-109
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.13 [Step 12]: Set Mirroring
MS NIS CS FS
 — — —
Important!
 Only ExpressCluster version X3.2 or upper versions are supported.
NOTE: Depending on the OS and server to be used, the device name and partition
name may differ from those described in the following examples.
For example, /dev/sda is displayed as the device name instead of /dev/cciss/
c0d0, and /dev/sda1 is displayed as the partition name instead of /dev/cciss/
c0d0p1.
In this case, the device name and partition name described in the following
examples should be replaced with the actual names based on the environment.
1. Use the su - command to log in to the Server as at root user.
$ su -
#
2. Enter the following command to check the current partition. The command result
differs depending on the System Configuration.
# fdisk -l
Disk /dev/cciss/c0d0: 146.7GB, 146780121600bytes

Unit = Cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280bytes
Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System

NOTE: The contents of /dev/cciss/c0d1 may be displayed based on the

configuration.

C-110
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x
# fdisk -l
Disk /dev/sda: 500.1 GB, 500072348160 bytes


/dev/sda1 * 1 64 512000 83 Linux
Disk /dev/mapper/<Volume Group01 name>: 130.0 GB, 129985675264 bytes

Disk /dev/mapper/<Volume Group 01 name> doesn't contain a valid partition table
Disk /dev/mapper/<Volume Group 00 name> 16.8 GB, 16810770432 bytes

Disk /dev/mapper/<Volume Group 00 name> doesn't contain a valid partition table
NOTE: The contents of /dev/sdb may be displayed based on the

configuration.
3. Enter the following command to set the partition for mirroring the disk.
 For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5
# fdisk <disk device> /dev/cciss/c0d0
# fdisk <disk device> /dev/sda

C-111
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4. At the fdisk command prompt, continue the setting. The command result differs
depending on the System Configuration.
The number of cylinders for this disk is set to 17845.

There is nothing wrong with that, but this is larger than 1024,
and could in certain setups cause problems with:
1) software that runs at boot time (e.g., old versions of LILO)
2) booting and partitioning software from other OSs
(e.g., DOS FDISK, OS/2 DISK)
Command (m for help): n Enter n.

Command action
e extended
p Enter p.
Partition number (1-4): 3 Enter 3.
First cylinder (10213-17845, default 10213): Press the Enter key.
Last cylinder or +size or +sizeM or +sizeK (10213-17845, default 17845): +16M
Enter +16M.
Command action
e extended
e Enter e.
Using default value 17845 Press the Enter key.
Last cylinder or +size or +sizeM +sizeK (10216-17845, default 17845):
Command (m for help): p Enter p.
Disk /dev/cciss/c0d0: 146.7 GB, 146780121600 bytes


Command (m for help): w Enter w.


C-112
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(continued)
...
The kernel still uses the old table.
The new table will be used at the next reboot.
Syncing disks.
WARNING: DOS-compatible mode is deprecated. It's strongly recommended to

switch off the mode (command 'c') and change display units to
sectors (command 'u').

Command action
e extended
p Enter p.
Partition number (1-4): 3 Enter 3.
Last cylinder, +cylinders or +size{K,M,G} (17912-60797, default 60797): +16M
Enter +16M.
Command action
e extended
e Enter e.
Last cylinder, +cylinders or +size{K,M,G} (17915-60797, default 60797):
Last cylinder, +cylinders or +size{K,M,G} (17915-60797, default 60797):
Command (m for help): p Enter p.
Disk /dev/sda: 500.1 GB, 500072348160 bytes


C-113
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(continued)

/dev/sda1 * 1 64 512000 83 Linux
/dev/sda3 17912 17914 21181 83 Linux
/dev/sda4 17915 60797 344457697+ 5 Extended
/dev/sda5 17915 60797 344457666 83 Linux
Command (m for help): w Enter w.

Calling ioctl() to re-read partition table.
The kernel still uses the old table. The new table will be used at
the next reboot or after you run partprobe(8) or kpartx(8)
Syncing disks.
5. Enter the following command to reboot the OS.
# reboot
6. After rebooting the OS, log in to the Server as the root user using su - command.
$ su -
#
7. Enter the following command to create a file system.
# mke2fs -j <Data partition device>
E.g.: /dev/cciss/c0d0p5
# mkfs.ext4 <Data partition device>
E.g.: /dev/sda5
NOTE: The target partition for creating the file system is the last partition
(/dev/cciss/c0d0p5 or /dev/sda5) created in Substep 4.

C-114
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.14 [Step 13]: Specify Mount Point
MS NIS CS FS
 — — —
Important!
 Perform the following Substeps for both the Master Server and Slave Server.
1. Use the su - command to log in to the Server as a root user.
$ su -
#
2. Enter the following command to specify a mount point.
# mkdir /share1
# mkdir /share2
#

C-115
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.15 [Step 14]: Install ExpressCluster
MS NIS CS FS
   —
NOTES:
• Refer to the procedures in chapters 3 and 4 of ExpressCluster X3.2 for Linux
MS5000 Server.
Important!
$ su -
#
2. Insert the ExpressCluster installation medium in the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive.
# cd ${CD-ROM}/Linux/${version}/en/server
# rpm -i expresscls-${version}.x86_64.rpm
NOTES:
1. ${CD-ROM} is the directory where the ExpressCluster installation
medium is stored.
2. expresscls-${version}.x86_64.rpm differs depending on the product.
4. Remove the ExpressCluster installation medium from the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM

drive.

C-116
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Important!
• The Substep 5. and subsequent Substeps are used to apply the update patch
to ExpressCluster X3.2.
5. Enter the following command to back up the file.
# mkdir backup
# cp -a liscal-2.6.32-431.*el6.x86_64.ko backup/

not mounted.
7. Enter the following command to apply the patch file.
# mkdir /home/patch
# cd /home/patch
# tar xvzf ${DVD-ROM}/Tool/CPRO-XLA60-41.tar.gz
# rm -f liscal-2.6.32-431.*el6.x86_64.ko
# cp -a /home/patch/liscal-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.ko .
NOTES:
• ${DVD-ROM} is a directory where the MS5000 installation medium is
stored.
• The above is an example of decompressing the patch file under
the /home/patch directory.

C-117
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.16 [Step 15]: Set CPU License for

ExpressCluster
MS NIS CS FS
   —
This Step is used to register the CPU license.

NOTES:
• Refer to the procedures in chapter 4 of ExpressCluster X3.2 for Linux
MS5000 Server.
• Refer to Registering the CPU license in chapter 4. Registering the license of
ExpressCluster X3.2 for Linux Installation and Configuration Guide for
details.
Important!
$ su -
#

C-118
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
ExpressCluster VERSION THE COMMAND DEPENDS ON THE PROVIDED LICENSE

TO BE INSTALLED TYPE
FILE PAPER
X3.2 clplcnsc -i ${filepath} -p BASE32 clplcnsc -i -p BASE32
NOTES:
1. ${filepath} is the file path where the license file is stored.
2. If the license is provided as File, go to Substep 7.

1. Product version
2. Trial version
4. Enter the license number provided on the license sheet.
Enter the number of license [1 to 99 (default:2)]...
5. Enter the serial number provided on the license sheet.
6. Enter the license key provided on the license sheet.

succeed is displayed on the console.
Enter license key


is displayed on the console.
# clplcnsc -l -p BASE32

C-119
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.17 [Step 16]: Set Node License for

ExpressCluster
MS NIS CS FS
 — — —
Register the node license.
NOTE:
• Refer to Registering the node license in Chapter 4. Registering the License
of the ExpressCluster X3.2 for Linux Installation and Configuration Guide
for details.
Important!
$ su -
#
ExpressCluster VERSION THE COMMAND DEPENDS ON THE PROVIDED LICENSE

TO BE INSTALLED TYPE
FILE PAPER
X3.2 clplcnsc -i ${filepath} -p REPL32 clplcnsc -i -p REPL32
NOTES:
1. ${filepath} is the file path where the license file is stored.

C-120
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

1. Product version
2. Trial version
4. Enter the serial number provided on the license sheet.
5. Enter the license key provided on the license sheet.

succeed is displayed on the console.
Enter license key


is displayed on the console.
# clplcnsc -l -p REPL32

C-121
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.18 [Step 17]: Reboot OS
MS NIS CS FS
   —
Important!
$ su -
#
# reboot
Important!
• The Substep 3. and subsequent Substeps are used to confirm the update
patch applied to ExpressCluster X3.2.
3. Log in to the Server as the <Server Account>, and launch a Terminal Screen, and then
enter the following command and a password of root to change the <Server
Account> to root.
$ su -
#
4. Enter the following command to confirm that

3c08b76ab1c30c48616f649b8e6c1942 is displayed.
# md5sum liscal-ùname -r`.ko

C-122
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.19 [Step 18]: Set Configuration File
MS NIS CS FS
   —
Important!
 Perform this Step for both the Master Server and Slave Server.
 Perform this Step when the Master Server and Slave Server cannot
communicate with each other. Disconnect the target server from the network
and perform the operation at the time of set configuration file.
In case the target server is Blade server which cannot be disconnected from
the network, shut down the opposite server and make it unable to
communicate with the opposite server.
root (su).
$ su
#
2. Enter the following command to confirm that the clpevent, clptrnsv, and
clpwebmc services are started.
# /sbin/service --status-all | grep clp

clppm is stopped
clpaltd is stopped
clpevent (pid XXXX) is running...
clpmdagent is stopped
clptrnsv (pid XXXX) is running...
clpwebmc (pid XXXX) is running...
NOTE: If HP SIM is installed, an error message may be displayed. However,

this is not a problem.

C-123
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. For a Main Server or Aggregation Server, enter the following command to confirm
the partition setting of the hard disk.
 Output Example 1 (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x):
# /sbin/fdisk -l
...
/dev/sda1 * 1 64 512000 83 Linux
/dev/sda2 64 17912 143360000 8e LinuxLVM
/dev/sda3 17912 17914 21181 83 Linux
/dev/sda4 17915 60797 344457697+ 5 Extended
/dev/sda5 17915 60797 344457666 83 Linux
...
 Output Example 2 (for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5):
# /sbin/fdisk -l
...
If the output of Device differs from Output Example 1 for Red Hat Enterprise Linux
6.x or Output Example 2 for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5, clp.conf must be
modified. See Section 4 clp.conf Modification in Division F and modify
clp.conf.
Go to the next Step.

NOTE: clp.conf is created assuming Output Example 1 for Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 6.x or Output Example 2 for Red Hat Enterprise
Linux 5.5.
4. Enter the following command to move the cluster configuration information file
(clp.conf) under the /home directory.
# mv /tmp/clp.conf /home
The above is an example of moving the clp.conf file under the /home directory.

C-124
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Use the su - command to log in to the Server as a root user.
$ su -
#
6. Enter the following command to backup the cluster configuration information file.
# clpcfctrl --pull -w -x /tmp/

# mv /tmp/clp.conf /xxx
NOTES:
• When resetting, execute the command above first, and then backup the
clp.conf file.
• /xxx means an arbitrary directory. Move the obtained clp.conf file to an
arbitrary directory and save it.

not mounted.
$ su
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

C-125
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 1
10. Enter 4 to select Cluster Setting.

1. Network Setting.
3. SNMP Setting.
4. Cluster Setting.
b. back.
> 4
11. Enter the number that corresponds to the server type for which Cluster Setting is to
be configured.

2. Front Server.
3. Main Server.
>

C-126
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
12. Enter the number of the server for which Cluster Setting is to be configured.
NOTE: This option appears only for a Communication Server. For other
servers, go to Substep 13.
>
go to Substep 14.

1. Master.
2. Slave.
>
14. Enter y to perform Cluster Setting.

target server.
- Server Type --> Main Server

- Server Number --> 1

Reboot the OS.
NOTE: After rebooting the OS, wait about 5 minutes, then go to the next
Step.

C-127
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
MS NIS CS FS
   —
Important!
 When the MS5000 is used to configure a redundant system, perform this Step
under the condition that the Master Server and Slave Server are not connected
to the network and ready to communicate. Disconnect the target server from the
network and perform the operation at the time of installation.
In case the target server is Blade server which cannot be disconnected from the
network, shut down the opposite server and make it unable to communicate
with the opposite server.
NOTES:
1. In a redundant configuration, log in to the server as <Server Account>

and execute the following command to check that the local server state
is NOT Online Pending and the opposite server state is Offline. The
following example shows the result of executing the command for the
Master Server. When the network between the Master Server and
Slave Server is disconnected, it takes a few minutes until the local
server state becomes NOT Online Pending and the opposite server
state becomes Offline.
$ su -
# clpstat
=========================== CLUSTER STATUS =========================
Cluster : cluster
<server>
*<Host name of Master Server> : Online
lankhb1 : Normal Kernel Mode LAN Heartbeat
lanhb1 : Normal LAN Heartbeat
<Host name of Slave Server> : Offline
lankhb1 : Unknown Kernel Mode LAN Heartbeat
lanhb1 : Unknown LAN Heartbeat
: (Omitted)
====================================================================

C-128
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2. Although “userw” may be displayed as “caution” status as shown below

when executing “clpstat” command, there is no problem since it is not
related to the behavior of MS5000.
========================= CLUSTER STATUS ========================

(omitted)
userw : Caution user mode monitor
(omitted)
==================================================================
root.
$ su
#

mounted.
3. Confirm that sysconf.info exists under /home directory. And then enter the
following command to run the installer.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

C-129
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 2
5. Enter the number that corresponds to the server type for which MS5000 middleware is
to be installed.

2. Front Server.
3. Main Server.
>
6. Enter the number that corresponds to the target server.

>

C-130
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
go to Substep 8.

1. Master.
2. Slave.
>
8. Enter y to perform installation.

target server.
- Target Project ---> All Equipments and Function

- Server Mode ---> MASTER
NOTE: When “Gnome-terminal wants to install a font.” message window

appears, execute close.
9. Press the Enter key to return to the top menu.
COMPLETE! MS5000 installation was completed successfully.


C-131
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q
11. Enter y or n in response to the question.

NOTE: For security reasons, we recommend that y be entered to delete the
file.
12. To perform SKA cooperation or communication with optical equipment by TCP/IP,

re-configure vsftpd.
To cooperate with SKA (Software Key Allocator), perform following operation to the
Main Server or Aggregate Server.
To communicate with optical equipment by TCP/IP, perform following operation to
the Communication Server or Aggregate Server.
Target equipment (DW4200, DW4000, DW7000, UN5000, U-Node BBM, U-Node
WBM, U-Node REG, V-Node, V-Node S, C-Node, C-Node S1)
(i) Check the value of /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf.
# grep ssl_enable /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf
(ii) When the check result of Substep (i) is valid SSL (ssl enabled=Yes is
displayed), perform the following command.

C-132
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
When the check result of Substep (i) is invalid SSL (no data is output),
executing the following command is unneeded.
# tar xvfz ${DVD-ROM}/Tool/vsftpd_ftp.tgz -C /etc/vsftpd

# /sbin/service vsftpd restart
Shutting down vsftpd: [ OK ]
Starting vsftpd for vsftpd: [ OK ]
Starting vsftpd for vsftpd_ftp: [ OK ]
vsftpd XXXXX root 3u IPv4 XXXXX TCP *:ftp (LISTEN)
vsftpd XXXXX root 3u IPv4 XXXXX TCP *:ftps (LISTEN)
13. Perform start-up and setting of iptables, if necessary.

C-133
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
MS NIS CS FS
   —
This Step is used to configure the NTP setting.
root.
$ su
#
to the /home directory.

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

C-134
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Enter 4 to select NTP setting.

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 4
COMPLETE! NTP setting was completed successfully.


C-135
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
8. Enter q to quit.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q

file.

C-136
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.22 [Step 21]: Save Server NIC

Information (Option) (Only for
Optical NE Systems)
NOTE: Marben OSI is used to communicate with optical NEs.
MS NIS CS FS
— —  —
The work differs depending on the OS (RHEL) version.
RHEL VERSION WORK

5.5 <Step 21-A>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5
6.x <Step 21-B>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x
4.22.1 <Step 21-A>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5
1. Log in to the Server as the root account on the console screen.
2. From the menu bar, select System  Administration  Network to open the
Network Configuration window.
3. From the menu bar of the Network Configuration window, select File  Save.
4. Select OK in the confirmation dialog box.
5. From the menu bar of the Network Configuration window, select File  Quit to
close the window.
6. From the menu bar, select System  Log Out root... to logout from the console
screen.
7. Select Log Out in the confirmation dialog box.

C-137
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4.22.2 <Step 21-B>: Substeps for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x
1. Log in to the Server as the root account on the terminal screen.
$ su
#
# cd /etc/sysconfig/
# cp -p network-scripts/ifcfg-* networking/devices/
4.23 [Step 22]: Install Marben OSI

(Option) (Only for Optical NE
Systems)
NOTE: Marben OSI is used to communicate with optical NEs.
MS NIS CS FS
— —  —
This Step is used to install Marben OSI.
root.
$ su
#

C-138
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2. Insert the Marben OSI R10.XX installation medium in the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM

drive.
NOTE: This Substep is required only if the Marben OSI R10.XX installation
medium is not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./Optical/marben_setup.sh
NOTE: ${DVD-ROM} is the directory where the Marben installation medium is

stored.
4. Select the number of the OSI protocol type to be installed.
*** marben OSI installer menu ***

Step1: Select OSI type
1. ES.
2. L1IS.
3. L2IS.
q. Quit.
>
5. Select the NIC port connected with the NE.
Step2: Select NIC Port
1. eth0: 192.168.1.1
2. eth1: 192.168.2.1
3. eth2: 192.168.3.1
q. Quit.
>
6. Enter an Area Name to perform installation.
Step3: Input Area Name (4 characters only)

If type enter, set 0001
>

C-139
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Information
MS NIS CS FS
   —
1. If Java update manual or other update manuals exist in MS5000 Installation DVD,
please execute the procedures described in the manuals.
If nothing exist, please go to the next Step.

C-140
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5 PHASE 4:
CMIP GW SERVER
(ONLY FOR RADIO2000S/3000S)
5.1 Overview
To manage Radio2000S/3000S using the MS5000 system, a CMIP GW Server is required.

The CMIP GW Server uses Solaris as the OS
The CMIP GW Server is required only for Radio2000S/3000S.
NOTES:
1. When installing the OS, the following settings must be specified. Changing the
default settings is not required for the items that are not shown below.
2. This procedure assumes that the VIDEO driver is enabled and installation is
performed using a monitor, keyboard, and mouse that are connected directly
to the server.

C-141
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.2 [Step 1]: Select Settings for OS

Installation
Prepare the medium of Solaris 10.
1. Turn on the Power.
2. Insert the OS installation medium in the CD-ROM drive.

NOTE: This Substep is required when the system has already installed the
Solaris OS. For initial install, go to Substep 3.
(i) Enter the following command to terminate the installed OS.
[stop]key + [a]key
3. Enter the following command to boot from the CD-ROM.
{0} ok boot cdrom
See Table C-21 for the contents to be selected and specified when installing the OS.

C-142
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
SETTING CONTENTS
Language English
Welcome window There is nothing to select. Simply, click the [Next] button.
Network Connectivity Networked
Configure Multiple Network Interface Record the interface name, then click the [Back] button.
Network Connectivity Non-networked
Host Name Enter an appropriate name for using the MS5000.
NFSv4 Domain Name Use the NFSv4 domain derived by the system.
Time Zone Geographic Continent/Country/Region
Continent and Country Choose the appropriate one for each country where the MS5000 is
used.
Date and time Enter the desired date and time when the MS5000 is used.
Root Password Enter the password of the root account.
Enabling Remote Services No
Confirm Information Confirm the input information, then click the [Confirm] button.
Solaris Installation window there is nothing to select. Simply, click the [Next] button.
Installer Options (1) Reboot automatically after software installation?

Yes
(2) Eject the CD/DVD automatically after software installation?
Yes
Specify Media CD/DVD
License Accept
Select Upgrade or Initial install Initial install

NOTE: This section is displayed only if the Solaris OS is already
installed.
Select Type of Install Custom Install
Specify Backup Media None

NOTE: This section is displayed only if the Solaris OS is already
installed.
Select Software Localizations Choose the appropriate one for each country where the MS5000 is
used.
Select System Locale Choose the appropriate locale what the MS5000 is used.
Select Products Solaris Software Companion CD

NOTE: If “Solaris Software Companion CD” is not displayed, choose
nothing.
Additional Products None
Select Solaris Software Group Choose Entire Group and Default packages.

C-143
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
SETTING CONTENTS
Disk Selection Do not change the default setting. Simply, click the [Next] button.
Preserve Data No
Lay Out File Systems Choose “c1t0d0” then click the [Modify...] button.
Disk c1t0d0 window Modify the system minimum size of “/” to 20 [GB].
Modify the system minimum size of “swap” to 3 [GB].
NOTE: Reduce the system minimum size of “/export/home” by the
combined amount changed “/” and “swap.”
Ready to Install There is nothing to select. Simply, click the [Install Now] button.
Configure the OS Setting.
# bash
3. Enter the following command to run the preinstaller.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./cmip_preinstall.sh

is stored.
4. Enter a temporary IP address of the server.
Please input a temporary IP Address of this server.



C-144
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6. Enter a temporary Host Name of the server.
Please input a temporary Host Name of this server.

> <Host Name of the Server>
7. Enter a Network Device Name of the server.
Please input a Network Device Name of this server.

> <Network Device Name>

NOTE: The following information is an example.
- Temporary IP Address ---> 192.168.1.1

- Temporary Subnet Mask ---> 255.255.255.0
- Temporary Host Name ---> cmipgw
9. Enter a new password for the cmipgw user account.
Please input a Password of cmipgw user account.
New Password:
Re-enter new Password:
11. Enter a new password for the ftamadm user account.
Please input a Password of ftamadm user account.
New Password:
Re-enter new Password:

C-145
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Reboot the OS.
5.4 [Step 3]: Select Settings for Oracle

Solaris Studio 12.3
Prepare the installation file of Oracle Solaris Studio 12.3.
NOTES:
1. The installation file can be downloaded from the following site:

http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/server-storage/solarisstudio/downloads/
index.html
2. Confirm the java version by executing the java -version command. If the
version is not 1.5.0_XX (XX: 2-digit number), perform the following Substeps.
(i) Create a .bash_profile file as a root user. The contents of the file are as
follows: (XX: 2-digit number indicating the installed version)
export JDK_HOME=/usr/jdk/jdk1.5.0_XX
export JRE_HOME=/usr/jdk/jdk1.5.0_XX/jre
export PATH=$PATH:$JDK_HOME
export PATH=$PATH:$JRE_HOME
export PATH=$PATH:$JDK_HOME/bin
export PATH=$PATH:$JRE_HOME/bin
(ii) Enter the following command to change the reference target of the java
executable file. (XX: 2-digit number. Specify the same number as that in
Substep (i) .)
# rm -r /usr/java
# ln -s /usr/jdk/jdk1.5.0_XX/jre /usr/java
# rm -r /usr/bin/java
# ln -s /usr/jdk/jdk1.5.0_XX/jre/bin/java /usr/bin/java

C-146
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
# bash
2. Enter the following command to change the directory.
# cd /export/home
3. Enter the following command to move the installation file to the /export/home
directory.
# mv ${Installation file} /export/home
NOTE: ${Installation file} is the route directory where the installation file is
stored.
4. Enter the following command to extract the installation file.
# bzcat ${Installation file} | tar -xf -
5. Enter the following command to start the installer for the CMIP GW Server.
# cd ${Extracted directory}
# ./solarisstudio.sh
See Table C-22 for the contents to be selected and specified when installing Oracle
Solaris Studio 12.3.

C-147
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-22 List of Setting Contents for Oracle Solaris Studio 12.3 Installation
SETTING CONTENTS
System analysis If the “Required patches are not installed” message is displayed,
click the [More Info] button and [Execute install_patches.sh now]
button.
If the “Java version: Not fully compatible” message is displayed,

ignore it.
Click the [Next] button.
Oracle Solaris Studio Installer Do not change the default setting. Simply, click the [Next] button.
Oracle Solaris Studio Installation Do not change the default setting. Simply, click the [Next] button.
Summary Click the [Install] button.
Setup Complete Do not change the default setting. Simply, click the [Finish] button.
NOTE: The System analysis window will be skipped if there is no message.
5.5 [Step 4]: Set Middleware
This Step is used to install Middleware.
# bash
2. Enter the following command to move the files from DVD-ROM/CD-ROM copied at
Phase 2 Step 8 to the /export/home directory.
NOTE: The files are downloaded at Phase 2 Step 6 and they are copied to
the DVD-ROM/CD-ROM at Phase 2 Step 8.
# mv /tmp/CMIPGW/${Downloaded File Name} /export/home
The above is an example of moving the downloaded files to the /tmp directory.

C-148
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. If the name of a file downloaded in Phase 2 Phase 2 Step 6 differs from the file
name shown in Table C-10, enter the following command to change the file name.
# cd /export/home
# mv ${Downloaded File Name} #{File Name shown in Table C-10}
 Example: When one of the downloaded ACE+TAO files is ACE+TAO-

1.4a.tar.tar.
# cd /export/home
# mv ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.tar ACE+TAO-1.4a.tar.gz

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./cmip_mwinstall.sh

is stored.
6. If questions are displayed, enter the appropriate response and press the Enter key.


C-149
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Setting
Configure the Network Setting.
# bash
to the /export/home directory.
NOTE: The sysconf.info file can be created using the Offline Tool.
See Phase 1: Creation of System Configuration Setting File.
# mv /tmp/sysconf.info /export/home

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}

is stored.

C-150
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
*******************************************
*
*
*
*******************************************
1. Network Setting.
2. Install.
3. License Setting.
q. Quit.
>1
6. Enter the number that corresponds to the target server.
>
go to Substep 9.

1. Master.
2. Slave.
>
>

C-151
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
9. Enter y to perform Network Setting.

servers is 2.


Reboot the OS.
5.7 [Step 6]: Install CMIP GW

This Step is used to install CMIP GW.
# bash

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}

is stored.

C-152
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
*******************************************
*
*
*
*******************************************
1. Network Setting.
2. Install.
3. License Setting.
q. Quit.
>2
5. Enter the number of the server where CMIP GW will be installed.
>
go to Substep 7.

1. Master.
2. Slave.
>

C-153
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

servers is 2.

COMPLETE! CMIP GW installation was completed successfully.

9. Enter q to quit.
*******************************************
*
*
*
*******************************************
1. Network Setting.
2. Install.
3. License Setting.
q. Quit.
>q
10. Enter n in response to the question.
11. Enter the following command to open the cmipgwnicctrl.sh file and revise it as
shown below:
NOTES:
1. This Substep is required only for a redundant system.

C-154
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2. Check the NIC_IF value. The value here is an NIC name directed to
NEs, not to Communication Servers.
3. If the value does not match the actual environment, edit it.
# vi /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwnicctrl.sh
NIC_IF=bge2
12. Enter the following command to open the vip.conf file and revise it as shown below:
NOTES:
1. This Substep is required only for a redundant system.
2. Check the PHYSICAL_NIC value. The value here is an NIC name
directed to Communication Servers.
3. If the value does not match the actual environment, edit it.
# vi /export/home/cmipgw/tools/vip.conf
PHYSICAL_NIC=bge0
LOGICAL_IF_NO=1
VIRTUAL_IP=10.25.66.50
VIRTUAL_NETMASK=255.255.255.0

C-155
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.8 [Step 7]: Set License and NSAP

Address
Set the License and NSAP Address.
# bash
2. Enter the following command to move the license files (VertelLicense.dat,

xelas_ftam.lic, and xelas_mde.lic) to the /export/home directory.
NOTE: The license files are provided by XELAS Company.
# mv /tmp/<License File Name> /export/home

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}

is stored.

C-156
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter 3 to select License Setting.
*******************************************
*
*
*
*******************************************
1. Network Setting.
2. Install.
3. License Setting.
q. Quit.
>3
6. Enter the NSAP address.
Please enter NSAP address.
>
>

NOTE: The following information is an example where the NSAP address is
1234567891123456789212345678931234567894 and the Network
Device name is bge.
- NSAP Address --> 1234567891123456789212345678931234567894

- Network Device Name --> bge

C-157
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
COMPLETE! NSAP Address setting was completed successfully.

*******************************************
*
*
*
*******************************************
1. Network Setting.
2. Install.
3. License Setting.
q. Quit.
>q

file.

C-158
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6 PHASE 5:
CLIENT
6.1 Overview of Software Installation

of Client
Important!
 If the MS5000 is operated via Citrix XenApp, perform the installation procedure
according to the Installation for Citrix XenApp manual (NWD-155903-xxx), in
addition to this client installation procedure.

C-159
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.1.1 Routing Setting for launching PNMTj
To use PNMTj, the Client and target NE to be monitored should be connected directly.
The following shows a setting example.
 Support NE Types
• PASOLINK V3
• PASOLINK V4
• PASOLINK+ STM-1
• PASOLINK+ PDH
• PASOLINK Mx
• PASOLINK NEO
• PASOLINK NEO/c
• PASOLINK NEO HP
 Example of Managing the Network
Table C-23 shows an example of IP address assignment for network devices.
Table C-23 Example of IP Address Assignment
ROUTING (STATIC ROUTE)

DEVICE
IP ADDRESS SUBNET MASK NETWORK GATEWAY REMARKS
NAME
ADDRESS ADDRESS
Singe Server;
MS5000 Server 10.0.0.2 255.255.255.0 172.18.0.0 / 23 10.0.0.1
No Redundancy
MS5000 Client 10.0.0.3 255.255.255.0 172.18.0.0 / 23 10.0.0.1 ————
NE (PASOLINK)
192.168.1.254 255.255.255.252
Side Interface
Router 172.18.0.0 / 23 192.168.1.253
10.0.0.1 255.255.255.0 MS5000 Side
Interface

C-160
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
MS5000
Server
Router 172.18.0.1 172.18.0.2 172.18.0.3 172.18.0.4
MS5000
Client
HUB
Fig. C-6 Network Example between Clients and NEs

C-161
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.1.2 Overview of Remote Client Proxy Server Setting
In a normal LAN environment, the remote client and NE have valid IP paths.
In such a scenario, this procedure is not required.
However, in case there is no IP connectivity between the remote client and NE, the IP setting
procedure described below must be performed.
The following shows the patterns.
Possible patterns for MS5000 configuration.
 In the following patterns, this procedure is not required.
For Client For NE
MS5000 Server
Fig. C-7 Configuration – Client and NE are connected in the same network
For Client
Router
MS5000 Server
For NE
Fig. C-8 Configuration – Client and NE are connected through a router

C-162
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 In the following pattern, this procedure is not required. However, setting to the
existing proxy server is required.
NOTE: If multiple Front Servers exist in a distributed configuration, the setting
can be performed for one Front Server only. Therefore, if the target
Front Server stops, the Chassis View cannot be launched.
For Client
Proxy
MS5000 Server Server
For NE
Fig. C-9 Configuration – Client and NE are configured in different networks and a
proxy server exists
 In the following pattern, this procedure is required.
For Client
MS5000 Server
For NE
Fig. C-10 Configuration – Client and NE are configured in different networks

C-163
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.2 [Step 1]: Install Java

Important!
 Be sure to set the Regional and Language Options to American English
before starting installation.
1. Perform installation as instructed by the installer. Refer to Table C-7.
6.3 [Step 2]: Configure Java Setting
Perform the following Substeps to configure the Java Setting.
1. Select the following menu from the Start button.
Start  Computer (right-click on it)  Properties  System Properties 

Advanced System Settings  Environment Variables  System Variables
2. Add the following path to the Path setting. If this already exists, add the following
value after typing ; (semicolon).
%JAVA_HOME%\bin;
3. Add the following path as the JAVA_HOME in the System Variables area.
 For 32 bit
C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.7.0_55
 For 64 bit
C:\Program Files (x86)\Java\jdk1.7.0_55
4. To monitor a PNMSj as an indirect EMS in MS5000, perform the following Substeps:

NOTES:
1. The following should be for Java SE Development Kit 7u45 or later.

C-164
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2. For how to configure the java.policy file, refer to PNMS (Java version)
Client Installation Manual with Java Web Start (Windows).
(i) Open the deployment.properties file which is located under the following
folder:
<Home Directory of a User>\AppData\LocalLow\Sun\Java\Deployment
(ii) Add the following new line in the file:
deployment.security.use.user.home.java.poilcy=true
(iii) Save the file.
(iv) Modify the common java.policy file of JRE to grant the permissions for
application. The file location is as shown in below:
 For 32 bit:
C:\Program Files\Java\jre7\lib\security\java.policy
 For 64 bit:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Java\jre7\lib\security\java.policy
5. Perform this Substep for 64 bit only.
Copy C:\Program Files (x86)\Java to C:\Program Files\Java.
6. Perform the following to stop the Java Automatic updating.

Click Update tab.
(ii) Uncheck the Check for Updates Automatically check box.
(iii) Click the Never Check button in the warning dialog box.
(iv) Click the OK button in the Java Control Panel.
7. Perform the following to change the security level.

Click Security tab.
(ii) Change Security Level to Medium.

C-165
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(iii) Click the OK button in the Java Control Panel.
6.4 [Step 3]: Set Remote Client Proxy

Server
1. From the task bar, perform the following:
(i) Select Start.
(iii) Select Internet Options. The Internet Options window is displayed.
2. On the Internet Options window, click the Connections tab.
Connections tab
LAN Settings button
Fig. C-11 Internet Options Window

C-166
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. On the Connections tab, click the LAN Settings button.
The Local Area Network (LAN) Settings window is displayed.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
OK button
Fig. C-12 Local Area Network (LAN) Settings Window
(i) Confirm that the Automatically detect settings checkbox is unchecked.
(ii) Check the Use Automatic configuration script checkbox, and enter the
following in the Address field:
file://C:/web_proxy/proxy.pac
NOTE: When installing MS5000 on the D drive, read “C:/” as “D:/”.
(iii) Confirm that the Use a proxy server for your LAN (These settings will
not apply to dial-up or VPN connections) checkbox is unchecked.
NOTE: The proxy pac file is automatically downloaded to the remote Client
PC when the MS500 applet is launched.
4. Click the OK button on the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings window.

C-167
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.5 [Step 4]: Reserve Client Ports

NOTE: This Step is not performed mandatory. Apply this Step for a firewalled network
environment. To prevent the random assignment of ports by Java or Internet
Explorer, use the procedure below to reserve the ports in advance.
In a port-fixed firewall environment, the Internet Browser installed for the client may not be
able to connect to the server. If the client cannot connect to the server, it may be necessary to
reserve a range of ports in advance to prevent programs or the Internet Browser from
assigning port numbers randomly. After reserving a range of ports, only those programs or
processes that specifically request a port that is in the reserved range can use the port.
WINDOWS VERSION STEP

Windows Vista 6.5.1 <Step 4-A>: Reserve Client Ports for Windows Vista
Windows 7 6.5.2 <Step 4-B>: Reserve Client Ports for Windows 7

C-168
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.5.1 <Step 4-A>: Reserve Client Ports for Windows Vista
1. From the Windows Vista task bar, perform the following:
(i) Click Start, then click Control Panel.
(ii) Select User Accounts.

C-169
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(iii) Select User Accounts.
(iv) Select Turn User Account Control on or off.

C-170
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(v) Uncheck the Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your
computer checkbox, then click the OK button.
(vi) Click the Restart Now button to restart your computer to turn off User Account
Control.
(vii) Click Start, then click All Programs.

C-171
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(viii)Click Accessories.
(ix) Click Command Prompt.
(x) In the command prompt, execute the following.

C-172
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.5.2 <Step 4-B>: Reserve Client Ports for Windows 7
1. From the Windows 7 task bar, perform the following:
(i) Click Start, then click Control Panel.
(ii) Select User Accounts and Family Safety.

C-173
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(iii) Select User Accounts.
(iv) Select Change User Account Control settings.

C-174
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(v) Slide the bar down to Never notify, then click the OK button.
(vi) Click the YES button.
(vii) Restart your computer to turn off User Account Control.
(viii)Click Start, then click All Programs.

C-175
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
(ix) Click Accessories.
(x) Click Command Prompt.
(xi) In the command prompt, execute the following.

C-176
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.6 [Step 5]: Install Flash Player
Perform the following Substeps to install Flash Player.
1. Download the latest xx.x archive file (fp_12.x.xxx.xx_archive.zip) from the site
shown in Installation Files.
NOTES:
• Perform this Substep only when the file is not downloaded in Step 2 of
Phase 2.
• This file is stored in Client directory of CD-ROM/DVD-ROM that is copied
in Step 9 of Phase 2.
2. Extract the downloaded zip file, and then store it to any folder other than debug
folder.
3. Execute the flashplayerxx_xrxxx_xx_winax.exe file, then perform installation

as instructed by the installer. (Do not use any other exe. file.)
6.7 [Step 6]: Install MSXML 4.0 Service

Pack 2
NOTE: The following Substeps are required when SpectralWave UN5000 is managed
by MS5000 and MSXML 4.0 SP2 is not previously installed.
Perform the following Substeps to install MSXML 4.0 Service Pack 2.
1. Download the msxml.msi file from the site shown in Installation Files.
NOTES:
• Perform this Substep only when the file is not downloaded in Step 2 of
Phase 2.
• This file is stored in Client directory of CD-ROM/DVD-ROM that is copied
in Step 9 of Phase 2.

C-177
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2. Execute the downloaded msxml.msi file, then perform installation as instructed by

the installer.
3. The following dialog box is displayed. Click the Next button.
Fig. C-13 MSMXL 4.0 SP2 Installation Wizard (1)
4. The following dialog box is displayed. Click the I accept the terms in the
License Agreement radio button, then click the Next button.

C-178
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. The following dialog box is displayed. Enter the User Name and Organization in
their respective edit boxes. Click the Next button.
6. The following dialog box is displayed. Click the Install Now button.

C-179
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7. The following dialog box is displayed. Click the Finish button.

C-180
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.8 [Step 7]: Apply Windows Patch

Important!
 Perform this Step for Windows Vista / 7 / Server 2008 R2 SP1 only.
Perform installation as instructed by the installer.
The following patch files are stored in the Client directory of CD/DVD created in Phase 2.
 For Windows 7/Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1

File name: Windows 6.1-KB2553549-v3-x86.msu
 For Windows Vista
File name: Windows 6.0-KB2553549-x86.msu
NOTE: f the Service Pack has already been applied, a dialog box as shown in the
following example will be displayed indicating that installation is not required.
This means that the corresponding update is included in the Service Pack, and
there is no problem.
Fig. C-18 Windows Update Standalone Installer Dialog Box

C-181
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9 [Step 8]: Set CMIP GW Server

6.9.1 <Step 8-1>: Install Cluster Manager for Local PC
Install the Cluster Manager to handle VCS using a GUI via a local PC. Insert the DVD of
Veritas Storage Foundation and High Availability Solutions 5.0 for Solaris in the
DVD drive of the local PC.
1. Change the directory of the drive where the disk was inserted to the following
directory:
(Local Drive): \windows\VCSWindowsInstallers\ClusterManager\EN
2. Launch the installer from the setup.exe file in the EN directory.
Once the installer has launched, perform installation as instructed by the Veritasc
Cluster Manager install wizard.

C-182
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.2 <Step 8-2>: Launch Cluster Explorer
1. Click the VERITAS Cluster Manager - Java Console icon installed on the local
PC to launch the Cluster Manager.
Fig. C-19 VERITAS Cluster Manager - Java Console Icon
2. Select New Cluster from the File menu.
3. Enter either a host name or an IP address on the new cluster window, then click OK.
4. An account must be entered to log in to the cluster.
5. Enter the default account (admin and password) entered at the time of VCS
installation to display the Cluster Explorer window.
Fig. C-20 Login Dialog Box

C-183
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.3 <Step 8-3>: Register Service Group
Use the Cluster Explorer window locally to register a Service Group.
Launch the Cluster Explorer window from the Cluster Manager.
1. Right-click the Cluster name displayed in the left pane.
Right-click
Fig. C-21 Service Group Registration Window
2. Select Add Service Group... as shown above. The Add Service Group window
is displayed.
3. Enter a Service Group name.

NOTE: Enter the desired Service Group name.

C-184
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4. Add a Host name in the Available Systems list box to the Systems for Service
Group list box, then click the OK button.
Fig. C-22 Add Service Group Window

C-185
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.4 <Step 8-4>: Register Network Interface Card (NIC)
NOTE: This Step is required for both the active CMIPGW server and standby CMIPGW
server.
Use the Cluster Explorer window to register NIC locally.
Launch the Cluster Explorer window via the Cluster Manager.
1. Right-click Service Group and select Add Resource...
Right-click
Fig. C-23 NIC Registration Window
2. Enter a Resource name in the Resource name field.

NOTE: Enter the desired resource name.
3. Select NIC as the Resource Type in the Resource Type combo box.
4. Click the Edit button on the boldface Device line in the list table.

C-186
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter a NIC name.

NOTE: A NIC name, (e.g.: bge0) that directs to Communication Servers and
not to NEs is required.
6. Uncheck the Critical checkbox, then check the Enabled checkbox.
7. After entering the attributes, click the OK button.
Fig. C-24 Add Resource Window – NIC
8. With Service Group selected on the left pane, click the Resources tab on the right
pane.
9. A resource view is displayed to confirm the NIC resource.
10. Right-click the icon of the NIC resource and check Critical. Failover will operate
when a failure is detected.

C-187
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.5 <Step 8-5>: Register VCS Virtual IP
Use the Cluster Explorer window on the local PC to register the VCS Virtual IP. Register
an IP resource that sets and monitors the VCS virtual IP.
1. Right-click Service Group and select Add Resource…
2. Enter a resource name in the Resource name field.

3. Select IP as the resource type in the Resource Type combo box.
4. Click the Edit button on the boldface Device line in the list table and enter a Device
Name.
NOTE: A Device Name, (e.g.: bge0) that directs to Communication Servers
and not to NEs is required.
5. Click the Edit button on the boldface Address line in the list table and enter a VCS
virtual IP Address.
NOTE: The virtual IP Address must have the same value as that when the
CMIPGW Server is installed.
6. Click the Edit button on the NetMask line in the list table and enter a Subnet
mask.

C-188
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Fig. C-25 Add Resource Window – Virtual IP
pane.
10. A resource view is displayed to confirm the IP resource.
11. Right-click the icon of the IP resource and check Critical. Failover will operate when
a failure is detected.

C-189
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.6 <Step 8-6>: Register VCS Web
Use the Cluster Explorer window on the local PC to register the VCS Web.
1. Right-click Service Group and select Add Resource...
2. Enter a resource name in the Resource name field.

NOTE: Enter the desired resource name can be used.
3. Select VRTSWebApp as the resource type in the Resource Type combo box.
4. Click the Edit button on the AppName line in the list table and enter cmc as the
Application Name.
5. Click the Edit button on the InstallDir line in the list table and enter /opt/
VRTSweb/VERITAS as the Install Directory.
6. Click the Edit button on the TimeForOnline line in the list table and enter 5 to online.
Fig. C-26 Add Resource Window – VCS Web
pane.
10. A resource view is displayed to confirm the VCS Web resource.

C-190
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.7 <Step 8-7>: Apply Registration
NOTE: This Step is required for three types of shells: cmipgwnicctrl.sh, vertelctrl.sh, and
cmipgwctrl.sh.
1. Right-click Service Group and select Add Resource....
2. Enter a resource name in the window.

3. Select Application as the resource type in the Resource Type combo box.
4. Click the Edit button on the boldface StartProgram line in the list table and enter
an absolute path of the start shell.
NOTE: See Table C-24 for each type of shell.
5. Click the Edit button on the boldface StopProgram line in the list table and enter an
absolute path of the stop shell.
6. Click the Edit button on the MonitorProgram line in the list table and enter an
absolute path of the monitor shell.

C-191
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Table C-24 Setting Value for each Shell
SHELL TYPE ATTRIBUTE CONTENTS

cmipgwnicctrl.sh StartProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwnicctrl.sh start
StopProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwnicctrl.sh stop
MonitorProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwnicctrl.sh monitor
vertelctrl.sh StartProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/vertelctrl.sh start
StopProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/vertelctrl.sh stop
MonitorProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/vetelctrl.sh monitor
cmipgwctrl.sh StartProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwctrl.sh start
StopProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwctrl.sh stop
MonitorProgram /export/home/cmipgw/tools/cmipgwctrl.sh monitor

C-192
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.8 <Step 8-8>: Set Resource Dependent Relationships
After completing setting of the previously registered resources, two resource dependent
relationships must be set.
pane.
2. A registered resource view is displayed.
3. Click the Link button at the upper right of the Resources tab.
4. Define the dependent relationships by drawing a line from a parent resource to a child
resource.
NOTE: Make the dependent relationships as follows:
Fig. C-27 Dependent Relationships

C-193
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.9 <Step 8-9>: Set Resource Restart
NOTE: This Step is required for all resources that were registered in <Step 8-5> to
<Step 8-7>.
If a resource fails, the resource can be restarted before a failure flag is set.
1. Right-click the resource icon on the resource view.
2. Select Override Attributes.
3. A window pops up and a list of enabled attributes is displayed.
4. Check the checkbox of the RestartLimit attribute, then click the OK button.
5. Right-click the resource icon on the resource view and select View.
6. Click the Edit button of the boldface RestartLimit attribute and enter the number of
times to restart the resource.
Fig. C-28 Enter Restart Count

C-194
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
6.9.10 <Step 8-10>: Resource Online
Turn the previously registered resources online.
1. Right-click Service Group and select Enable Resources.
2. Select Save Settings on the upper right menu to save the settings.
3. Select Close Settings on the upper right menu to close the settings.
4. Right-click Service Group, select Online, and turn one of the two lines to online.
pane.
6. A resource view is displayed to confirm the resources.

NOTE: An  mark representing failure is displayed over the resource for
which online failed. Check whether the resource attribute setting is
correct.

C-195
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Explorer Options for L2 Screen
Important!
Perform this Step for Windows 7 only.
1. Perform the following:
(i) Click the Start button.
Select Internet Options. The Internet Options window appears.
2. On the Internet Options window click the Security tab.
Fig. C-29 Internet Options Window

C-196
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. Select Internet on the Security tab, and check the Custom level... button.
The Security Settings — Internet Zone window appears.
Fig. C-30 Security Settings — Internet Zone Window

4. Click the OK button on the Security Settings — Internet Zone window.
5. Select the Trusted sites on the Security tab, and click the Custom level... button.
The Security Settings — Trusted Sites Zone window appears.

6. Click the OK button on the Security Settings —Trusted Sites Zone window.
7. Select Trusted Sites on the Security tab, and click the Sites button. The Trusted
Sites window appears.

C-197
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Fig. C-31 Trusted Sites Window
(i) Confirm that there is no vip address (Port1) for the MS Server in the Websites
column. If any, select the vip address (Port1) for the MS Server, and click the
Remove button.
NOTES:
• Confirm the above address by referring to the /home/sysconf.info
allocated to each server.
• Read above vip as ip when referring from Division E.
8. Click the Close button on the Trusted Sites window.

C-198
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Explorer Options for CID of
DW7000
Important!
 Perform this Step for Windows 7 only.
1. Perform the following.
(i) Select Start.
Select the Internet Options. The Internet Options window appears.
2. On the Internet Options window, click the Security tab.
3. Select the Internet on the field at the upper side of Security tab.
Fig. C-32 Security Settings – Internet Zone Window

C-199
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Miscellaneous.
8. Select the Local internet on the field at the upper side of Security tab.
Miscellaneous.
6.12 [Step 11]: Install Adobe Reader
Perform the following Substeps to install Adobe Reader.
1. Download the latest archive file from the site shown in Installation Files.
NOTE:
• Perform this Substep only when the file is not downloaded in [Step 2]:
Download Middleware for Client of Phase 2: Preparation of Files.
2. Execute the exe. file, and then perform the installation according to the installer.
NOTES:
1. This file is stored in Client directory of CD-ROM/DVD-ROM that is
copied in [Step 8]: Copy Downloaded Files to CD/DVD of Phase 2:
Preparation of Files.
2. Install this online.

C-200
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7 PHASE 6:
CONNECTION AND
SYNCHRONIZATION OF SYSTEM
7.1 Work Overview
Connect the network cables and synchronize the Master Server with the Slave Server.
In case the target server is Blade server, it shall be connected automatically once the chassis
of both active and standby server are powered on.
Perform an operation check.
NOTES:
• For the MS5000 license, a demo license is applied automatically. With this
license, the MS5000 functions can be used for up to 30 days after installation.
• To continue using the functions after this period, be sure to obtain the official
license from NEC and apply it to the system. Refer to the Common Operation
Manual for details about applying the license.

C-201
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.2 [Step 1]: Connect System

1. Connect the network cables with referring to Fig. C-33.
In case the target server is Blade server, it shall be connected automatically once the
chassis of both active and standby server are powered on.
Fig. C-33 Connection of network cables

C-202
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.3 [Step 2]: Synchronize Database
This Step describes how to synchronize the databases between the servers under the
condition that the both servers are not connected to the network and ready to communicate.
In initial installation, the Master and Slave Servers are not identified. In most case, when a
server is activated the server is defined as the Master Server. Therefore, the other server is
defined as the Slave Server.
1. Use the su - command to log in to the active server as a root user.
$ su -
#
# clpgrp -t
#
3. Connect the network between the Master and Slave servers, then enter the following
command from the Master server.
# clpcl -t -a
# clpcl -s -a
4. As following, log in to the Slave Server as the root user using su - command and enter
the command.
# su -
# clpmdctrl --force <Host name of source server> md1
NOTE: The database stored for Host name of source server specified
above will be copied to the local server (standby server), and the
database of the local server (standby server) will be deleted.

C-203
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. Enter the following command to check whether synchronization of the databases is

completed.
# clpmdstat --mirror md1
The following shows an example when copying database is not completed:
Mirror Status: Recovering Check that Recovering is displayed.

------------------------------------------------------------
Mirror Color YELLOW YELLOW Check that YELLOW is displayed.
Recovery Status Value

----------------------------------------
Status: Recovering Check that Recovering (or Preparing)
: (omitted) is displayed.
The following shows an example when copying database is not completed:
Mirror Status: Normal Check that Normal is displayed.

------------------------------------------------------------
Mirror Color GREEN GREEN Check that GREEN is displayed.
7.4.1 Main Server
At MS, create a secret key of SSL certificate for Java communication.
NOTE: For the environment that SSL is not used, performing this Step is not
required.
1. At Master Server, perform Step 2. to Step 14. in Division F “5.11.1 Procedure:

2. At Slave Server, perform Step 2. to Step 14. in Division F “5.11.1 Procedure:


C-204
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.4.2 Front Server
1. Use the su- command to log in to the Mater Server of Main Server as a root user.
$ su -
#
2. Enter the following command to start the MS5000.
# clpgrp –s
#
3. Install MS5000 at FS.

At FS, perform the same procedure shown in section “4.20 [Step 19]: Install
MS5000.”
4. Use the su- command to log in to the Mater Server of Main Server as a root user.
$ su -
#
# clpgrp –t
#
Perform the NTP setting at FS.
At FS, perform the same procedure shown in section “4.21 [Step 20]: Set NTP
(Option).”

C-205
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Information
Check the Latest Update Information at FS.
At FS, perform the same procedure shown in section “4.24 [Step 23]: Check the Latest
Update Information.”
7.7 [Step 6]: HP SIM Additional

Settings (Option)
NOTES:
• This Step is an option. However, if you use HP SIM, this Step is needed.
• HP SIM is an option. This Step is executed for FS only.
1. Input the following URL to access to the HP SIM using Web browser.
Enter the root in the User name, and enter a <root password> for access server
in the Password, then click the Sign In.
NOTES:
Or you can add an exception ....
Add Exception ....
Get Certification
Confirm Security Exception
2. When a screen is not displayed in Windows, click
Continue to this website (not recommended).
3. When a popup is blocked by security policy, allow the server address
to show popup.

C-206
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4. If accessing to HP SIM is disabled by specifying URL, perform the

following steps:
(i) Log in as the root user from the Terminal.
(ii) Type the following command to stop the HP SIM.
# /opt/mx/bin/mxstop
(iii) Type the following command to start HP SIM.
# /opt/mx/bin/mxstart
Until starting up the HP SIM, it takes about 3 minutes after the prompt is
displayed.
2. Detect the target server to be monitored at HP SIM on each FS by the following

Substeps.
(i) Select the Option on the tool bar, and select Discovery... from the displayed
menu.
(ii) Click the Run Now button on the lower right.
(iii) After completing detection, confirm that the target server is included by selecting
the All Systems in the left tree.
3. Perform the setting of automatic event handling:
(i) Select the following menu to move to the hard_notify...
Tools  Custom Tools hard_notify...

CAUTION:
(ii) Input the following to select target system.
 Select the All Systems from “- select -” list, click View Contents button.
 Check the checkboxs of target server that detects the hard alarm, then click the
Apply button.
 Click the Schedule.
 Check the Not scheduled, and click the Done.

C-207
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Click the Sign Out at the upper-right side of window to logout.
4. Distribute the SSH key:
(i) Enter the following command and root password to change the login account to
root.
$ su -
#
(ii) Enter the following command to change the Authority for /etc/ssh/sshd_config
into the readable file by the account that is operating the MS5000.
# chmod 644 /etc/ssh/sshd_config
(iii) Log in with the account that is operating the MS5000.
$
(iv) Enter the following command:
$ mxagentconfig -a -n <Host Name> -u <Server Account> -p <Server Password>

C-208
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.8 [Step 7]: Check Connection from

Client to Each Server
1. Check whether the Client PC can access the front server properly.
Refer to Section 2.1.1 in the Common Operation Manual and check that the
System Management Window of MS5000 is displayed on the Client PC.
7.9 [Step 8]: Conduct Server Start

1. Start each server on the System Management Window. Refer to Section 2.1.3 in
the Common Operation Manual for the Step.
7.10 [Step 9]: Switch System Test

1. Check that the system is switched to Standby System normally. Refer to Section
2.1.5 in the Common Operation Manual for the Step.

C-209
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.11 [Step 10]: Check CMIP GW Server

7.11.1 <Step 10-1>: Server Switching
NOTE: This Step is not performed mandatory.
Check that the process is switched to that of the Standby Server. Use the Cluster Explorer
window on the local PC to switch the process.
1. Right-click Service Group and select Switch To.
2. With Service Group selected on the left pane, click the Resources tab on the
right pane.
A registered resource view is displayed.
3. The name of the nodes that configure the service groups are displayed on the lower
left of the Resource View window.
4. Check that the resource becomes online by selecting a switched node. If a failure
occurs, check the setting of the node where the failure occurred.

C-210
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1. Virtual IP check
Check regular switching between the VCS virtual IPs.
The following describes how to check virtual operation, assuming that two servers
configure a cluster.
Check the actual server switching in order to match your environment.
First, link the Active server via telnet. Then, use the ifconfig command to check the
virtual IPs assigned to the server.
bash-3.00# ifconfig -a
mtu 8232 index 1
bge0: flags=1000843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,MULTICAST,IPv4> mtu 1500
index 2
ether 0:3:ba:13:68:9a
bge0:1: flags=1000843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,MULTICAST,IPv4> mtu 1500
index 2
index 3
ether 0:3:ba:13:68:9c
The suffix number followed by the interface name such as bge0:1 corresponds to the
virtual IP. The number followed by inet corresponds to the IP address.
The figure above shows that the bge0 interface provides two virtual IPs. This means
that both VCS settings are working normally.
If no VCS virtual IP is assigned, check the IP resource setting.
2. Standby Server operation check
Next, link the Standby Server via telnet. Then, use the ifconfig command to check
that only physical IPs are assigned.

C-211
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
bash-3.00# ifconfig -a
mtu 8232 index 1
index 2
ether 0:3:ba:13:67:d2
index 3
inet 1.1.1.1 netmask ff000000 broadcast 1.255.255.255
ether 0:3:ba:13:67:d4
3. VCS operation check of the Active Server:
Disconnect the Active Server LAN. Then, disconnect all LANs connected to the
network except for the one used for heartbeat.
At this time, VCS NIC detects a NIC failure and begins failover.
Check that a  mark is displayed on the main / NIC in the Cluster Explorer window
on the local PC and the IP becomes offline to perform failover to the Standby Server.
4. Since the network is disconnected during failover when accessing using the Active
Server, IP reaccess will be required.
Once the check is completed using the Cluster Explorer window, link the Standby
Server via telnet. Then, use the ifconfig command to check that both VCS virtual IPs
are assigned to the interface.
# ifconfig -a
Connect the Active Server LAN.
When the  mark over the NIC disappears, the failure will be cleared and failover
enabled again. Repeatedly perform an operation from the standby system to the main
system to check that operations are performed normally.

C-212
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1. Use the hastatus command to check the application operation for monitoring over
VCS and the processes running.
bash-3.00# hastatus -summary
-- SYSTEM STATE
-- System State Frozen
-- GROUP STATE
-- Group System Probed AutoDisabled
State
ONLINE
OFFLINE

C-213
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7.11.4 <Step 10-4>: Check Failover Operation
Use the Cluster Explorer window on the local PC to check that VCS performs failover
securely when a failure occurs.
1. Check the Critical attribute of Resources within Service Group to enable the
setting.
This will activate failover automatically when a failure occurs.
2. Click Save Setting at the upper right menu to save the setting.
3. Generate a failure intentionally.
4. Check that failover to the Stand-by Server is performed.
5. Check that the Active Server resource becomes offline and that the Standby Server
resource becomes online.

C-214
E
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Division D
SINGLE (NON-REDUNDANT)
AGGREGATION SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION
D-1
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Software Installation in Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System Configuration

D-2
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1 Overview of Software
Installation in Single (Non-
Redundant) Aggregation
1.1 Overview
Division D describes the procedure for installing software in a Single (Non-Redundant)

Aggregation System configuration. For the procedure for installing software in another
system configuration, see the relevant Division.
NOTES:
2. Redundant Distributed System  See Division C.

3. Single(Non-Redundant) Distributed System  See Division E.
Software Installation in Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System Configuration —

Overview of Software Installation in Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System Configuration
D-3
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.2 Example of Single (Non-

Redundant) Aggregation System
Configuration
For Client

Server
Front Layer
Main Layer function
• System Management
Main Layer • Configuration Management
• Fault Management
Database • Performance Management
• Path Management
Communication Layer Communication Layer function
• Gateway for NE / EMS
Fig. D-1 Example of Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System Configuration

D-4
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

in Single (Non-Redundant)
Aggregation System Configuration
All work Steps including those for a redundant aggregation system configuration are listed in
Table D-1.
The work Steps for a single (non-redundant) aggregation system configuration, which are
masked in gray in Table D-1, are not required.
For software installation in a Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System Configuration,

perform the work Steps that are not masked in gray in Table D-1 from Phase 1 in sequence
by referring to each Step in Division B Software Installation in Redundant Aggregation
System Configuration.
Table D-1 Workflow (1/4)

[Step 1] Make Preparations for Offline Tool — — — Reference  Division B

(Set MACRO Security Level) Phase 1
[Step 2] Design System Configuration — — —
[Step 3] Check and Correct Setting Data — — —
[Step 4] Save as sysconf.info File — — —
[Step 1] Download Middleware for Server — — — Reference  Division B

Phase 2
[Step 2] Download Middleware for Client — — —
[Step 3] Download Update Kernel File for OS — — — Reference  Division B

(RHEL) Phase 2
[Step 4] Download SPP File (Option) — — — See Note 1 below this table.
Reference  Division B
Phase 2

D-5
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 5] Download HP SIM File (Option) — — — HP SIM is an option.
Phase 2
[Step 6] Download Middleware for CMIP GW — — — Only for Radio2000S/3000S

Server Reference  Division B
Phase 2 (Optional)
[Step 7] Get clp.conf File Ready — — — This work is not required for
Single (Non-Redundant)
System.
Phase 2
[Step 8] Copy Downloaded Files to CD/DVD — — — Reference  Division B

Phase 2
[Step 9] Prepare Media — — — Reference  Division B

Phase 2
[Step 1] Set RAID  — — Reference  Division B

Phase 3
[Step 2] Load Driver  — — Only for Gen8

Phase 3
[Step 3] Install OS  — — Reference  Division B

Phase 3
[Step 4] Configure OS Setting  — —
[Step 5] Copy Downloaded Files to Server  — —
[Step 6] Update Kernel Version  — — Only for RHEL6.x

Phase 3
[Step 7] Install Middleware  — — Reference  Division B

Phase 3
[Step 8] Configure Network Setting  — —
[Step 9] Install SPP (Option)  — — See Note 1 below this table.
Phase 3
[Step 10] Install HP SIM (Option)  — — HP SIM is an option.
Phase 3
[Step 11] Configure SNMP Setting (Option)  — — See Note 1 below this table.
Phase 3

D-6
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 12] Set Mirroring  — — This work is not required for
Single (Non-Redundant)
System.
[Step 13] Specify Mount Point  — —
[Step 14] Install ExpressCluster  — —
[Step 15] Set CPU License for ExpressCluster  — —
[Step 16] Set Node License for ExpressCluster  — —
[Step 17] Reboot OS  — —
[Step 18] Set Configuration File  — —
[Step 19] Install MS5000  — — Reference  Division B

Phase 3
[Step 20] Set NTP (Option)  — — Reference  Division B

Phase 3
[Step 21] Save Server NIC Information (Option)  — — Only for Optical NE system
[Step 22] Install Marben OSI (Option)  — — Phase 3 (Optional)
[Step 23] Check the Latest Update Information  — — Reference  Division B

Phase 3
Phase 4:Installation of Software in CMIP GW Server (Only for Radio2000S/3000S)
[Step 1] Select Settings for OS Installation —  — Only for Radio2000S/3000S

[Step 2] Configure OS Setting —  — Phase 4 (Optional)
[Step 3] Select Settings for Oracle Solaris Studio —  —

12.3
[Step 4] Set Middleware —  —
[Step 5] Configure Network Setting —  —
[Step 6] Install Software for CMIP GW —  —
[Step 7] Set License and NSAP Address —  —

D-7
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 1] Install Java — —  Reference  Division B

Phase 5
[Step 2] Configure Java Setting — — 
[Step 3] Set Remote Client Proxy Server — — 
[Step 4] Reserve Client Port — — 
[Step 5] Install Flash Player — — 
[Step 6] Install MSXML 4.0 Service Pack 2 — — 
[Step 7] Apply Windows Patch — — 
[Step 8] Configure CMIP GW Server — —  Only for Radio2000S/3000S
Phase 5 (Optional)
[Step 9] Set Windows Internet Explorer Options — —  Only for L2 Screen

for L2 Screen Reference  Division B
Phase 5
[Step 10] Set Windows Internet Explorer Options — —  Only for CID Screen of
for CID of DW7000 DW7000
Phase 5
[Step 1] Connect System    Reference  1.4 System

Connection Example
[Step 2] Synchronize Database  — — This work is not required for

a Single (Non-Redundant)
System.
[Step 3] HP SIM Additional Settings (Option)  HP SIM is an option.

Phase 6
[Step 4] Check Connection from Client to Each — —  Reference  Division B

Server Phase 6
[Step 5] Conduct Server Start  — —
[Step 6] Switch System Test  — —
[Step 7] Check CMIP GW Server —  — Only for Radio2000S/3000S

Phase 6
NOTE:
distributed system, HP SIM is installed in a FS only but SPP and SNMP Settings
must be installed in all the servers so as to sent information to HP SIM in the FS.

D-8
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.4 System Connection Example
Fig. D-2 shows a system connection example.
In Division D, connect/disconnect the cables with reference to the system configuration

example.
Fig. D-2 System Connection Example

D-9
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Software Installation in Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System Configuration

D-10
E
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Division E
SINGLE (NON-REDUNDANT)
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION
E-1
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Software Installation in Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System Configuration

E-2
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1 OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE
INSTALLATION IN SINGLE
(NON-REDUNDANT)
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION
1.1 Overview
Division E describes the procedure for installing software in a single (Non-redundant)

distributed system configuration. For the procedure for installing software in another system
configuration, see the relevant Division.
NOTES:
2. Redundant Distributed System  See Division C.
3. Single (Non-Redundant) Aggregation System  See Division D.
Software Installation in Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System Configuration —

Overview of Software Installation in Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System Configuration
E-3
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.2 Example of Single

(Non-Redundant) Distributed

Host=Server1 Host=Server2 Host=Server3

Front Server Front Server Northbound Interface
Server
Host=Server4
Main Server
Main Layer
Database
Fig. E-1 Example of Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System Configuration

E-4
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

in Single (Non-Redundant)
Distributed System Configuration
All work Steps including those for a redundant distributed system configuration are listed in
Table E-1.
The work Steps for a single (non-redundant) distributed system configuration which are
masked in gray in Table E-1 are not required.
For software installation in a Single (Non-Redundant) Distributed System Configuration,

perform the work Steps that are not masked in gray color in Table E-1 from Phase 1 in
sequence by referring to each Step in Division C Software Installation in Redundant
Distributed System Configuration.
For Steps 1 to 23 in Phase 3, perform the work indicated by for the Main Server (MS),
Northbound Interface Server (NIS), Communication Server (CS), and Front Server (FS).
You can start the work indicated by from Step1 for any server. You can work simultaneously
for those servers as well.
Table E-1 Workflow (1/5)
WORK MS NIS CS FS CMIP Clnt REMARKS

[Step 1] Make Preparations for Offline — — — — — — Reference  Division

Tool C Phase 1
(Set MACRO Security Level)
[Step 2] Design System Configuration — — — — — —
[Step 3] Check and Correct Setting — — — — — —

Data
[Step 4] Save as sysconf.info File — — — — — —
[Step 1] Download Middleware for — — — — — —

Server Reference  Division
[Step 2] Download Middleware for Cli- — — — — — — C Phase 2
ent

E-5
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 3] Download Update Kernel File — — — — — — See Note 1 below this
for OS (RHEL) table.
[Step 4] Download SPP File (Option) — — — — — — Reference  Division

C Phase 2
[Step 5] Download HP SIM File (Option) — — — — — — HP SIM is an option.

Reference  Division
C Phase 2
[Step 6] Download Middleware for — — — — — — Only for Radio2000S/

CMIP GW Server 3000S
C Phase 2
[Step 7] Get clp.conf File Ready — — — — — — Step 8 is not required

for Single (Non
Redundant) System.
C Phase 2
[Step 8] Copy Downloaded Files to CD/ — — — — — — Reference  Division

DVD C Phase 2
[Step 9] Prepare Media — — — — — —
[Step 1] Set RAID     — — Reference  Division

C Phase 3
[Step 2] Load Driver     — — Only for Gen8

C Phase 3
[Step 3] Install OS     — — Reference  Division

C Phase 3
[Step 4] Configure OS Setting     — —
[Step 5] Copy Downloaded Files to     — —

Server
[Step 6] Update Kernel Version     — — Only for RHEL6.x

C Phase 3
[Step 7] Install Middleware     — — Reference  Division

C Phase 3
[Step 8] Configure Network Setting     — — Reference  Division

C Phase 3
[Step 9] Install SPP (Option)     — — See Note 1 below this

table.
C Phase 3

E-6
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 10] Install HP SIM (Option) — — —  — — HP SIM is Optional
C Phase 3
[Step 11] Configure SNMP Setting     — — See Note 1 below this

(Option) table.
C Phase 3
[Step 12] Set Mirroring — — — — — — This work is not

required for a Single
[Step 13] Specify Mount Point — — — — — — (Non-Redundant)
System.
[Step 14] Install ExpressCluster — — — — — —
[Step 15] Set CPU License for Express- — — — — — —

Cluster
[Step 16] Set Node License for Express- — — — — — —

Cluster
[Step 17] Reboot OS — — — — — —
[Step 18] Set Configuration File — — — — — —
[Step 19] Install MS5000     — — Reference  Division

C Phase 3
[Step 20] Set NTP     — —
[Step 21] Save Server NIC Information — —  — — — Only for Optical NEs
(Option) Reference  Division
C Phase 3
[Step 22] Install Marben OSI (Option) — —  — — —
[Step 23] Check the Latest Update    — — — Reference  Division

Information C Phase 3
Phase 4 Installation of Software in CMIP GW Server (Only for Radio2000S/3000S)
[Step 1] Select Settings for OS Installa- — — — —  — Only for Radio2000S/

tion 3000S
[Step 2] Configure OS Setting — — — —  — C Phase 4
[Step 3] Select Settings for Oracle — — — —  —
Solaris Studio 12.3
[Step 4] Set Middleware — — — —  —
[Step 5] Configure Network Setting — — — —  —
[Step 6] Install Software for CMIP GW — — — —  —
[Step 7] Set License and NSAP — — — —  —

Address

E-7
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 1] Install Java — — — — —  Reference  Division
C Phase 5
[Step 2] Configure Java Setting — — — — — 
[Step 3] Set Remote Client Proxy — — — — — 
Server
[Step 4] Reserve Client Port — — — — — 
[Step 5] Install Flash Player — — — — — 
[Step 6] Install MSXML 4.0 Service — — — — — 
Pack 2
[Step 7] Apply Windows Patch — — — — — 
[Step 8] Configure CMIP GW Server — — — — —  Only for Radio2000S/
3000S
C Phase 5
[Step 9] Set Windows Internet Explorer — — — — —  Only for L2 Screen

Options for L2 Screen Reference Division
C Phase 5
[Step 10] Set Windows Internet Explorer — — — — —  Only for CID Screen
Options for CID of DW7000 of DW7000
Reference Division
C Phase 5
[Step 11] Install Adobe Reader — — — — — 
[Step 1] Connect System       Reference  1.4
System Connection
Example
[Step 2] Synchronize Database — — — — — — This work is not
required for a Single
(Non-Redundant)
System.
[Step 3] Install MS5000 — — —  — — Reference  Division
C Phase 6
[Step 4] Set NTP (Option) — — —  — — Reference  Division

C Phase 6
[Step 5] Check the Latest Update — — —  — — Reference  Division

Information C Phase 6
[Step 6] HP SIM Additional Settings — — —  — — HP SIM is an

(Option) optional.
[Step 7] Check Connection from Client — — — — —  Reference  Division
to Each Server C Phase 6

E-8
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

[Step 8] Conduct Server Start     — — Reference  Division
C Phase 6
[Step 9] Switch System Test  — — — — —
[Step 10] Check CMIP GW Server — — — —  — Only for Radio2000S/

3000S
C Phase 6
NOTES:
distributed system, HP SIM is installed in a FS only but SPP and SNMP Settings
must be installed in all the servers so as to send information to HP SIM in the FS.

E-9
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1.4 System Connection Example
Fig. E-2 shows a system connection example.
In Division E, connect/disconnect the cables with reference to the system configuration

example.
Fig. E-2 System Connection Example

E-10
E
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Division F
APPENDIX
F-1
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Appendix
F-2
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1 OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE

LICENSE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
“License” shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
“Licensor” shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the

copyright owner that is granting the License.
“Legal Entity” shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other
entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with
that entity. For the purposes of this definition, “control” means (i) the
power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such
entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent
(50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of
such entity.
“You” (or “Your”) shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising

permissions granted by this License.
“Source” form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
“Object” form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical

transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited
to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
Appendix — Open Source Software License

F-3
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
“Work” shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object

form, made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright
notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is
provided in the Appendix below).
“Derivative Works” shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object

form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the
Work and Derivative Works thereof.
“Contribution” shall mean any work of authorship, including the original

version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or
Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for
inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal
Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the
purposes of this definition, “submitted” means any form of electronic,
verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
representatives, including but not limited to communication on
electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking
systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the
purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding
communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in
writing by the copyright owner as “Not a Contribution.”
“Contributor” shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on

behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor

hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge,
royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare
Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and
distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.

F-4
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. Grant of Patent License.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor

hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge,
royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license
to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise
transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent
claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by
their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or
counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution
incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this
License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is
filed.
4. Redistribution.
You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative

Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in
Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works
a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating
that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution
notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices
that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a “NOTICE” text file as part of its distribution,
then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a
readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part
of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places:
within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works;
within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the
Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative
Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear.
The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only
and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as
an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such

F-5
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the

License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use,
reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such
Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and
distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in
this License.
5. Submission of Contributions.
Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally

submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under
the terms and conditions of this License, without any additional terms or
conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede
or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have
executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks.
This License does not grant permission to use the trade names,
trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as
required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of
the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty.
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor

provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on
an “AS IS” BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any
warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using
or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability.
In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including

negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law
(such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing,

F-6
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character
arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work
stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other
commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been
advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability.
While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may

choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty,
indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on
Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any
other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold
each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims
asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following

boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets “[]” replaced with
your own identifying information. (Do not include the brackets!) The text
should be enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file
format. We also recommend that a file or class name and description of
purpose be included on the same “printed page” as the copyright notice
for easier identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the “License”); you
may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may
obtain a copy of the License at:
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0

F-7
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software

distributed under the License is distributed on an “AS IS” BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND,
either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS5000 uses PostgreSQL. Applied conditions are as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
PostgreSQL Database Management System (formerly known as

Postgres, then as Postgres95)
Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2009, PostgreSQL Global Development

Group
Portions Copyright (c) 1994, The Regents of the University of California
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written
agreement is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice
and this paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all
copies.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE

TO ANY PARTY FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS,
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS
DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY

WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED
HEREUNDER IS ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF
CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE,
SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS5000 uses XStream. Applied conditions are as follows:

F-8
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Joe Walnes

Copyright (c) 2006-2011, XStream Committers
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without

modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,

this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. Redistributions in
binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of XStream nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS

AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS5000 uses dom4j. Applied conditions are as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 2001-2005 (C) MetaStuff, Ltd. All Rights Reserved.
Redistribution and use of this software and associated documentation

("Software"), with or without modification, are permitted provided that
the following conditions are met:

F-9
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
1. Redistributions of source code must retain copyright statements and

notices. Redistributions must also contain a copy of this document.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright

notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name "DOM4J" must not be used to endorse or promote

products derived from this Software without prior written permission
of MetaStuff, Ltd. For written permission, please contact dom4j-
info@metastuff.com.
4. Products derived from this Software may not be called "DOM4J" nor
may "DOM4J" appear in their names without prior written
permission of MetaStuff, Ltd. DOM4J is a registered trademark of
MetaStuff, Ltd.
5. Due credit should be given to the DOM4J Project -

http://www.dom4j.org/
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY METASTUFF, LTD. AND

CONTRIBUTORS ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED
METASTUFF, LTD. OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS5000 uses jaxen. Applied conditions are as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 2003-2006 The Werken Company. All Rights Reserved.

met:

F-10
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright

notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright

* Neither the name of the Jaxen Project nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS

AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS5000 uses jdom. Applied conditions are as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (C) 2000-2004 Jason Hunter & Brett McLaughlin.


met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright

notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer.

notice, this list of conditions, and the disclaimer that follows these
conditions in the documentation and/or other materials provided
with the distribution.

F-11
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. The name "JDOM" must not be used to endorse or promote

products derived from this software without prior written permission.
For written permission, please contact
<request_AT_jdom_DOT_org>.
4. Products derived from this software may not be called "JDOM", nor
may "JDOM" appear in their name, without prior written permission
from the JDOM Project Management
<request_AT_jdom_DOT_org>.
In addition, we request (but do not require) that you include in the end-
user documentation provided with the redistribution and/or in the
software itself an acknowledgment equivalent to the following:
"This product includes software developed by the
JDOM Project (http://www.jdom.org/)."
Alternatively, the acknowledgment may be graphical using the logos
available at http://www.jdom.org/images/logos/.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED `ÀS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR

IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE JDOM AUTHORS OR THE PROJECT CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
This software consists of voluntary contributions made by many

individuals on behalf of the JDOM Project and was originally created by
Jason Hunter <jhunter_AT_jdom_DOT_org> and Brett McLaughlin
<brett_AT_jdom_DOT_org>. For more information on the JDOM
Project, please see <http://www.jdom.org/>.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS5000 uses jCharts. Applied conditions are as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 2002 (C) Nathaniel G. Auvil. All Rights Reserved.

F-12
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Redistribution and use of this software and associated documentation

("Software"), with or without modification, are permitted provided that
the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain copyright statements and

notices. Redistributions must also contain a copy of this document.

3. The name "jCharts" or "Nathaniel G. Auvil" must not be used to

endorse or promote products derived from this Software without
prior written permission of Nathaniel G. Auvil. For written
permission, please contact nathaniel_auvil@users.sourceforge.net
4. Products derived from this Software may not be called "jCharts" nor
may "jCharts" appear in their names without prior written permission
of Nathaniel G. Auvil. jCharts is a registered trademark of Nathaniel
G. Auvil.
5. Due credit should be given to the jCharts Project

(http://jcharts.sourceforge.net/).
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY Nathaniel G. Auvil AND

CONTRIBUTORS `ÀS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED
jCharts OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
------------------------------------------------------------------------

F-13
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
2 ADDING SERVERS FOR

DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM
2.1 Overview
For distributed system, servers (FS, CS, NIS) can be added. To add servers, system configuration
file(sysconf.info) should be newly created. Created sysconf.info should be applied for not
only new servers, but also existing servers. This section explains how to apply sysconf.info to
existing servers.
2.2 Procedure: Update MS5000

Configuration
Perform the MS5000 configuration update.
1. Log in to the Server as the nems account, and launch a Terminal Screen, then enter the
following command and a password of root to change the nems user to root.
$ su
#
2. If any change has been made to the system configuration file (sysconf.info), Enter
the following command to move the file under /home directory.
NOTE: sysconf.info file can be created by using Offline Tool. Refer to
Phase 1 in each Division.
Above shows an example when moving the sysconf.info file under the /tmp
directory.

not mounted.
Appendix — Adding Servers for Distributed System

F-14
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.
5. Enter 3 to select Update.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 3
6. Enter a number that corresponds to server type to be added.

aggregation system, go to Substep 8. For an aggregation system,
adding servers (FS, CS, NIS) is impossible. This Substep just works
as an update of system configuration(sysconf.info).
Please select a server type to add.

2. Front Server.
>

F-15
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7. Enter a number that corresponds to the target server to be added.

NOTE: This option appears for the Front Server and Communication Server
only. For other Servers, go to Substep 8.
>

NOTE: The following information is an example when target server is Front
Server.
- Server Type---> Front Server

- Server Number---> 2
COMPLETE! MS5000 update was completed successfully.

****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q

F-16
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: We recommend that entering y to delete the file for security.

F-17
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3 ROUTING AND PORTS FOR

MS5000
Important!
Refer to the following manual.

• Hardware and Network Requirements (NWD-152560-xxx)
Appendix — Routing and Ports for MS5000

F-18
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4 CLP.CONF MODIFICATION
4.1 Overview
When using Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2, the partition device setting and file system may be
different depending on the SmartArray driver used. In addition, even when using Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 5.5, the assumed partition device setting and file system may be different
depending on the server type used and hardware configuration. In this case, modify the
setting according to the environment.
4.2 Procedure
1. Modify the cluster partition device name, data partition device name, and file system
in clp.conf according to the environment.
NOTES:
• In the following example, the partition sizes are specified as follows.
data partition = /dev/xxx5
cluster partition = /dev/xxx3
Appendix — clp.conf Modification

F-19
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Example of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x:
Confirm the partition setting of hard disk.

# /sbin/fdisk -l
If the output of Device is “/dev/cciss/c0d0px,” modify the clp.conf as

follows:
1. Data Partition Device Name
Before modification: <dppath>/dev/sda5</dppath>
After modification: <dppath>/dev/cciss/c0d0p5</dppath>
2. Cluster Partition Device Name

Before modification: <cppath>/dev/sda3</cppath>
After modification: <cppath>/dev/cciss/c0d0p3</cppath>
Confirm the file system.

# df -T
Filesystem Type 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on
/dev/cciss/c0d0p1
ext3 101086 34001 61866 36% /boot
If the “Type” of “/dev/cciss/c0d0px” is “ext3,” modify the clp.conf as follows:

Before modification: <fs>ext4</fs>
After modification: <fs>ext3</fs>

F-20
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
 Example of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5:
Confirm the partition setting of hard disk.

# /sbin/fdisk -l
/dev/sda1 * 1 13 104391 83 Linux
/dev/sda2 14 17860 143356027+ 8e Linux LVM
/dev/sda3 17861 17863 24097+ 83 Linux
/dev/sda4 17864 60797 344867355 5 Extended
/dev/sda5 17864 60797 344867355+ 83 Linux
If the output of Device is “/dev/sdax,” modify the clp.conf as follows:

1. Data Partition Device Name
Before modification: <dppath>/dev/cciss/c0d0p5</dppath>
After modification: <dppath>/dev/sda5</dppath>
2. Cluster Partition Device Name

Before modification: <cppath>/dev/cciss/c0d0p3</cppath>
After modification: <cppath>/dev/sda3</cppath>
Confirm the file system.

# df -T
Filesystem Type 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on
/dev/sda1 ext3 495844 37792 432452 9% /boot
If the “Type” of “/dev/sdax” is “ext4,” modify the clp.conf as follows:

Before modification: <fs>ext3</fs>
After modification: <fs>ext4</fs>
2. Use a text editor to modify and save clp.conf.

F-21
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5 OPTIONAL SETTINGS
5.1 Overview
This section describes the sequence of the MS5000 Option.
Contains of this section is the only option. If you do not need to change the settings, the
procedure described in this section can be skipped.
5.2 Client Banner Setting

Update and remove the Client Banner.
The Client Banner is a function to attach a GIF file that shows which Front Server is used
when logging in, to the login window.
Appendix — Optional Settings

F-22
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.2.1 Updating the Client Banner

root.
$ su
#
Phase 1: Creation of System Configuration Setting File in each
Division.
mv: overwrite ’/home/sysconf.info’?

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

F-23
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Enter 7 to select Login banner setting.

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
6. Middleware checking.
7. Login banner setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 7

F-24
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7. Enter 1 to select Update Login window banner.

NOTE:
• Enter 2 instead of 1 to update the Front Server window banner.
********************************************
*
* MS5000 Util: Update Client Banner
*
********************************************
*** Please select update menu ***

1. Update Login window banner.
2. Update SelectFrontServer window banner.
3. Remove Login window banner.
4. Remove SelectFrontServer window banner.
b. Back to top.
(1-4|b) > 1
8. Input a full file path.
Please input file name with full-path for Login Banner image.
> /home/nems/tmp/ms5000_default.GIF
NOTE: Select the same image file for all Front Servers. Selecting a different
file for each Front Server is not supported.
Do you update Login banner with /home/nems/tmp/ms5000_default.GIF?
(y/n) > y
COMPLETE! Banner setting was completed successfully.

NOTE: Be sure to update the same file for all Front Servers.

F-25
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q

system configuration file.

F-26
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.2.2 Removing the Client Banner

root.
$ su
#
Division.

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

F-27
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Enter 7 to select Login banner setting.

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 7
7. Enter 3 to select Remove Login window banner.

NOTE: Enter 4 instead of 3 to remove the Front Server window banner.
********************************************
*
* MS5000 Util: Update Client Banner
*
********************************************
*** Please select update menu ***

1. Update Login window banner.
2. Update SelectFrontServer window banner.
3. Remove Login window banner.
4. Remove SelectFrontServer window banner.
b. Back to top.
(1-4|b) > 3

F-28
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Do you remove Login banner?
(y/n) > y
COMPLETE! Banner setting was completed successfully.

****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q


F-29
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.3 Infobox Minimization Setting

Configure the Infobox minimization setting.
The Infobox minimization setting is a feature that disables the "_" feature (minimizing the
window) displayed in the title bar at the right end of the Windows Client PC. After choosing
this feature, the window will not be minimized even when "_" is clicked.
NOTES:
1. In a redundant configuration, perform this procedure at the Working Server. In a

distributed configuration, perform this procedure at the Main Server only.
2. Perform this procedure after shutting down the application. Login to MS5000
again to apply the setting.
3. The default setting is Enable.

F-30
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.3.1 Enabling Infobox Minimization
Perform this procedure to change the setting to enable minimizing the Infobox.
root.
$ su
#
Division.

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

F-31
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Enter 8 to select Infobox minimization setting.

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
8. Infobox minimization setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 8
7. Enter 1 to select Enable Infobox minimization.
*** ms5000 installer menu (Utility InfoboxSetting) ***
1. Enable Infobox minimization.

2. Disable Infobox minimization.
3. Display Infobox minimization setting.
b. Back.
Select please.(1-3|b) > 1

F-32
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Infobox minimization current setting = Enable
COMPLETE! Infobox minimization setting was completed successfully.

9. Enter q to quit.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q


F-33
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.3.2 Disabling Infobox Minimization
Perform this procedure to change the setting to disable minimizing the Infobox.
root.
$ su
#
Division.
The above shows an example when moving the sysconf.info file to the /tmp
directory.

mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

F-34
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 8
7. Enter 2 to select Disable Infobox minimization.

b. Back.

F-35
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Infobox minimization current setting = Disable

9. Enter q to quit.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q


F-36
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.3.3 Displaying the Infobox Minimization Setting
Perform this procedure to confirm the current Infobox minimization setting.
root.
$ su
#
Division.

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

F-37
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 8
7. Enter 3 to select Display Infobox minimization setting.

b. Back.

F-38
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: Enable means that Infobox minimization is enabled.
Disable means that Infobox minimization is disabled.
Infobox minimization current setting = <Enable or Disable>

9. Enter q to quit.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q


F-39
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.4 HTTP/HTTPS Setting

This section describes how to switch HTTP and HTTPS for the MS5000 Client.
NOTES:
1. Before starting, installation of the MS5000 should be completed.
2. Stop the MS5000 server before performing the procedure described in this
section. Start the MS5000 after completing HTTP/HTTPS setting.
5.4.1 Switching to HTTP
Perform this procedure for the Aggregation or Front Server.
root.
NOTE: This Substep is necessary only if logged-in account is not root.
$ su
#
to the /home directory.
Division.
The above is an example of moving the sysconf.info file to the /tmp directory.

not mounted.

F-40
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Enter 9 to select HTTP/HTTPS setting.

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
9. HTTP/HTTPS setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 9
7. Enter <Server Account> at the prompt and press the Enter key to enter the HTTP/
HTTPS Setting Menu.
Please input user name of system administrator.(default:nems) >

<Server Account>

F-41
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
8. Enter 0 at the prompt and press the Enter key to start HTTP setting.
*** HTTP/HTTPS Setting Menu ***
0. HTTP.
1. HTTPS.
b. Back.
> 0
NOTE: After completing Substep 8., the following running information is

displayed.
[START] =============================================yyyy/MM/dd hh:mm:ss

....
MS5000 Client is now in HTTP mode.
[END] =============================================yyyy/MM/dd hh:mm:ss
9. Enter b and press the Enter key to quit the HTTP/HTTPS switch shell.
0. HTTP.
1. HTTPS.
b. Back.
> b
NOTE: If Citrix Xen App is being used, it is necessary to reinstall

ms5000_R9.1_XenAppClient.exe.
Refer to Section 2. Installation (Windows Server 2008 Installed
XenApp) in the Installation for Citrix XenApp manual for details.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q

F-42
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL


F-43
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.4.2 Switching to HTTPS
Perform this procedure for the Aggregation or Front Server.
root.
$ su
#
the /home directory.
Division.

not mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

is stored.

F-44
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Enter 9 to select HTTP/HTTPS setting.

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
9. HTTP/HTTPS setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 9
7. Enter <Server Account> at the prompt and press the Enter key to enter the HTTP/
HTTPS Setting Menu.
Please input user name of system administrator.(default:nems) >

<Server Account>
8. Enter 1 at the prompt and press the Enter key to start HTTPS setting.
0. HTTP.
1. HTTPS.
b. Back.
> 1

F-45
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTE: After completing Substep 8., the following running information is

displayed.
[START] =============================================yyyy/MM/dd hh:mm:ss

....
MS5000 Client is now in HTTPS mode.
[END] =============================================yyyy/MM/dd hh:mm:ss
9. Enter b and press the Enter key to quit the HTTP/HTTPS switch shell.
0. HTTP.
1. HTTPS.
b. Back.
> b
NOTE: If Citrix Xen App is being used, it is necessary to reinstall

ms5000_RX.X_XenAppClient.exe.
Refer to Section 2. Installation (Windows Server 2008 Installed
XenApp) in the Installation for Citrix XenApp manual for details.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q


F-46
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.5 Database Initialization

Perform the database initialization.
NOTE: Prior to starting this procedure, stop MS5000 on Aggregate server or
distributed Main server. And, when the Aggregate server or distributed
Main server is redundant configuration, stop MS5000 on both of Master
server and Slave server.
to root.
$ su
#
to /home directory.
NOTE: sysconf.info file can be created using Offline Tool. See Phase 1:
Creation of System Configuration Setting File in each Division.

not mounted.

F-47
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
4. Log in to the Server as the <Server Account>, and type the following command to run
the installer.
$ su
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Enter 1 to select Initialize DB.

1. Initialize DB.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 1

F-48
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7. Enter a number that corresponds to the target database to initialize.
Please select a target DB.

1. Configuration Management DB.
2. Fault Management (Journal Log DB).
3. Fault Management (Alarm Log DB).
4. Security Management DB.
5. Command Log DB.
6. Performance Management DB.
7. Schedule Management DB.
8. Path Management DB.
a. All DB.
b. back.
>
COMPLETE! DB initialization was completed successfully.

****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q

NOTES:
• We recommend that the system configuration file be deleted for security

F-49
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTE:
• In the case of DB Initialization, if the following error message is written

in /home/nems/log/tmp/DeleteData.log file, perform the procedure
below:
Error Message:
[A000A0077] Failed to delete PM and Inventory files.[Server

Name=host name of the server IP Address=IP address of the server]
or,
Failed to stop server. IP IP address of the server.
or,
...No route to host

...
...
content : IP address of the server

or,
...connect timed out
...
...
or,
Failed to switch servers.
...
...
Error Condition:
The following error conditions occur to the server that has an IP

address displayed in error message IP address of the server:
1. Power is down.
2. Network is disconnected.

F-50
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
3. FTP server is down.
4. Server switching fails due to the server down of both of Master

server and Slave server of redundant CS or the occurrence of
conditions 1 or 2 above on Slave server of redundant CS.
Procedure:
Confirm that MS5000 on target server stops by referring to section 2.1

Start / Stop Server in Common Operation manual. If MS5000
does not stop, stop it by following the steps below.
When an error message for MS server is output:
1. Log in to the target server by the nems user.
2. Enter the following commands.
$ cd bin/tool/
$ ./MS_DeleteData.sh
3. After stopping MS5000, confirm that the data under the following
directories are deleted.
/home/nems/data/local/PM/file/LongTermPM_Binary_File/*
/home/nems/data/local/PM/file/LongTermPM_CSV_File/*
4. In not-redundant configuration, enter the following commands

after stopping MS5000. (Position that \ is indicated at the end of
line means the continuous 1 line to be entered or displayed.)
$ su
#cp -rp \
/home/nems/data/share/ME/file/NEData/GenericNE \
/tmp
#cp -rp \
/home/nems/data/share/ME/file/NEData/TempData \
/tmp
# rm -rf /home/nems/data/share/ME/file/NEData/*/*
# cp -rp /tmp/GenericNE \
/home/nems/data/share/ME/file/NEData
# rm -rp /tmp/GenericNE
# cp -rp /tmp/TempData \
# rm -rp /tmp/TempData

F-51
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5. After executing the commands above, confirm that the following

directory exists. (Other directories may exist depending on the
confirmation timing.)
$ su
# cd /home/nems/data/share/ME/file/NEData/
# ls
Generic NE TempData
6. In redundant configuration, enter the following command after

stopping MS5000. (Position that \ is indicated at the end of line
means the continuous 1 line to be entered or displayed.)
$ su
# cd /home/nems/bin/tool/update/COMMON
# clp_op.sh mount
Command succeeded.
Command succeeded.
#cp -rp \
/home/nems/data/share/ME/file/NEData/GenericNE \
/tmp
#cp -rp \
/home/nems/data/share/ME/file/NEData/TempData \
/tmp
# rm -rf /home/nems/data/share/ME/file/NEData/*/*
# cp -rp /tmp/GenericNE \
# rm -rf /tmp/GenericNE
# cp -rp /tmp/TempData \
# rm -rf /tmp/TempData
7. After executing the commands above, confirm that the following

directory exists. (Other directories may exist depending on the
confirmation timing.)
$ su
# cd /home/nems/data/share/ME/file/NEData/
# ls
Generic NE TempData
8. After confirming the directories described above, enter the

following command.
# cd /home/nems/bin/tool/update/COMMON
# clp_op.sh unmount
Command succeeded.

F-52
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
When an error message for CS server is output:
1. Log in to the target server by the nems user.
2. Enter the following commands.
$ cd bin/tool/
$ ./CS_DeleteData.sh
3. After the termination message is displayed, confirm that the data

under the following directories are deleted.
/home/nems/data/local/GW/pm/status/*
/home/nems/data/local/GW/pm/pmon/*
/home/nems/data/local/GW/pmfile/GwDirect/*
/home/nems/data/local/GW/pmfile/GwDirectNeoa/*
/home/nems/data/local/GW/pmfile/IPASONegw/*
/home/nems/data/local/GW/pmfile/R5sNegw/*
/home/nems/data/local/GW/GwCommon/pm/file/
LongTermPM_CSV_File/*
/home/nems/data/local/GW/GwCommon/pm/file/
LongTermPM_Binary_File/*
11. When the Aggregate server or distributed Main server is redundant configuration,
perform the steps below.
Execute the following command to the server that DB initialization is executed.
$ su
# cd /share2/pgsql/PM
# tar czvf store_pm_data.tgz store_pm_dbdata
Next, perform the procedure described in the following Step to the server that DB
initialization is NOT executed.
[Step 2]: Copy PM Data in Phase 3 of Division B in Upgrade Manual
12. When the Aggregate server or distributed Main server is redundant configuration, start
the server that DB initialization is already executed when initially starting MS5000
after completing this procedure. (To copy the DB data that is initialized to the server
that the DB initialization is not executed, this step is required.)

F-53
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
13. When the Aggregate server or distributed Main server is redundant configuration,
confirm that the database is synchronized by performing the procedure described in
the following Substep.
Substep 2 in [Step 1]: Synchronize All Data of Phase 16 in

Upgrade Manual

F-54
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.6 License File Setting

This section describes the procedure to apply MS5000 License file directly to servers.
MS5000 License file is usually applied to servers on System Management Screen (Please
refer to Common Operation Manual.) However, if you want to apply License file before
starting MS5000 application, please follow this procedure.
1. Log in to a server as the nems account, and launch a Terminal Screen, then enter the
NOTE: This step is necessary only if the logged-in account is not root.
$ su
#
2. Type the following command to move the system configuration file (sysconf.info)
under /home directory.
NOTE: sysconf.info file can be created by using Offline Tool. Refer to
section “Phase 1: Creation of System Configuration file.”
Above shows an example when moving the sysconf.info file under the /tmp directory.
3. Place a license file in the server. If the file name is not license.lic, modify the file
name.
# mv <license file name> license.lic

NOTE: This step is necessary only if the MS5000 installation medium is not
mounted.
5. Type the following command to run the installer.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.

F-55
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
*****************************
*** ms5000 installer top menu ****

1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
7. Enter 5 to select License setting.
Please select a target function

1. Initializing DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 5
8. Enter the directory path where the license file is stored.
Please input a directory path where the license file is stored.
> <Directory path that includes License file (example: /home)>
COMPLETE! License setting was completed successfully.


F-56
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
*****************************

1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4

This Substep ends the procedure.

F-57
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.7 Update FTPS Certificate

This section provides the procedures for how to update the FTPS certificate that is required
for the FTPS communication when performing FTPS to Enable in section “Phase 1: [Step
2] Design System Configuration.”
NOTES:
1. Before performing procedures in this section, installation of MS5000 should be
completed.
2. The term of validity of FTPS certificate is set to 365 days as default.
5.7.1 Procedure: Update FTPS Certificate File
Perform this procedure for a Main Server.
1. Stop AP of the MS5000 if it is running.
2. Log in to a server, and then check the term of validity of FTPS certificate.
NOTE: The term of validity of FTPS certificate is set to 365 days as default.
To modify the default value (365 days), edit the number of days
displayed in the /home/nems/bin/tool/install_make_certificate.sh
file:
VLDTY_DAYS=365
### Make vsftp.pem File
Edit this to arbitrary number of days.
3. Enter the following command and a password of root to change the nems user to
root.
NOTE: This step is necessary only if logged-in account is not root.
$ su
#

F-58
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
NOTE: sysconf.info file can be created by using Offline Tool. See Phase I:
Creation of System Configuration File in each Division.
directory.

mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4

F-59
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
8. Select 12, and then execute Make/Copy SSL certificate.

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
7. Login banner setting
8. Infobox minimization setting
9. HTTP/HTTPS setting
10. Extra module setting.
11. Password rule setting.
12. Make/Copy the SSL certificate
b. back
> 12
9. Type 1 as prompt and then press the Enter key to select the certificate creation for
vsftp communication.
Make the SSL certification menu (top)

1. Make vsftp certificate
2. Make SSL certificate
3. Make https certificate
q. quit
Select please (1-3, Q) >1
10. Input the user name who installed the MS5000 and then press the Enter key.
Please input user name. >nems
11. Type y at prompt and then press the Enter key to create the certificate for vsftp
communication.
Make vsftp certificate starting, OK? (j/n) >y

F-60
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
12. Input the required information for creating the certificate of vsftp communication
according to the displayed command prompt of Input vsftp data.
NOTE: After completing Substep 11., the command prompt of Input vsftp
data appears. Input same information at each prompt and then press
the Enter key. At bold portion shown below, input the information.
Country Name (2 letter code [GB]: JP
State or Province Name (full name) [Berkshire]: Tokyo
Locally Name (eg, city) [Newbury]: Shiba Minato-ku
Organization Name (eg, company) [My Company Ltd]:NEC Corporation
Organization Unit Name (eg, section) []:Network Management Systems

Division
Common Name (eg, your name or your server’s hostname) []:NEC MS5000
Email Address []:
13. Type 2 at prompt and then press the Enter key to copy the certificate creation for
FTPS communication.
Copy the SSL certificate menu (top)

1. Copy SSL certificate
2. Copy vsftp certificate
q. Quit.
Select please. (1-2,q) >2
15. Type y at prompt and then press the Enter key to copy the certificate for FTPS
communication.
Copy FTPS certificate starting, OK? (y/n) >y
16. Type q and then press the Enter key to quit the certificate copy shell.
Copy the SSL certification menu (top)

1. Copy SSL certificate
2. Copy vsftp certificate
q. Quit
Select please (1-2, Q) >q

F-61
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
17. Type q and then press the Enter key to quit the certificate creation shell.

q. Quit
Select please (1-3, Q) >q
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q
We recommend that the entering y to delete the file for security.
Are you sure (y/n)?> y
Repeat Substep 2. through Substep 19. for the servers to which the certificate file
transfer is supported.

F-62
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.8 Update HTTPS Certificate

This section provides the procedures for how to update the HTTPS certificate that is required
for the HTTPS communication when performing SSL to Enable in section “Phase 1:
[Step 2] Design System Configuration.”
NOTES:
completed.
2. The term of validity of HTTPS certificate is set to 365 days as default.
3. Once you executed the shell, do not terminate it in the middle of making certificate. If
you terminated it, perform the procedure again, and finish making the certificate.
5.8.1 Procedure: Update HTTPS Certificate File
Perform this procedure for an arbitrary one server.
Perform this procedure for all of the Aggregate and Front Servers and Main Servers.
1. Stop AP of the MS5000 if it is running.
2. Log in to a server, and check the term of validity of FTPS certificate.

NOTE: The term of validity of HTTPS certificate is set to 365 days as default.
To modify the default value (365 days), edit the /home/nems/bin/
tools/install_make_certificate.sh file:
VLDTY_DAYS=365
### Make vsftp.pem File
root.
$ su
#

F-63
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Creation of System Configuration File in each Division.
directory.

mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4

F-64
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
8. Select 12, and then execute Make/Copy SSL certificate.

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
b. back
> 12
https communication.

q. quit
Select please (1-3, Q) >3
11. Type y at prompt and then press the Enter key to create the certificate for https
communication.
Make https certificate starting, OK? (j/n) >y

F-65
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
12. Input the required information for creating the certificate of https communication
according to the displayed command prompt of Input https data.
1. After completing Substep 11., the command prompt of Input https data
appears. Input same information at each prompt and then press the Enter key.
At bold portion shown below, input the information.
2. Host name or IP address of server should be specified at Common Name. This
corresponds to the URL that is used to access from client.
e.g.) When URL is https://sample.co.jp/ sample.co.jp
https://192.168.23.10/ 192.168.23.10
Country Name (2 letter code [GB]: JP
State or Province Name (full name) [Berkshire]: Tokyo
Locally Name (eg, city) [Newbury]: Shiba Minato-ku
Organization Name (eg, company) [My Company Ltd]:NEC Corporation
Organization Unit Name (eg, section) []:Network Management Systems Division
Common Name (server’s hostname or IP address) []:192.168.1.1
Email Address []: (This can be omitted.)
Please enter the following ’extra’ attributes

to be sent with your certificate request
A challenge password [ ]: (This can be omitted.)
An optional company name [ ]: (This can be omitted.)
13. Type q and then press Enter key to quit the certificate creation shell.

q. Quit
Select please (1-3, q) >q

F-66
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q
16. Log in to MS5000 Server as the nems user, then type the following command to stop
the Persist MS5000 Server.
$ SysPersistMgr_op.sh stop
After waiting a few minutes, restart the MS5000.

F-67
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.9 Extra Module Setting

This section provides the procedure for how to extra module for MS5000 Client.
Client side extra modules described in this section mean executable files such as program,
etc., operating in the MS Windows. This section describes how to register the start of the
client extra modules to the MS5000 client screen menu.
For the MS5000 client screen, refer to Section 2.2.4 in Common Operation manual.
NOTES:
completed.
2. Start the MS5000 server before performing the procedure in this section.
3. Setting of client extra module is reflected at the time of logging in to MS5000 client. If
you have already logged in, the setting is reflected to the screen by re-logging in.
4. The starting menu of the client extra module is displayed as "Launch Extra Module" in
the Command Group Setting window. Further, before this name, the menu number is
attached.
For example, when the menu number is 1, it is displayed as "1: Launch Extra Module."
5. The setting of Command Group is saved even if the menu is disabled. When you re-
register the same menu, because the previous setting has been applied, change the
setting as required.
6. The client extra module is necessary to be executable for the account who starts the
MS5000. Further the extra module depending on the execution folder may not be
started.
7. The operation guarantee after the execution of extra module should be out of range.
When a high-loaded extra module is started, etc., MS5000 client may be affected.
Basically, register a low-load extra module.

F-68
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.9.1 Client Extra Module Registration Change
Perform this procedure for Aggregate or Main Server.
$ su
#
NOTE: sysconf.info file can be created by using Offline Tool. See Phase I;
directory.

mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.

F-69
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Select 10, and then execute client extra module setting.

1. Initializing DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 10

F-70
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7. A list of the extra modules that are currently registered.
*** List of all registered client extra module menu ***

Menu No : 1 Status : Disable
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Please input Menu No(1-5) which you want to update or back(b). (1-5|b) >1
The following are displayed content:
Menu No: Menu Number
Status: Menu Display On/Off (Enable/Disable)
Menu Name: A menu name displayed on the screen
Command: Name of client external command and argument executed.

NOTE: When the menu is not registered, Disable is displayed at Status :
column, and Menu Name and Command columns are blank.
Enter the menu number that you want to register or change.
8. When you change or register the menu of client extra module, type 1 and press the
Enter key.
Please input what you want to do.

1. Modify extra module menu
2. Delete extra module menu
b. back
(1-2|b)>1
9. Enter the menu name of the client extra module. If it is already registered and not
changed, press the Enter key in blank.

F-71
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
10. Enter the command line of the client extra module. If it is already registered and not
changed, press the Enter key in blank. Enter the similar content as you execute on the
command prompt of MS Windows.
Please input Execute Command: >

C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe
NOTE: When a character requiring escape is included, input it including

escape character. For example, when a space is included in a
directory name of a executable file, put the command line in double
quotation marks as follows:
Input example: “C:\Program files\Java\jre7\bin\java.exe”
To command line, you can set argument given to client extra module.
Example: C:\tools\test_tool.exe test_parama1 parama2
The following variables can be specified for argument. Table F-1 lists the specifiable
variables for argument.
Table F-1 Specifiable Variable Name for Argument
VARIABLE CONTENT
%USERNAME% Operator name of account who logged in to MS5000 client is set.
%ADDRESS% Primary Address of NE symbol selected on the Main Window is set. However,
when an NE symbol is not selected, or plural symbols are selected, the variable
becomes empty.
%NAME% NE name of the NE symbol selected on the Main WIndow is set. However, when
an NE symbol is not selected, or plural symbols are selected, the variable
becomes empty.
%TYPE% NE Type of the NE symbol selected on the Node Map is set. However, when an
NE symbol is not selected, or plural symbols are selected, the variable becomes
empty.
NOTE: In the variables, escape character such as a space, etc. may be included.
Therefore, when specifying a variable, put a variable in quotation marks
assuming that an escape character may be included in the variable.
Input example 1; When specifying NE name for argument:

C:\tools\test_tool.exe “%NAME%”
Input example 2; When specifying NE name-test for argument:

C:\toos\test_tool.exe “%NAME%-test”.

F-72
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
11. Enter y when you register or modify the input content. Or enter n when you do not.
Are you sure to update modified extra module? (y/n) >y
12. When you successfully registered or modified, the display goes back to the indication
of Substep 7., and the registered or modified content is displayed. Confirm that the
menu is correctly registered.
SecurityDB was successfully updated. Please log in to MS5000 client again.

Menu No : 1 Status : Enable
Menu Name : WinCalc
Command : C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
When you modify the registered content or set the other menu continuously, you can
repeat since Substep 7. by entering a menu number. When you finish the setting,
enter b.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q

F-73
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Are you sure (y/n)? >y

F-74
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.9.2 Client Side Extra Module Deletion
NOTE: This step is necessary only if the logged-in account is not root.
$ su
#
mv. overwrite ’/home/sysconf.info’?
Above shows an example when moving the sysconf.info file under the directory.

mounted
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.

F-75
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Select 10, and then execute client extra module setting.

1. Initializing DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
:(omitted)
b. back.
> 10

F-76
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
7. The registered client extra modules that are now being registered are displayed, select
the Menu No. that you want to delete.

Menu No : 1 Status : Enable
Menu Name : menu1
Command : C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
8. To delete the menu of registered client extra module, enter 2.
Please input what you want to do.

1. Modify extra module menu
2. Delete extra module menu
b. back
(1-2|b) >2
9. After displaying confirmation message, enter y.
Are you sure to update modified extra module? (y/n) >y

F-77
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
10. After successful message that indicates menu deletion is displayed, the display goes
back to that of Substep 7. Confirm that the selected menu is deleted. When you set
other menu, you can repeat since Substep 7. by entering a menu number. When you
finish, enter b.
SecurityDB was successfully updated. Please log in to MS5000 client again.

Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Menu Name :
Command :
Please input Menu No(1-5) which you want to update or back(b). (1-5|b) >b
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q

NOTE: We recommend that the entering y to delete the file for security.

F-78
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.10 Password Rule Setting

This section provides the procedure for how to set password rule for MS5000 Client.
To strengthen the security, choosing at least three character types of password that is used to
log in to MS5000 is enabled. The following character types are available:
• Uppercase letters
• Lowercase letters
• Numerals
• Special characters
NOTES:
completed.
2. Start the MS5000 server before performing the procedures in this section.
3. Even after modifying the password rule, the password that was already created before
modifying the password rule is valid.
4. After modifying the password rule, when registering new password on user registration
or changing (password change, forcibly password change, or password expiration) the
password was created before modifying the password rule, follow the new password
rule.
5. The password rule setting is necessary to be executable for the account that starts the
MS5000.

F-79
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.10.1 Password Rule Setting
1. Log in to a server as the nems account, and launch a Terminal Screen, and then enter
the following command and a password of root to change the nems user to root.
$ su
#
directory.

mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.

F-80
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
6. Select 11, and then execute password rule setting.

1. Initializing DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
b. back.
> 11
7. Password rule gotten from the Security DB is displayed.
Password rule will be set. Current password rule is Normal.
The password rule example shown above is Normal.

F-81
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
8. The menu for password rule change tool is displayed.

Enter the menu number that you want to change and press the Enter key.
Please input the Password security Level which you want to set.
1. High security
(Passwords should contain 3 of the 4 character types: uppercase
letters, lowercase letters, numbers and symbols).
2. Normal
(Passwords should contain case-insensitive letters and numbers).
b. back
(1-2|b) > 1
9. When you successfully set the password rule, the display goes back to the indication
of Substep 7., and the password rule you set is displayed. Confirm the password
rule you set.
Password rule was successfully updated to SecurityDB.

Password rule will be set. Current password rule is High security.
Please input the Password security Level which you want to set.
1. High security
(Passwords should contain 3 of the 4 character types: uppercase
letters, lowercase letters, numbers and symbols).
2. Normal
(Passwords should contain case-insensitive letters and numbers).
b. back
(1-2|b) > b
When you want to set the password rule continuously, repeat Substeps from Substep
8. by entering the number of password rule to be set.
When you want to finish the setting, enter b.
****************************
*
*
*
****************************
1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q

F-82
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

F-83
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.11 Update SSL Certificate

This section provides the procedures for how to update the SSL certificate that is required for
the Java communication when performing SSL to Enable in section “Phase 1: [Step 2]
Design System Configuration.”
NOTES:
completed.
2. The term of validity of SSL certificate is set to 365 days as default.
3. Create the SSL certificate of server in the order shown below.
(i) Aggregate / Main Server
(ii) Front Server
NOTE: In Redundant Distributed System, start the Main Server before

performing this procedure at Front Server.
4. If the SSL certificate of FTPS side is expired, Front Server cannot get the SSL certificate
that is used for RMI from the Main Server.
Execute the following process to update the SSL certificate used for Java of Front
Server.
(i) By using USB memory, copy SSL certificate, which is created at Main Server, used
for Java.
Target SSL certificate is as follows:
• /home/nems/data/share/COMMON/server.jks
• /home/nems/data/share/COMMON/servers.jks
(ii) Locate the SSL certificate copied at step (i) under the /home/nems/tmp/ of
Front Server.
(iii) Refer to 5.11.1 Procedure: Update SSL Certificate File and perform the
procedure again at Front Server.

F-84
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
5.11.1 Procedure: Update SSL Certificate File
Perform this procedure for Aggregate or Main Server or Front Server.
1. Log in to a server, and check the term of validity of SSL certificate.

NOTE: The term of validity of SSL certificate is set to 365 days as default. To
modify the default value (365 days), edit the number of days
displayed in the /home/nems/bin/tool/install_make_certificate.sh
file:
VLDTY_DAYS=365
DATE=’date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S’

root.
$ su
#
NOTE: sysconf.info file can be created by using Offline Tool. See “Phase 1:
Creation of System Configuration Setting File” in each Division.
directory.

mounted.
# cd ${DVD-ROM}
# sh ./install.sh

stored.

F-85
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
****************************
*
*
*
*****************************

1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> 4
7. Select 12 and then execute Make/Copy the SSL certificate.

1. Initialize DB.
4. NTP setting.
5. License setting.
b. back
> 12
vsftp communication.

q. Quit
Select please (1-3, q) >2

F-86
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL
9. Type y at prompt and then press the Enter key to create the ssl certificate for Java
communication.
Make SSL certificate starting, OK? (y/n) >y
10. After Java communication certificate is successfully created, the following message is
displayed.
SSL certificate has been successfully made.
11. If the operating server is Aggregate Server or Front Server and the following message
is displayed, restart the MS5000 after completing the procedure.
(See Substep 16. for how to restart the MS5000.)
Server type is ALL server or FS server, please restart MS5000.
12. Type q and then press the Enter key to quit the certificate creation shell.

q. Quit
Select please (1-3, q) >q
****************************
*
*
*
*****************************

1. Preinstall.
2. Install.
3. Update.
4. Customize.
q. Quit.
> q

F-87
2015-03-30 ZTE
NWD-164359-004
INSTALLATION MANUAL

15. Repeat Substep 2. through Substep 14. for the servers to which the certificate file
transfer is supported.
16. Restart MS5000.
Procedure for restarting is as follows:
(i) When logged in to the System Management Window, close it.
(ii) Log in to the System Management Window again. Refer to section “2.1.1
Login to System Management Window” in Common Operation manual.
(iii) When the server type is Aggregate-Single or Front Server, stop the server. Refer
to section “2.1.4 Stop Server” in Common Operation manual.
After stopping the server, start the server. Refer to section “2.1.3 Start
Server” in Common Operation manual.
(iv) When the server type is Aggregate-Redundant or Main Server of redundant

configuration, switch the server. Refer to section “3.2.5 Switch Redundant
Operation Type Server” in Common Operation manual.
(v) When logged in to MS5000 Client Window, close it.
(vi) Log in to MS5000 Client again. Refer to section “2.2.2 Log in to MS5000
Window using Icon” in Common Operation manual.

F-88
E
2015-03-30 ZTE

123 164359 004

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

123 164359 004

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NWD-164359-004

NEC Corporation 7-1, Shiba 5-Chome, Minato-Ku, Tokyo 108-8001, Japan

The information in this document was intended to be complete

This document contains proprietary information of NEC Corporation,

1st Edition October 2013

Copyright © 2013, 2014 by NEC Corporation

 Organization of This Manual

A This division provides a general description.

B This division describes procedures.

C This division describes procedures.

D This division describes work flows.

E This division describes work flows.

F This division provides a supplementary description.

 Required Documents Other than This Document

• General Information (NWD-120316-xxx)

• Hardware and Network Requirements (NWD-152560-xxx)

• Common Operation (NWD-120318-xxx)

• Upgrade Manual (NWD-164362-xxx)

• The worker must have basic knowledge about network.

• The worker must have basic knowledge of how to operate MS5000.

 Expression/Notation Used in This Manual

• "Upgrade" and "Update"

"Upgrade" refers to replacement of a major version with a higher one (e.g.,

MS5000 Unified NMS for Transport Network

1 System Configurations and Corresponding Installation Procedures ...... A-3

1.2 System Configurations and Corresponding Software............................... A-13

1.3 MS5000 System Hardware Architecture .................................................. A-20

1.4 Work Patterns for Different System Configurations .................................. A-24

2 Hardware Requirements ............................................................................. A-25

2.3 Required CMIP GW Server Specifications ............................................... A-27

3 Licensing ...................................................................................................... A-28

4 Glossary ....................................................................................................... A-28

2.2 [Step 1]: Make Preparations for Offline Tool

2.5 [Step 4]: Save as sysconf.info File ........................................................... B-27

4.3 [Step 2]: Load Driver (Only for Gen8)....................................................... B-56

4.5 [Step 4]: Configure OS Setting ................................................................. B-75

4.10 [Step 9]: Install SPP (Option).................................................................... B-86

6.2 [Step 1]: Install Java ............................................................................... B-152

6.6 [Step 5]: Install Flash Player ................................................................... B-165

7.3 [Step 2]: Synchronize Database ............................................................. B-190

1 Overview of Software Installation in

2.1 Work Overview ......................................................................................... C-10

2.2 [Step 1]: Make Preparations for Offline Tool

2.5 [Step 4]: Save as sysconf.info File ........................................................... C-27

3 Phase 2: Preparation of Files ..................................................................... C-28

4.1.6 Notes on Server Software Installation .................................................... C-53

4.2 [Step 1]: Set RAID .................................................................................... C-54

4.5 [Step 4]: Configure OS Setting ................................................................. C-85

6.2 [Step 1]: Install Java ............................................................................... C-164

6.6 [Step 5]: Install Flash Player ................................................................... C-177

7.5 [Step 4]: Set NTP (Option)...................................................................... C-205

7.11.4 <Step 10-4>: Check Failover Operation............................................... C-214

1 Overview of Software Installation in

1 Overview of Software Installation in

1 Open Source Software License .................................................................... F-3

2 Adding Servers for Distributed System .................................................... F-14

3 Routing and Ports for MS5000 ................................................................... F-18

4 clp.conf Modification ................................................................................... F-19

5 Optional Settings ......................................................................................... F-22

5.3 Infobox Minimization Setting..................................................................... F-30

5.4 HTTP/HTTPS Setting ............................................................................... F-40

5.5 Database Initialization .............................................................................. F-47

5.8 Update HTTPS Certificate ........................................................................ F-63